diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-28 03:16:31 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-28 03:16:31 -0800 |
| commit | ee6b11e9e1c2cdcde721444366739a68fd4c8ed7 (patch) | |
| tree | 0b2ae34282aff0edbcc09de8db0d2d87a99645e5 /old/61774.txt | |
| parent | 2982e27456a091c890fcac2b612920d005bf9852 (diff) | |
Diffstat (limited to 'old/61774.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/61774.txt | 9964 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 9964 deletions
diff --git a/old/61774.txt b/old/61774.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 620e0bd..0000000 --- a/old/61774.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9964 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Beautiful Philippines, by -Philippine Commission of Independence - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most -other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of -the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have -to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook. - -Title: Beautiful Philippines - A Handbook of General Information - -Author: Philippine Commission of Independence - -Release Date: April 7, 2020 [EBook #61774] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ASCII - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BEAUTIFUL PHILIPPINES *** - - - - -Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project -Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously -made available by The Internet Archive) - - - - - - - - - - BEAUTIFUL PHILIPPINES - A Handbook of General Information - - - - MANILA - BUREAU of PRINTING - 1923 - - - - - - - - - - Prepared by the - Philippine Commission of Independence - Manila, P.I. - - - - - - - - - -CONTENTS - - Page - -Foreword 15 - -I. Historical Background 17 - - Discovery 17 - The Spanish Rule--A Tale of Wars and Uprisings 17 - Reforms in the 19th Century 18 - Last Decades of Spanish Rule--The Coming of the Americans 19 - Filipino-American War 20 - The establishment of Civil Government 20 - -II. The Material Spain Found 21 - - Power of Propaganda to Misrepresent 21 - Non-Christian Population 21 - Literacy 22 - Facts of Filipino Attainments in Pre-Spanish Days 22 - Religion, Alphabet, and Books 23 - Traders and Artisans 24 - Able Agriculturists 24 - Written and Unwritten Laws 24 - The Code of Calantiao 25 - Testimonies of Occidental Writers 26 - Progress During the Spanish Rule 27 - Schools and Colleges 27 - Filipino Record Abroad 28 - Opinions of Foreign Writers 28 - Background on Which America Had Built 29 - -III. The First Philippine Republic 30 - - Causes of Earlier Revolutions 30 - The Revolution of 1896 30 - The Pact of Biac-na-Bato 30 - The Republic 31 - The Governmental Machinery Set Up 31 - The Malolos Constitution--Its Salient Features 32 - Comments of Foreigners 34 - -IV. Population of the Islands 37 - - A Homogeneous People 37 - Total Population 38 - Foreign Population 38 - Comparative Population 38 - -V. Geographical Items of Interest 39 - - Number of Islands 39 - Total Land Area 39 - Bays and Straits 40 - Mountains 40 - Rivers 40 - Lakes and Falls 40 - Mineral Springs 41 - Climate 41 - Differences in Time 41 - Comparative Areas 42 - Rainfall 42 - -VI. The City of Manila 43 - - Entrance to Manila Bay--Corregidor and the Islands - "El Fraile," and "El Carabao" 43 - The City of Manila 43 - The Walled City 44 - Fort Santiago 44 - Three Manilas 45 - Costumes 46 - The Shops 46 - The Pasig River 46 - Other Places of Interest 46 - The Cathedral 47 - The Ayuntamiento 47 - University of Santo Tomas 47 - The Dominican Church 48 - Avenues 48 - Bilibid Prison 49 - Central Observatory 51 - The Luneta 51 - The Manila Hotel 52 - The Museum 52 - The Carnival Grounds 52 - Dewey Boulevard 53 - Clubs and Societies 54 - Cemeteries 54 - Monuments 54 - Life in Manila 55 - Vexing Conventionalities Absent 55 - Competition Less Severe 56 - -VII. The Environs of Manila 58 - - Malacanang Palace 58 - Santa Mesa 59 - San Juan Heights and Bridge 59 - The Reservoir 60 - Mariquina Valley and Town 60 - The Payatas Estate 61 - Montalban Dam 61 - Fort William McKinley 62 - -VIII. Other Cities 63 - - Baguio 63 - The Zig-Zag 63 - Camp John Hay 64 - Trinidad Valley 64 - The City of Cebu 65 - Places of Historical Interest 66 - The City of Iloilo 66 - Description and Attractions 67 - Zamboanga 67 - The San Ramon Penal Colony 68 - -IX. The Provinces--Beauty Spots 69 - - Laguna Province--Pagsanjan Falls 71 - Calamba 78 - Los Banos Mineral Springs 78 - College of Agriculture 79 - Rizal Province 72 - Antipolo--Virgin of Antipolo 73 - Cavite Province 73 - Zapote Bridge 74 - The United States Naval and Radio Station 74 - Kawit 75 - Batangas Province 75 - Historical Incidents 76 - Attractions 76 - Taal Volcano 76 - Tayabas Province 78 - Botocan Falls 78 - Lucena and Atimonan 78 - The Bicol Provinces 79 - Sceneries 80 - Historical Incidents 80 - Peerless Mayon 81 - Bulacan Province 82 - Description and History 82 - Attractions 83 - Biac-na-Bato 83 - Mineral Baths at Marilao 83 - Malolos, the Seat of the Philippine Republic 83 - Pampanga Province 83 - Attractions 84 - Tarlac Province 85 - Medicinal Springs 85 - Nueva Ecija Province--The Rice Granary of the Islands 85 - The Government Agricultural School at Munoz 86 - Bataan Province 86 - Attractions 86 - Historical 86 - Mariveles 87 - Mount Mariveles 87 - Zambales Province 88 - Naval Station at Olongapo and Fortifications on - Grande Island 88 - Pangasinan--Second Largest Rice Producing Province 89 - Salt Making and Industries 89 - Historical Events 89 - The Mountain Province and Sub-provinces 90 - The Rice Terraces in Ifugao 91 - Gold Mining and Household Industries 92 - La Union and the Ilocos Provinces--Household Industries 92 - Abra Province 94 - The Cagayan Valley--The Tobacco Region 95 - The Cagayan River 95 - Isabela Province and the Town of Palanan 96 - Nueva Vizcaya Province--The Salt Incrusted Mountain 96 - Mindoro Province 96 - Mineral Deposits 97 - The Submarine Garden at Puerto Galera 97 - Palawan Province 97 - Iwahig Penal Colony 98 - Culion Leper Colony 98 - The Underground River 99 - Romblon Province--Marble Deposits 99 - The Visayas 99 - Samar, the First Island Discovered by the Spaniards 99 - Iloilo and Capiz--Beautiful Caves and Cliffs of White - Coral Rock 100 - Negros Island--The Principal Sugar Producing District 101 - The Haciendas and the Sugar Centrals 101 - The Silliman Institute at Dumaguete 101 - The Volcano of Magaso 102 - Cebu Province 102 - San Miguel, the First Spanish Settlement 102 - Bohol Province 103 - The Rebellions of 1622 and 1744 103 - Medicinal Springs and Caves 104 - Leyte Province 104 - Abundance of minerals 104 - Limasawa--Where Mass Was First Celebrated in the - Philippines 104 - The Island of Mindanao 105 - Origin of Name 105 - Introduction of Islam 105 - Province of Zamboanga 105 - Cotabato Province 106 - Increasing Christian Population 106 - The Large Lakes in Cotabato Province 106 - Mount Apo 106 - Bukidnon Province, an Unsurpassed Region for Cattle 107 - Beautiful Lake Lanao and the Maria Cristina Falls 107 - Davao Province, the Finest Hemp Land in the Island 108 - Agusan and Surigao Provinces--Minerals and Agricultural - Products 108 - The Sulu Archipelago 109 - Description, Principal Ports and Industries 109 - Introduction of Mohammedanism 110 - The Sultan of Sulu and His Present Position 111 - The Policy of Attraction Carried Out by the Insular - Government 111 - The Town of Jolo--Chinese Pier and Ariolas' Walk 112 - The Language for the Tourist 113 - Number of Filipinos Who speak, read and write English 113 - -X. Agricultural Products, Forests, Minerals, and Industries 115 - - Number of Hectares under Cultivation 115 - Principal Undeveloped Regions 115 - Percentage of Farms Owned by Filipinos 116 - The Principal Crops--Rice, Hemp, Sugar, Tobacco, Coconut-- - Export Figures 116 - Prospective Agricultural Industries 127 - Irrigation 128 - Rural Credit Associations--Table 128 - Forest Resources 130 - Area 130 - Only 1 per cent Private Ownership 131 - Timber Output and Export 131 - How Timber Tracts are Obtained 132 - Sawmills 132 - Minor Forest Products 132 - Minerals--Gold, Silver, Iron, Manganese, Coal, and - Statistical Data 132 - Other Industries 135 - Public Lands 143 - Area 143 - Modes of Acquisition 143 - -XI. The Trade of the Philippine Islands 147 - - Economic Position--Manila as a Trade Center 147 - Trade Routes 147 - Personnel of Philippine Commerce 149 - America's Monopoly in Philippine Trade 150 - Mediums of Trade 150 - Trade with other Countries 151 - Values of Imports and Exports, 1913 to 1922 152 - Principal Articles Exported, 1921-1922 153 - Principal Articles Imported, 1921-1922 154 - Shipping 156 - Entrances and Clearances of Vessels 156 - Interisland Transportation 156 - Table--Merchandise Carried by Foreign Vessels 157 - Interisland Lines 158 - Control Over Rates 158 - Number and Tonnage of Vessels 159 - -XII. Structure of the Philippine Government 160 - - Resembles Federal and State Governments 160 - Departures from American Standards 160 - The Budget System 160 - Parliamentary Responsibility 161 - The Council of State, Advisory to the Governor General 161 - The Governor-General, the Vice-Governor, and the Executive - Departments 161 - The Legislative Department 164 - The Judiciary 165 - Provincial and Municipal Government 165 - Expenses of the Philippine Government 165 - Financial Status 166 - Statement of Receipts, Expenditures and Surplus 167 - Budget Estimates, 1918-1923 168 - Currency and Circulation 168 - Electors 170 - -XIII. The Filipinos in Control 173 - - Filipinization 174 - Proportion of Filipinos to Americans in the Government 174 - Autonomy 174 - Outstanding Achievements of the Filipinized Government 175 - Reorganization of Departments 175 - The Budget System Explained 177 - Public Improvements 177 - Agriculture and Taxation 178 - Public Order 178 - Education--System of Instruction 178 - Number of Pupils 182 - Number of Teachers 182 - Number of School Buildings 182 - Universities 182 - Sanitation--the Philippine Health Service 183 - Comparative Death Rate 184 - Local Autonomy 184 - Public Welfare--The Public Welfare Commissioner 185 - Administration of Justice 186 - Record of the Courts 186 - Government Enterprises--Object 187 - The National Bank 187 - The Manila Railroad 188 - The National Coal Co. 188 - The National Development Co. 189 - -XIV. The Independence Movement 190 - - Uprisings during Spanish Regime 190 - The Organized Movement 193 - The Philippine Assembly of 1907 193 - America's Policy and Promise to the Filipinos 194 - Pronouncements of McKinley, Taft, Roosevelt, and Wilson 195 - Jones Law, the Formal Pledge that Independence Will Be - Granted 196 - Executive Recommendation for the Fulfillment of America's - Promise 197 - Missions to the United States 197 - The Commission of Independence and Its Purposes 198 - The Declaration of Purposes 198 - The First Mission 198 - Letter of President Wilson 199 - Statement of Secretary of War Baker 199 - Hearing before Joint Committee of Congress 200 - The Second Mission 200 - The Memorial to President Harding 201 - Reply of the President 205 - Petition for a Constitutional Convention--Text 205 - -XV. Appendices--Tables of Statistics 207 - - Where to Go in Manila 207 - List of Hotels 207 - Garages and Stables 208 - Steamship Agencies 208 - Foreign Consulates 209 - Cable Offices 211 - List of Banks in the Philippines Doing Business in 1923 211 - Chambers of Commerce 211 - Cinematographs and Theatres 212 - Clubs 212 - Booksellers and Stationers 213 - Embroideries 213 - Philippine Hats 214 - List of Churches Holding Services in English 215 - Rates of Fare for Public Vehicles 215 - Postal, Telegraph, and Cable Rates 216 - Interisland Sailings 219 - Values of foreign coins expressed in terms of Philippine money 220 - Banking: Combined condition of all the commercial banks in the - Philippine Islands, in pesos 221 - Currency in Circulation 222 - Table showing the assessed valuation of real property in the - Philippine Islands (except the cities of Manila and Baguio) - by provinces 223 - Growth of the public school system 225 - Private Schools 226 - Annual Expenditures for Public Education 226 - Total receipts, expenditures and accumulated surplus of the - Philippine Government, 1901-1923, in pesos 227 - Fire, marine, and miscellaneous insurance companies doing - active business in the Philippine Islands, during year - ending December 31, 1922 228 - Americans and Filipinos in the Philippine Service on - July 1, 1921 230 - Newspapers and other publications in the Philippines, as per - revision made up to June 18, 1923 230 - List of sugar centrals in the Philippine Islands 234 - - - - -LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - - Facing page-- - - Bird's eye view of the Walled City and immediate environs 18 - Panoramic view of Camp Keithley, Lanao, Mindanao 18 - Plaza Benavides, with the statue of Benavides in the center 20 - San Sebastian Church, Manila 21 - Aglipayan Church, Azcarraga Street, Manila 44 - The new Trade School, Manila 45 - The Cathedral, Walled City, Manila 46 - Philippine University cadets in formation in front of the - Ayuntamiento, the central government building 47 - Bureau of Printing Building 48 - A section of Manila's commercial district 48 - The Luneta Hotel, Manila 49 - Central Railroad Station, Manila Railroad Company 50 - A Modern thoroughfare, Taft Avenue, Manila 50 - The Paco Railroad Depot, Manila 51 - The Jones Bridge 51 - The principal buildings of the Philippine University 52 - The Polo Grounds 52 - The Normal Hall--A dormitory for girls, Manila 53 - Philippine Carnival Auditorium, 1922 53 - The Rizal Monument, at the Luneta, Manila 54 - The Legaspi and Urdaneta Monument facing the Luneta, Manila 55 - The Carnival grounds, Manila 56 - A view of Pier 5, Manila 56 - The Luneta, during a Carnival parade 57 - A public market, Manila 57 - The Aquarium, Manila, exterior view 58 - Exterior view of Malacanang Palace, Manila 58 - A typical country scene 59 - The Executive Offices, Malacanang Palace, Manila 59 - The Mariquina Valley 60 - Salt beds, Pangasinan 60 - Exterior view of the Lingayen Provincial Building, Pangasinan 61 - The Baguio zig-zig coiling upon itself 62 - The Amphitheater, Baguio, Benguet 63 - The States? No It's Baguio, Philippine Islands 64 - The road to Baguio 65 - The beautiful town of Pagsanjan, Laguna 70 - Pagsanjan Falls, Laguna 71 - Montalban Gorge 72 - The monument to the "First Cry of Balintawak," 73 - The Bamboo Organ, Las Pinas 74 - An abaca plantation 75 - The church at Taal, Batangas Province 76 - Sample of bridges and provincial scenery 77 - A Philippine Sugar Central. Calamba, Laguna Province 78 - Sprouting coconuts, Pagsanjan, Laguna 79 - Coconut groves, San Ramon Penal Farm, Zamboanga, Mindanao 79 - The Sorsogon provincial government building and the - Sorsogon jail 80 - Mayon Volcano, Albay Province 81 - The wonderful rice terraces at Ifugao, Mountain Province, Luzon 90 - Rice terraces at Bontoc, Mountain Province 91 - Boobies at Tubataja reef, Sulu 98 - The subterranean river, Saint Paul's Bay, Palawan taken - by flashlight 99 - Magellan Monument, Mactan Island 102 - Panoramic view of Dapitan where Rizal was exiled by the - Spaniards 103 - A view of Jolo, Sulu 110 - The Cebu wharf 110 - Moro weapons 111 - A cigar factory in Manila 124 - Makers of Manila cigars 125 - A lumber yard. Kolambugan, Mindanao 130 - View of San Jose Estate sugar mill. San Jose, Mindoro 131 - Girls Embroidery, Paco Intermediate School, Manila 136-137 - The Council of State in session 160 - The Members of the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands 161 - The Gilbert Steel Bridge, Laoag, Ilocos Norte 176 - - - - -ILLUSTRATED MAPS - - Map of the Philippine Islands 12 - Trade routes of the Philippine Islands 146 - Map of the City of Manila 234 - - - - - - - - - -"And the earth possesses no scenes more beautiful than those to be -found in this verdant and blooming archipelago * * * this magnificent -rosary of glowing islands, that Nature has hung above the heaving -bosom of the warm Pacific * * * with the vast variety of attractive -scenery, mountain and plain, lake and stream, everywhere rich with -glossy leafage, clustered growths of bamboo and palm, fields of yellow -cane and verdant coffee-groves." - -"Views of lands and sea and sky, beautiful, gorgeous, awe-inspiring; -of historic spots and buildings, monuments, ruins * * * of peoples -familiar and strange; of industries modern to the minute, or old, -as old as the Pharaohs, the patient work of potter and weaver, -of craftsman, artisan, woodman, fisherman, husbandman; of peoples -primitive and cultured--races and nations, distinct, assimilated and -assimilating foreigners--foreigners whose descendants a few generations -later will be Filipinos--the Filipino Nation that is to be, in that -wonderland, the Philippines." - -"Lived ever a man or a people on an island, however insignificant -and bleak and bare, without feeling for it pride and love? Call to -mind poem and song, picture and tale; the history of island races. - -"Behold, then, the Philippines: thousands of islands, great and small -beautiful, bountiful beneath a benignant sky. Seek to know how Truth -paints them, and understand and sympathize with their people's fervid -desire to call them their very own." - - - - - - - - - -FOREWORD - - -It is vital for the Filipinos that foreigners visiting the Philippines -acquire accurate information about the Islands and their people. The -Philippines are not generally known abroad, much less are the Filipinos -as a people, their degree of civilization and culture, their form of -government, their institutions. Hence, the need for a publication such -as this setting forth reliable items of information about the islands. - -This booklet is a compendium of facts, not fancies--facts pertaining -to the country known as the Philippines and to the people known -as the Filipino people. They are facts that can be verified from -authentic sources. - -The booklet is primarily intended for tourists, but to all other -foreigners seeking information on things Philippine, the booklet -will also be of invaluable help. It not only indicates the places of -interest throughout the archipelago but also gives a description of the -islands in general, of their people, history and government. Tangible -evidences of the readiness of the Filipinos for nationality are -described. The history of the whole nationalistic movement is given. - -The Filipinos to-day are in control of their own government. They have -had practical autonomy since 1916. The only remaining link between -Washington and the Philippines is the Governor-General who is an -American appointed by the President of the United States representing -his country in the islands, and is the chief executive thereof. - -The islands produce great quantities of sugar, hemp, copra, rice, corn -and tobacco. They are capable of producing besides, and are actually -beginning to produce, rubber, coffee, various food and medicinal -products, and a multitude of raw materials for every purpose. There are -also many hardwoods appropriate for elegant furniture in a variety of -natural colors not yet seen in any market. There are mines of gold, -copper and coal in operation. There are said to be creditable iron -and oil deposits. - -There are plenty of wonderful harbors for ships of heavy tonnage. The -country is peaceful, the most peaceful perhaps in the world. A -courteous and hospitable people greet the foreigner wherever he goes. - - - - - - - - - -I. HISTORICAL BACKGROUND - - -[Discovery] - -The Philippines were discovered by Magellan in 1521. That discovery -occasioned the first circumnavigation of the globe. Long before the -discovery, however, the Islands were already known in the Orient, -for they had commercial relations with China as early as the 13th -century and with Japan, Siam, the Malay Peninsula, Java, Sumatra, -Borneo, and the Moluccas. - -It is erroneous to suppose that the culture of the Filipinos dated only -from the time of the arrival of the Spaniards. Long before that time -they had already acquired a fair degree of culture. They had systems -of writing similar to the Phoenician alphabetical arrangement. They -had calendars and a system of weights and measures. They tilled -their lands and maintained village governments. They had laws based -on traditions and customs handed down from generation to generation, -and as early as 1433, or 88 years previous to the arrival of Magellan, -there existed a Penal Code known as the Code of Calantiao. - - -[The Spanish Rule--A Tale of Wars and Uprisings] - -The history of the Islands from the beginning of Spanish rule to the -middle of the 19th century was a long tale of wars and uprisings. The -Portuguese disputed Spain's right to the Islands, and between 1566 and -1570 made three attempts to dislodge the Spaniards. The Dutch during -the first half of the 17th century repeatedly appeared in Philippine -waters and made attacks on the Spaniards. The British unexpectedly -swooped down on Manila in 1762, and the Archbishop who was acting as -governor speedily capitulated, the City of Manila falling into British -hands until the treaty of Paris in 1763 when it was again restored -to Spain. The Chinese residents added to all these difficulties by -revolting from time to time. - -But the most persistent trouble-makers were the Filipinos themselves -who repeatedly revolted because of alleged injustices committed upon -them. Between the years 1645 and 1665 alone there occurred five -uprisings against the Spanish Government. Other revolts, no less -serious, took place in the 18th and 19th centuries. The rebellion of -Dagohoy, for example, took place at this time, spreading throughout -practically the whole Island of Bohol and continuing for a period of -eighty years. - -There were in all about a hundred uprisings, big and small, during the -Spanish regime. That of 1872 was especially noted for its magnitude and -the determination shown by the revolutionists. It was put down with the -execution of three secular priests--Burgos, Gomez, and Zamora--ever -since reckoned among the popular heroes of the country. From -that time plotting against the corrupt civil government and the -autocratic religious corporations never really ceased; and in 1892 -Andres Bonifacio organized a secret society known as the Katipunan, -which preached hatred against Spain because of the abuses of the -friars and of the authorities, and demanded freedom from foreign yoke. - - -[Reforms in the 19th century] - -The dawn of the 19th century, however, was marked by significant -changes for the better. During the periods of 1810 and 1813, 1820 -to 1823, and 1830 to 1837, as a result of the nationalistic and -liberal struggles Spain was experiencing, the Cortes was revived -and representatives from different parts of the monarchy--the -colonies included--were given seats therein. This ushered in a -period of constitutional and representative government for the -Filipinos. Moreover, by 1830, Spain's commercial policy of trade -exclusiveness for the colonies was abandoned. A few years later, -Manila was thrown open to foreign trade and a freer and more liberal -economic system adopted. In this way, the foundation for subsequent -political and economic progress was laid. - -From the beginning of Spanish domination, there existed scores of -schools and colleges which were mostly conducted by the religious -orders. These schools and colleges offered various courses and -graduated numerous priests, lawyers, physicians, pharmacists, -and teachers. Increase in the number of professional graduates -made possible the rise of an intellectual class in the seventies -and eighties. To this group of men, Burgos and Paterno, leaders -of the liberal movement of 1870; Dr. Rizal, the Filipino hero; -M. H. del Pilar, a prominent propagandist; and Mabini, the brain -of the Revolution, belonged--men who, in attainment and culture, -can adorn the halls of any nation. Many of the prominent leaders of -today also had their training in those schools--Manuel L. Quezon, -Sergio Osmena, T. Pardo de Tavera, Victorino Mapa, Florentino Torres, -Teodoro M. Kalaw, Juan Sumulong, Rafael Palma, and many others who -have held high positions in the government during the first years of -American sovereignty. - - -[Last Decades of Spanish Rule--The Coming of the Americans] - -The last decades of Spanish rule were marked by several reforms, -but these reforms were altogether too conservative and came too -late. Consequently there was much discontent and the Filipinos, -in August, 1896, following the teachings of the Katipunan, rose in -revolt and sought to declare themselves independent of Spain. The -revolution extended throughout the archipelago. It was halted by the -Pact of Biac-na-Bato in December, 1897, only to be resumed early in -the year following, under the very eyes and later with the help of the -Americans, who appeared on the scene on May 1, 1898. The Filipinos -succeeded in wresting from Spain every foot of Philippine territory -except Manila which was surrendered to the Americans on August 13, -after simultaneous attacks by American and Filipino forces. - -Soon afterwards the first republic in the Far East based on a -constitutional and representative government was established by the -Filipinos. It had received the commendation of several foreigners -among whom were the late Senator Hoar and John Barrett, ex-Director -of the Pan-American Union. - - -[Filipino-American War] - -The downfall of the republic came as a result of the Filipino-American -war which broke out through a misunderstanding between America and -the Philippines and which lasted for three years. With the superior -forces of the United States it was naturally a one-sided struggle, -but it nevertheless showed once more the determination of the Filipino -people to have an independent national existence. They wanted no less -than an untrammeled republic free from any foreign control. They asked -that of the United States. But no definite assurance was given that -they would ultimately be freed. Had such assurances been given them -the Filipino-American war would have been avoided. - - -[The Establishment of civil government] - -American civil government was established in the Islands in 1901 -and 1902. Under this government the Philippines made remarkably -rapid strides along the road of progress. But the most significant -stride is perhaps the development of Philippine home rule, For it -should be known that today, with few exceptions, notably those of the -American Chief Executive and the American Vice-Governor, who is also -Secretary of Public Instruction, the Philippine government is run by -the Filipinos themselves. - - - - - - - - - -II. THE MATERIAL SPAIN FOUND - - -[Power of Propaganda to Misrepresent Conditions] - -So powerful is propaganda in misrepresenting actual conditions that -the Philippines used to mean, and often still means, a mere fringe -of civilization, or something similar to it, where the Spaniards -had planted and the Americans had watered, but within all was still -savagery and primeval ways. - -An exhibition of an Igorot village at the St. Louis World's Fair of -1904 probably spread in America more of the notion of the Philippines -as an untamed wilderness than tons of statistics could correct. These, -then, were the people America had undertaken to govern--wild, naked -creatures, beside whom the North American Indian was a gentleman and a -scholar! Indeed, a long time must elapse before you can reduce these to -suspenders and beefsteaks. A long time? Why, centuries and centuries! - - -[Non-Christian population] - -Again, to the assiduous readers of press dispatches, the typical -Filipino has come to mean the fierce Mohammedan Moro; although, there -are in the Islands less than 400,000 Mohammedans of all kinds, whether -fierce or urbane. Still others have concluded that the wild-eyed nomad -of the mountains, the man with the bow and arrow, with no religion at -all, must be the determining factor of the situation because there are -so many of his kind; and yet the census reveals the total number of -persons in all the Islands that do not profess either Christianity, -Mohammedanism, or Buddhism as only 102,000. - - -[Literacy] - -So, too, the ignorance of the Filipinos has always been believed to be -appalling and a bulwark of darkness not to be overcome in generations, -if ever; and yet the census reveals the percentage of literacy in the -entire Islands at 49.2 per cent. The percentage compares favorably -with the literacy of many of the small independent nations of the -world at present. - -The facts are these, as regards the Filipinos even in Pre-Spanish days: - - -[Facts of Filipino Attainments in Pre-Spanish Days] - -The Spaniards found that the inhabitants of the Islands built and -lived in planned houses, had a machinery of government of their own, -maintained a system of jurisprudence, in many cases dwelt in ordered -cities and towns and practised the arts familiar to the most advanced -peoples of their times. - -Gunpowder they knew and used before 1300, when it had not yet -been introduced in Europe; and they made firearms that astonished -the Spaniards. At the siege of Manila, 1570, the natives defended -their city with cannon, and the conquerors found within the walls -the factory where these guns had been forged, as well equipped and -ordered as any abroad. - -The Islanders were expert in other metal-working, skilful -ship-builders, able carpenters. Copper they had worked; but bronze, -of which their great guns were made, they imported from China. Some -of their art in silver-work excites admiration even now, for their -beautiful design and fine workmanship. - -They wove cloths of cotton, hemp, and other fibers. They were, in fact, -inheritors of two great cultural infiltrations upon what original -culture the Malays had two thousand years before: on one side, was -the influence of the Hindus and on the other the civilization of the -Chinese, and to these had been added, years before the Spaniards came, -stray gleams of information transmitted roundabout from Europe. - - -[Religion, alphabet, and books] - -All this is inconsistent with the fanciful theory of the head-hunter -and the wild man of the woods, but is nevertheless the incontestable -record. Heathen they were called, but they had a religion, -and a code of morals, not at all contemptible. They were natural -musicians, possessed a variety of musical instruments, and had native -orchestras. They were fond of poetry and and honored their poets. They -had also a written alphabet and they wrote books. Every settled -town had a temple and most temples had collections of books. They -were written in the native characters on palm leaves and bamboo, -and stored with the native priests. The subjects were historical and -legendary, folk-lore tales, statutes, deeds of heroism and poems. The -Spanish enthusiasts burned these books as anti-Christian and thereby -destroyed documents priceless to succeeding ages, the few that escaped -the flames testifying poignantly to the great loss. A small collection -of them was recently discovered in a cave in the Island of Negros and -ethnologists have hopes of others that may have escaped the sharp -eyes of the destructors. Professor Beyer, whose investigations of -early Filipino life and history have been so extensive, has come upon -other evidence of early Filipino letters, including an epic poem of -considerable length; but this exists now only in the memories of the -reciters. The four-thousand-odd lines of it that Professor Beyer has -translated show a rare gift of versification and imagery. - -Of the written alphabets in use before the coming of the Spaniards, -fourteen were of Malay origin, one was Arabic, and one Hebrew. Of -the Malayan alphabets many were structurally alike, so that a learned -Visayan must have been able to make out Tagalog words and a Pampangan -to spell Ilocano. We are not to imagine that every Filipino could -read the written speech; there were in the Islands at that time, -as in India, Spain, England, and elsewhere, the educated and the -uneducated. But it seems likely that the percentage of literacy in -the Philippines, about the year 1500, let us say, was as large as in -Spain, larger than in India and compared favorably with the percentage -in other places. - - -[Traders and artisans] - -The inhabitants were able traders as well as skilful artisans. Manila -was one of the great commercial centers of the East and long had -been so; it was not a mere collection of fishermen's huts. When the -inhabitants of England were wearing skins, painting their bodies, and -gashing their flesh in religious frenzies, the Filipinos were already -conducting commercial marts in which were offered silks, brocades, -cotton and other cloths, household furniture, precious stones, gold -and gold dust, jewelry, wheat from Japan, weapons, works of art and -of utility in many metals, cultivated fruits, domesticated animals, -earthenware, and a variety of agricultural products from their rich -volcanic soil. - - -[Able Agriculturists] - -The people understood how to make agricultural implements which, -if crude by present standards, were nevertheless serviceable. They -knew how to make machines, to hull and separate rice, to express oil -from coconuts, and to weave their cloths. They worked out their own -problems of irrigation and in their own way. The huge rice terraces in -some parts of Luzon were and still are the wonder of all beholders. "I -know of no more impressive examples of primitive engineering," says -Dean C. Worcester, "than the terraced mountain-sides of Nueva Vizcaya -beside which the terraced hills of Japan sink into insignificance." - - - - -WRITTEN AND UNWRITTEN LAWS.--The people had both written and unwritten -laws. They were made and promulgated by the chiefs after consultation -with the elders, and were "observed with so great exactness that it -was not considered possible to break them in any circumstance." - -The laws covered many of the subjects which are common in modern -times. A few of the most striking points were: Respect of parents -and elders, carried to so great a degree that not even the name of -one's father could pass the lips, in the same way as the Hebrews -regarded the name of God. Even after reaching manhood and even after -marriage, the son was under a strict obligation to obey his father and -mother. Marriage had reached the stage of mutual consent. Marriage -ceremonies approaching the religious were elaborate, according to -rank. Husband and wife were equal socially and in the control of their -property. Property was acquired principally by occupation, but also by -gift, purchase, and succession. Wills were sometimes made. Contracts -were strictly fulfilled. The Chinese writer, Wang Ta-yuan; in a book -of 1349 says: "The natives and the traders having agreed on prices, -they let the former carry off the goods and later on they bring the -amount of native products agreed upon. The traders trust them, for -they never fail to keep their bargains." In fact, non-performance of -a contract was severely punished. Partnerships were formed and the -respective obligations of the partners enforced. - - -The Code of Calantiao.--The penal law was the most extensive. Penalties -were severe, altho compared with present laws, they appear cruel and -illogical. However, they compared favorably with Greek and Roman laws -as well as with the contemporary Spanish and English criminal laws. - -Calantiao, the third chief of Panay, had, in 1433, promulgated a -penal code. It ran as follows: - - - "Ye shall not kill; neither shall ye steal; neither shall ye do - harm to the aged; lest ye incur the danger of death. All those - who infringe this order shall be condemned to death by being - drowned with stones in the river, or in boiling water. - - "Ye shall obey. Let all your debts with the headmen (principales) - be met punctually. He who does not obey shall receive for the - first offense one hundred lashes. If the debt is large, he shall - be condemned to thrust his hand thrice into boiling water. For - the second offense, he shall be condemned to be beaten to death. - - "Observe and obey ye: let no one disturb the quiet of graves. When - passing by the caves and trees where they are, give respect - to them. - - "Ye shall obey: he who makes exchange for food, let it be always - done in accordance with his word. He who does not comply, shall be - beaten for one hour, he who repeats the offense shall be exposed - for one day among ants. - - "They shall be burned: Those who by their strength or cunning have - mocked at and escaped punishment; or who have killed young boys; - or try to steal away the women of agorangs (rich men). - - "Those shall be killed who profane sites where idols are kept, - and sites where are buried the sacred things of their diuatas - (spirits) and headmen." - - -[Testimonies of Occidental Writers] - -All which bespeak a culture of no mean order, and occidental writers -themselves have given it the credit that it deserves, as shown by -the following testimonies: - - - "They had already reached a considerable degree of civilization - at the time of the Spanish conquest."--Professor Ferdinand - Blumentritt. - - "The inhabitants of these Islands were by no means savages, - entirely unreclaimed from barbarism, before the Spanish advent - in the sixteenth century. They had a culture of their own."--John - Foreman. - - "The inhabitants of the Philippines possessed a culture of their - own prior to the coming of the Spaniards to the Islands. Those - along the coasts were the most advanced in civilization. Their - material wealth was considerable. The chief occupations were - agriculture, fishing, weaving, some manufacturing, and trade - both inter-island and with the mainland, generally in the form of - barter. They were expert navigators. They used standard weights - and measures. The year was divided into twelve lunar months. They - had a peculiar phonetic alphabet, wrote upon leaves, and had a - primitive literature. The majority of the people are said to have - been able to read and write."--Justice George A. Malcolm. - - "The inhabitants practise various kinds of industry; they weave - matting of extraordinary fineness and of the brightest colors, - straw hats, cigar-cases and baskets; they manufacture cloth and - tissues of every sort from leaves of the aguana, make cambric of a - texture much finer than that of France; and they also manufacture - coarse strong cloth for sails, etc.; and ropes and cables of all - dimensions; they tan and dress leather and skins to perfection; - they manufacture coarse earthenware and forge and polish arms of - various kinds; they build ships of heavy tonnage and also light - and neat boats, and at Manila they frame and finish off beautiful - carriages; they are also very clever workers in gold and silver - and copper; and the Indian (Filipino) women are especially expert - in needlework and in all kinds of embroidery." (Twenty years in - the Philippines, pp. 304, 307.) - - -PROGRESS DURING SPANISH RULE.--The Spanish rule in the Philippines -lasted 350 years. The Spanish Crown meant well, but the way her -policies were translated into deeds was all but desirable. The best -men could not be induced to go to Manila. The Church wielded tremendous -power, and at times was more powerful than the government itself. Each -village was under the rule of a priest. Character was stifled; progress -was deliberately discouraged; independence of thought stamped out. - -It would be doing Spain a great injustice, however, if no credit -whatever is given her rule in the Philippine Islands. She introduced -Christianity into the Islands and unequivocably converted the -inhabitants to the creed, thus setting up the only Christian country -in this part of the globe with a Christian outlook on life; in the -women, particularly, the tenets of Christianity instilled dignity -and it freed them from Hindu and Mohammedan degradations. - - -[Schools and Colleges] - -Efforts were also taken to teach the people the rudiments -of education. Access was thus given to the splendid tongue of -Castile, and, thru that, to all the glories and traditions of Latin -civilization. As early as 1866, for a population of 4,000,000 people, -there were 841 schools for boys and 833 for girls. In 1892, six years -before the coming of the Americans, there were 2,137 schools. There -were also colleges and universities where professional training -was given. The colleges were: University of Santo Tomas, Manila, -established in 1611 (twenty-five years older than Harvard); San Juan -de Letran, Municipal Athenaeum, Normal School, College of San Jose, -the Nautical School, the School of Commercial Accounting, the Academy -of Painting and Drawing, and many other private schools, fourteen -of which were in Manila. There were also seminaries in Manila, -Nueva Segovia, Cebu, Jaro, and Nueva Caceres, where all branches of -secondary instruction were taught in addition to those prescribed -for the priesthood. - -Many of the prominent Filipinos in Philippine history, as stated above, -including the national hero, Jose Rizal, had their first instructions -in these schools established by Spain. - - -[Filipino Record Abroad] - -A number of the ambitious students were sent by their parents -to complete their education in Spain, France, England, Belgium, -and Germany. Groups of these young men took part in the various -liberal movements of nineteenth century Europe. They wrote and -spoke in behalf of liberal institutions for the Islands, in terms -that would have cost them their lives in the Philippines; in fact, -Rizal was put to death upon his return to his native land. Several of -these young Filipinos even rose to eminence in the public service, -a right which was denied them at home except in a few cases in the -minor judiciary. In the eighties and nineties, a group of them of -which Rizal, Juan Luna, Resurreccion Hidalgo, M. H. del Pilar, Lopez -Jaena, Pedro A. Paterno, and Dr. Pardo de Tavera were the leading -spirits--made a deep impression in the literary and artistic circles of -Madrid, Paris, and Berlin. A newspaper was founded by them in Madrid to -further their political views. Although proscribed in the Philippines, -their books and articles were circulated secretly in the Islands and -helped to arouse the people and to consolidate the growing unrest. - - -Opinions of Foreign Authors.--On Spain's achievements in the -Philippines, foreign authors have been considerate. The famous French -explorer of the Pacific, for example, La Perouse, who was in Manila -in 1787, wrote: - - - "Three million people inhabit these different islands, and that - of Luzon contains nearly a third of them. These people seem to - me no way inferior to those of Europe; they cultivate the soil - with intelligence, they are carpenters, cabinet-makers, smiths, - jewelers, weavers masons, etc. I have gone through their villages - and I have found them kind, hospitable, and affable." ("Voyage - de la Perouse autour du Monde," Paris, 1787, II, p. 347.) - - "Almost every other country of the (Malay or Indian) Archipelago - is, at this day, in point of wealth, power, and civilization, - in a worse state than when Europeans connected themselves with - them three centuries back. The Philippines alone have improved in - civilization, wealth, and populousness. ("History of the Indian - Archipelago," by John Crawford, F. R. S. Edinburgh, 1820, Vol. ii, - pp. 447, 488.) - - -The Austrian professor, Ferdinand Blumentritt, wrote in La Solidaridad -of October 15, 1899, to this effect: - - - "If the general condition of the civilization of the Tagalos, - Pampangos, Bicols, Bisayans, Ilocanos, Cagayanes, and Sambales - is compared to the European constitutional countries of Servia, - Roumania, Bulgaria, and Greece, the Spanish-Filipino civilization - of the said Indian districts is greater and of larger extent than - of those countries." - - -And the foremost American scholar on the Philippines, gives the -following resume of the results of the Spanish administration: - - - "The Spaniards did influence the Filipinos profoundly, and on the - whole for the better. There were ways, indeed, in which their - record as a colonizing power in the Philippines stands today - unique in all the world for its benevolent achievement and its - substantial accomplishment of net progress. We do not need to - gloss over the defects of Spain; we do not need to condone the - backward and halting policy which at last turned the Filipinos - against Spanish rule, nor to regret the final outcome of events, - in order to do Spain justice. But we must do full justice to her - actual achievements, if not as ruler, at any rate as teacher and - missionary, in order to put the Filipinos of today in their proper - category." (Le Roy: "Philippine Life in Town and Country," 1905, - pp. 6, 7.) - - -[The Background on Which America Had Built] - -It was on all that cultural background--the native and the -Spaniard--that America had built. Without belittling what she, alone, -has done for the Filipinos since 1898 it hardly can be disputed that -the rapid progress towards modern democracy in the Islands has been due -mainly to the materials she found there. This fact has made her task -a great deal easier, and is the reason why even the early military -governors thought best to preserve the old municipal institutions -with very slight changes. - - - - - - - - - -III. THE FIRST PHILIPPINE REPUBLIC - - -The earlier revolutions against Spain were actuated by well-defined -causes. They have been summarized as follows: - - -[Causes of Earlier Revolutions] - -(1) Denial of freedom of speech and press; (2) desire for Filipino -representation; (3) proceedings by which a man was condemned without -being heard; (4) violation of domicile and correspondence on mere -secret denunciations; (5) agitation for the secularization of parishes; -(6) political and civil equality for Filipinos and Spaniards; (7) -desire for promulgation of the Spanish Constitution in the Philippines; -and (7) the martyrdom of Burgos, Gomez, and Zamora, and later of Rizal. - - -[The Revolution of 1896] - -The revolution of 1896, however, had an additional cause which was -dominant in the minds of the leaders. It was "Liberty, Equality, -and Fraternity." In the words of General Aguinaldo in a manifesto, -"We aspire to the glory of obtaining the Liberty, Independence, -and Honor of the Country." - - -[The Pact of Biac-na-Bato] - -This revolution was halted in 1897 by the Pact of Biac-na-Bato, -which was signed between the Revolutionists and the Spanish -authorities. There were three outstanding stipulations in the pact: - -First, that the Filipino leaders should leave the country for the -time being. - -Second, that liberal and sweeping reforms would be introduced without -delay. - -Third, that the sum of $800,000 would be paid the Filipinos in two -instalments, as evidence of good faith. - -The Filipinos complied with their part of the agreement; Aguinaldo and -his followers went to Hongkong. But the Spaniards did not comply with -theirs; only $400,000 was paid to the revolutionists and no reforms -were introduced. - - -[The Republic] - -Accordingly, Aguinaldo and his companions returned to the Islands -and renewed the struggle. On June 12, 1898 at Kawit, Cavite, they -proclaimed the Independence of the Philippines from Spain. Soon -afterwards a Philippine Republic was ratified, with General Aguinaldo -as President. The capital was established at Malolos about 30 miles -from Manila. There an elective Congress sat regularly, passed laws, -levied taxes, administered revenues, kept in motion the machinery of -justice, directed a military organization, carried on efficient war -and constantly appealed to the patriotism of the people. - - -[Governmental Machinery Set Up] - -A complete governmental machinery was set up. The government was -declared to be "popular, representative, and responsible." Church -and state were made separate, and, profiting by the experience of -the past, freedom of religious worship was expressly recognized in -the Constitution. The powers of government were made to reside in -three distinct entities--the legislative, the executive, and the -judicial, to be entirely separate. It was declared that no two of -these powers should be vested in a single person or corporation, -nor can the legislative power be conferred on a single individual -alone. The government was recognized throughout the islands and had -the wholehearted support of the entire population. - -At the time America insisted in imposing her sovereignty and authority -not only were the Filipinos in military control of the country; they -were administering its political affairs as well. This they did from -the establishment of the Republic until the autumn of 1899. "Up to -that time," writes Albert G. Robinson, of the New York Evening Post, -"the territory occupied by the forces of the United States in the -Island of Luzon was confined to a very limited area in the vicinity -of Manila, with a filamentary extension northward for some fifty -or sixty miles along the Manila-Dagupan railway. Very much the -same condition obtained on the other islands. One thing is certain: -although greatly disturbed by the conditions of war, this territory -was under some form of governmental administration." - - - - -THE MALOLOS CONSTITUTION.--The fundamental law that had been prepared -and adopted by the independent government has since then been known as -the "Malolos Constitution." This Philippine Magna Carta embodied the -advanced thought of the times and was replete with sound principles. It -had all the requisites of a "fundamental law of the land"--an -enumeration of individual rights, the organization of the state -and of the government, provisions pertaining to the public welfare -(such as education, appropriation, the militia, local government, -impeachment, etc.) and provisions for constitutional revisions. - - -[Salient Features] - -The Parliamentary System of government was adopted as best suited to -the needs of the archipelago. Sovereignty was to reside in the people -through their duly elected representatives. The aim throughout was to -adopt a government and a social order essentially democratic, without -those privileges of caste or classes which were the determinant causes -of the revolution. The popular assembly was to be the directing power. - -The following progressive principles were enunciated: - -(1) That no one should be tried in courts created by private laws or by -special tribunals; (2) that throughout the republic there should not be -more than one kind of court for all citizens both in civil, criminal, -and military actions; (3) that no person or corporation should be given -emoluments that were not as compensation for public service fixed -by law; (4) there shall be no primogeniture nor should decorations -and titles of nobility be accepted; (5) that every Filipino citizen -shall enjoy the right of meeting, association, petition, and liberty -of the press; (6) freedom of religious worship throughout the land and -inviolability of domicile, correspondence, and property; (7) the right -of habeas corpus; (8) gratuitous and compulsory public instruction; -(9) taxes to be in proportion to the income of the taxpayers. - -The legislative power was vested in an unicameral assembly. The -representatives elected by the people were to be representatives of -the entire nation and could not bind themselves to specific mandates -from their constituents. - -The President of the republic and the Assembly were to initiate laws. - -Impeachment of high officials of the government was unhesitatingly -made a part of the fundamental law. Even the President of the republic -could be impeached in cases of high treason. - -A permanent commission was created to take the place of the assembly -during recess, the motive behind its creation being that legislative -bodies should be permanent because the popular will works continually -and consequently should be continually represented in the governmental -machinery. - -The permanent commission was to be composed of seven members elected -by the assembly from among its members. Its powers were: - -(1) To declare if a certain official of the government should be -impeached; (2) to convene the assembly to an extraordinary session in -cases in which it should constitute itself into a tribunal of justice -to consider impeachments; (3) to resolve all pending questions with -a view to bringing them before the assembly for consideration; (4) to -convoke the assembly to special sessions whenever these are necessary; -(5) to substitute the assembly in its power regarding the. constitution -with the exception that the permanent commission can not pass laws. - -The executive power was vested in the President of the Republic who -exercised it through his secretaries. - -The President of the Republic was elected by the constituent assembly -by an absolute majority of votes. His term of office was four years -but might be reelected. The powers of the President were expressly -enumerated. The secretaries of departments constituted the Cabinet, -presided over by the President. There were seven departments--foreign -relations; interior; finance; war and navy; public instruction; -communications and public works; agriculture, industry, and commerce. - -Ministerial responsibility was established so that whenever a cabinet -had lost the confidence of the majority of the assembly its members -were morally bound to resign. - -The judicial power was vested in a supreme court and in such other -tribunals as might be created by law. The judiciary was made absolutely -independent of the legislative and executive departments. The chief -justice and the attorney-general were appointed by the Assembly with -the concurrence of the President and of the cabinet. - -Provinces and municipalities were given administrative autonomy. The -central government intervened in their acts only when they over-stepped -their powers to the prejudice of general or individual interests. - -A Constituent Assembly was to be convened in case of an election -of the President of the Republic and whenever there were proposed -changes in the constitution. In either of these two cases the regular -assembly was dissolved by the President and the Constituent Assembly -convoked. The constituent assembly was to be composed of the same -members of the regular assembly plus special representatives. - -Such was the framework of the governmental machinery created by the -first republican constitution ever promulgated in the East. In the -words of General Aguinaldo, the Constitution was "the most glorious -note in the noble aspirations of the Philippine revolution and is -an irrefutable proof before the civilized world of the culture and -capacity of the Filipino people to govern themselves." - - -Comments of Foreigners.--The comments of unbiased foreigners on -this ill-fated attempt of the Filipino people to live an independent -existence all point to the fact that the Republic together with the -constitution the independent government had established was a great -work of an unquestionably able people. - -John Barrett, ex-director of the Pan-American Union, saw the Philippine -Republic in operation, and described it as follows: - - - "It is a government which has practically been administering - the affairs of that great island, 'Luzon' since the American - possession of Manila, and is certainly better than the former - administration. It had a properly formed Cabinet and Congress, - the members of which, in appearance and manners, would compare - favorably with the Japanese statesmen." - - -Admiral Dewey, after studying Philippine conditions, during the -Spanish-American War, spoke of the Filipinos as follows: - - - "In my opinion, these people are far more superior in intelligence - and more capable of self-government than the natives of Cuba. I - am familiar with both races." - - -General Merrit, on his arrival in Paris in October, 1898, was reported -as saying: - - - "The Filipinos impressed me very favorably. I think great injustice - has been done to the native population.... They are more capable - of self-government than, I think, the Cubans are. They are - considered to be good Catholics. They have lawyers, doctors, - the men of kindred professions, who stand well in the community, - and bear favorable comparison to those of other countries. They - are dignified, courteous, and reserved." - - -Leonard Sargent, a naval cadet, and W. B. Wilcox, paymaster of the -Navy, after travelling over the Island of Luzon, at that time wrote -a report of their trip, which was referred by Admiral Dewey to the -Navy Department with the indorsement that it was "the most complete -information obtainable." Mr. Sargent remarked: - - - "Although this government has never been recognized, and in all - probability will go out of existence without recognition, yet, - it cannot be denied that, in a region occupied by many millions - of inhabitants, for nearly six months, it stood alone between - anarchy and order. - - "As a tribute to the efficiency of Aguinaldo's government and - to the law-abiding character of his subjects, I offer the fact - that Mr. Wilcox and I pursued our journey throughout in perfect - security, and returned to Manila with only the most pleasing - recollections of the quiet and orderly life which we found the - natives to be leading under the new regime." - - - - - - - - - -IV. POPULATION OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS - - -[A Homogeneous People] - -The Filipinos are a homogeneous people. An American, Dr. Merton Miller, -former chief ethnologist of the Philippine Bureau of Science is the -foremost authority for the claim that: - - - "From the extreme northern end of the Archipelago to its - southernmost limits, with the exception of the few scattered - Negritos, the people of the Philippines, pagan, Moro and Christian - are one racially. There is some reason for believing that they - migrated into the islands at two different times. But in all - probability they came from the same general region and have a - common ancestry. - - "There are many different languages or dialects in the Philippines - but all are closely related one to another, the pronunciation - and mode of speech vary but little from one section of the - Philippines to another and the majority of the words are common - to two or more of the Philippine languages. These languages, - whether spoken by pagan, Moro or Christian, belong to the great - Malayo-Polynesian family, branches of which are found in Sumatra, - the Hawaiian Islands, Madagascar and on many islands between." - - -Ex-President Taft has the following to say about Filipino homogeneity: - - - "The word 'tribe' gives an erroneous impression. There is no - tribal relation among the Filipinos. There is a racial solidarity - among them undoubtedly. They are homogeneous. I can not tell the - difference between an Ilocano and a Tagalog or a Visayan.... To - me all the Filipinos were alike." - - -While Governor General Harrison, before a joint committee of Congress, -expressed himself thus: - - - "To my way of thinking, they are very remarkably homogeneous, - quite as much so as any nation in the world to-day with which - I have any acquaintance. From one end of the Philippine Islands - to the other the people look very much alike; their manners are - very much the same; their style of living is about the same; - and they are being generally educated along the same lines by - the government and by the private schools, which are cooeperating - with the government. So that I think they already have one of - the prime requisites to a nationality, namely, a general and - universal feeling that they belong to the same race of people." - - -[Total Population] - -The total population of the Philippine Islands according to the -Census of 1918 is 10,350,640. Of this number 9,495,272 are Christians, -while 855,368 are non-Christian so-called. The non-Christian element, -therefore, represents 8.2 per cent of the total population. In this -number are included the Mohammedans of the South and the Igorots and -other mountaineers, who have been so widely advertised abroad and -often represented as typical Filipinos. - - - FOREIGN POPULATION OF THE - PHILIPPINE ISLANDS - - American 6,405 - Spanish 4,015 - English 1,063 - German 312 - French 218 - Swiss 451 - Chinese 45,156 - Japanese 6,684 - All others 1,111 - Total 65,415 - - - COMPARATIVE POPULATION - - Philippines 10,350,640 - Argentina 8,284,000 - Belgium 7,658,000 - Canada 8,361,000 - Australia 4,971,000 - Cuba 2,628,000 - - - - - - - -V. GEOGRAPHICAL ITEMS OF INTEREST - - -The Philippine Archipelago is entirely in the Tropics. They lie north -of the Dutch and British Island of Borneo and the Dutch Island of -Celebes; South of the Japanese Island of Formosa; East of French -Indo-China, and Southeast of Hongkong and the Southern provinces -of China. - - -[Number of Islands] - -There are 7,083 islands in all extending 1,152 statute miles from -north to south and 688 statute miles from east to west. Two thousand -four hundred and forty-one of the Islands have names, while 4,642 -are unnamed. The northernmost Island known as Y'Ami Island is 65 -miles from Formosa while the southernmost, called Salwag, 4 deg. 40' -from the Equator, is only 30 miles east of Borneo. - - -[Total Land Area] - -The total land area of the entire archipelago is approximately 115,000 -square miles. This is in excess of the combined areas of the States -of New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Delaware; only about -7,000 square miles less than the total area of the British Isles; -about 5,000 square miles more than the total area of Italy; and about -two-thirds the size of Spain. Luzon Island alone which is the largest -is as large as Denmark, Belgium, and Holland combined. It contains -46,969 square miles. Mindanao, the second largest, is about equal in -area to Portugal. Ten islands contain more than 10,000 square miles -each or 6,400,000 acres; while 20 of the islands have between 100 and -1,000 square miles each. About seven-eighths of the total number of -islands composing the Archipelago contain less than 1 square mile each. - - -[Bays and Straits] - -There are twenty-one fine harbors and eight land-locked straits. Manila -Bay with an area of 770 square miles and a circumference of 120 miles -is reputed to be the finest in the Far East. It is said that it can -accommodate the entire fleet of the world. It is a roadstead, in all -parts of which vessels can anchor. Manila, Cebu, Iloilo, Zamboanga, -and Jolo are at present the ports of entry. - -The interisland waters are shallow, averaging between seventy-five -and five hundred fathoms. - - -[Mountains] - -There are at least seven principal mountain ranges and twenty more -or less active volcanoes. Mount Apo in Mindanao is the highest being -9,610 feet. Canlaon in Negros is second with 7,995 feet; Mayon in -Albay third, with 7,943 feet. - - -[Rivers] - -Nearly all the principal islands have important river systems. In -Luzon are the Rio Grande de Cagayan, 220 miles long, which drains -16,000 square miles of territory, the Rio Grande de Pampanga, -emptying into Manila Bay through a dozen mouths, the Agno, the Abra, -Bued, and the more familiar Pasig. The Rio Grande de Mindanao, 330 -miles long, is the largest in the Islands, and the Agusan, also in -Mindanao, is the third in size. Mindoro has 60 rivers and Samar, -26. In Panay, are the Jalaud and Panay and in Negros the Danao and -the Lanao. Inter-island steamers berth in the Pasig as far as the -Jones Bridge. The larger rivers, in addition to being navigable for -steamers and launches of light draft for distances of from 20 to 200 -miles, could furnish abundant water power for manufacturing purposes. - - -[Lakes] - -Mindanao, especially the basin of the Agusan, has a vast number of -lakes, among them the famous lakes Lanao, Mainit, and Lagusan. Laguna -de Bay, near Manila, Lake Naujan in Mindoro, Taal, and Bombon lakes -in Batangas, and Lake Bito in Leyte are also noted for size and beauty. - - -[Falls] - -The Falls of Pagsanjan and the Botocan at Majayjay, in Laguna Province; -the Maria Cristina, the Pigduktan, and Kalilokan, in Mindanao, are -the largest and most beautiful. - - -[Mineral Springs] - -Some 170 or more medico-mineral springs, hot and cold, are known in -the Islands, many rivaling the most famous of Europe and America. Near -Manila are those of Los Banos, Sibul, Lemery, Tivi, and Marilao. - - -[Climate] - -Father Algue, the world famous Director of the Weather Bureau, -divides the climate into three types, the classification being based -on distance above sea level and exposure to ocean breezes. - -November, December, January, and February are the temperate -months. The mean average temperature at this season is about 77 deg. to 79 deg. -Fahrenheit. In April, May, and June, the hot months, the mean average -is between 83 deg. and 84 deg.. In other months it is about 80 deg.. The nights -are seldom unpleasantly hot even in the hot season, and a temperature -of 100 deg. is a rarity in Manila. The mountain regions of the north are -cool as September in the temperate zone. The mean average maximum -for Baguio is 80 deg. and the minimum 53 deg.. Far south, nearer the equator, -in some localities it is hotter; but Zamboanga and the Provinces of -Bukidnon and Lanao boast a most agreeable and healthful climate. - -The climate is thus mildly tropical. Sunstrokes are unknown. The -recorded death rate per 1,000 whites in Manila for 1917 was 8.8, as -compared with 16.5 for New York, 15 for San Francisco, 14 for Chicago, -18 for Glasgow, and 22 for Belfast. - - - DIFFERENCES IN TIME - - Manila is in advance of: - London 8 hours and 3 minutes. - New York 12 hours and 59 minutes. - San Francisco 16 hours and 11 minutes. - Washington 13 hours. - - - COMPARATIVE AREAS - - Sq. Miles - Philippines 114,400 - British Isles 121,438 - New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Delaware 104,970 - Japan 147,698 - Hungary 125,641 - Italy 110,660 - Norway 124,675 - - - - -RAINFALL - -Maximum days of rain in July, August, September. - -Minimum days of rain in February and March. - -Dry Season: November to May, inclusive. - -Wet Season: June to October, inclusive. - -Typhoons: Frequent in July, August, September, and October. - -The lowest average rainfall for the last twelve years for the whole -Archipelago was 60.73 inches in the driest region, the highest, -125.68, in the wettest. Manila's average was 75.46. - - - - - - - - - -VI. THE CITY OF MANILA - - -[Entrance to Manila Bay] - -You enter Manila Bay thru a narrow passage in the middle of which is -the famous Island of Corregidor, the "Rock," the "Gibraltar of the Far -East," the "Home of the Big Guns," that guards the harbor. It is also -a hydroplane station of the United States. The island is a stalwart -sentinel, as it were, at the harbor's mouth. Nearby are two other -"watch dogs" of Uncle Sam, known as "El Fraile" and "El Carabao," -two other well fortified islands holding many a surprise for any -invading fleet. - -Down the bay your steamer glides amid the shipping of many nations -and the launches of the customs and quarantine soon appear to "look -the stranger over." - - - - -MANILA.--After the quarantine and customs inspection you get off -your steamer and you are in Manila, the capital of the Philippine -Archipelago. Your first impressions are of the tourist sort. Your -interest is immediately arrested by the dress and habits of the -Filipinos, of the Chinese, and of the various residents from every -quarter of the globe. The water buffalo or the carabao, the one horse -carriage, or the carromata, and the slippers, or "chinelas," worn in -the streets by the poor will startle you to the realization that you -are in a world other than your own. The every-day clothes worn by the -people give you an ensemble of all the colors imaginable, more so when -there is a procession, parade or similar festivities--royal purple, -plum, heliotrope, magenta, psolferino, scarlet, geranium, salmon, -pinks, greens, vivid and tender, all the blues, yellow, orange, -champaca, in short every hue, shade, and tint that art has borrowed -from nature or has invented. - -You stroll around the City and one of the first things you notice -is the various means of transportation. There is the automobile, -from the popular Ford Lizzie to the Packard Limousine; there is the -one-horse carriage, in shape and looks unique in the world; and there -is the street car propelled by the familiar electricity. - -The Walled City.--Near the pier you see a cluster of buildings -enclosed by solid stone walls about twenty feet high. This is the -famous Walled City or Intramuros, a remnant of Spanish days. It is -something less than a mile long and half a mile wide. The walls used to -be fortresses with which the Spaniards used to repel the many attacks -and invasions. To go into this Walled City is to remind you of Madrid, -Spain, with all its narrow streets and typical Spanish buildings. The -walls had been begun prior to the end of the sixteenth century; -before the next was far advanced, the place boasted of a cathedral, -hospitals, and a university; walled Manila had grown into quite a city. - -The Walled City is the original Manila, of which every other part of -the modern city is, historically speaking, a suburb. Its battlemented -wall is a little over 2 1/2 miles in circuit, and is still for the -most part in an excellent state of preservation. The age of the walls -is hard to state; its oldest existing portions were undoubtedly built -before the end of the sixteenth century, but it has been continuously -patched and added to, almost up to the present generation. Parts of it -are from twenty to thirty feet in height and thickness. Considering -everything, it makes this district one of the best examples of a -mediaeval walled town in existence. - - -[Fort Santiago] - -While in this Walled City, do not fail to visit Fort Santiago, the -oldest part of Spanish Manila, long the citadel of the city, and now -the headquarters of the United States Army in the Philippines. It -probably stands very nearly on the site of the native fort which the -Spanish reconnoitering expedition carried by assault in 1570. It -has undergone comparatively little external change in three -centuries. There are plenty of traditions connected with the old -place--stories of cells below the river level for the "unintentional" -execution of inconvenient persons, and of chambers found filled with -dislocated skeletons. Though none of these places are now identifiable, -it is a historical fact that one cell, either in the fort or in the -wall to the east of it (since removed), was the scene, as late as the -night of the 31st of August, 1896, of a tragedy much resembling that of -the Black Hole of Calcutta. Fifty-six out of sixty Filipinos who had -been crowded into it, on being arrested on suspicion of complicity -in the insurrection then raging, were the victims of the poisoned -atmosphere or of the desperate struggle that took place within. - -Pursuing your travels around Manila you see an admixture of the -quaintly native, of the mediaeval, and of the strictly modern. In -architecture, you see splendid examples of Grecian, Moorish, Spanish, -Renaissance, Gothic, and Byzantine. Likewise you see many native nipa -houses, small yet cool and cozy, and exceedingly appropriate for the -needs of the climate. - - -[Three Manilas] - -For in reality there are three Manilas, which are still -noticeable. First, there is the Manila of the original Malay, which, -with its nipa shacks, its carabaos, and its quaint fishing boats, -exists much as it did in the days of Raja Lacandola. Secondly, -there is the Manila of the sixteenth and seventeenth century -Spaniard--adventurer, merchant, and crusader in equal parts--who, in -the churches and convents, the walls and gates, and the half-Moorish -domestic architecture, has left ineffaceable memorials of the fact -that this, the oldest of the European settlements in the East, was in -its day among the chief glories of the "once imperial race." Finally, -there is the Americanized Manila of to-day, the town of electricity, -motor cars, macadamized roads and sewers and steel bridges, well on -its way to become one of the beautiful cities of the world. - - -[Costumes] - -The costumes of the women are admittedly unique and attractive. Old -Spain gave the peasant's neckerchief that has evolved into the panuelo; -the court train of her damas gave the saya; her priests gave the -tapis; the ground plan is Malayan, the sleeves swelled to suit the -climate. This, which has changed but little in over three centuries, -is the predominating model; but America, Paris, half Asia, and the -South Pacific contribute also to the revue des modes: georgette crepe -and coconut fiber rain cape and skirt, white duck and rengue, all in -the same rain shower on the same block. - - -[The Shops] - -Modern shops with plate-glass fronts, office buildings with their -elevators, elbow in between the open-fronted Chino shops of the -Rosario. And the carabao snails by, and the "little gray hawk" that -"hangs aloft in the air," happens to be an aeroplane. - - -[The Pasig] - -Down by the entrance to the Pasig River modern steamers are warped -to the river wall, and farther up dumpy river launches shuffle about -their work of conveying to the big household of Manila chickens, -pigs, fruits, and vegetables; a string of bamboo-roofed cascoes lie -in wait by the market; sturdy bargemen with thirty-foot bamboo poles -shove the unwieldy lorchas about, and the tiny bancas now toddle -bravely along, now reel and wobble from the cuffs of their elders. The -river is navigable for miles, and a trip upstream reveals successive -combinations of meadows, high banks fringed with feathery bamboo, -and here and there a village with its nipa houses and its gray stone -church embowered in groves of coconuts and mangoes. - - - - -OTHER PLACES OF INTEREST - -[Churches] - -You will find them at every turn. To see her churches alone, in -detail--St. Augustine's, built in 1599, with its ceiling of solid stone -nearly four feet thick, and the illustrious dead beneath its hardwood -floor; St. Sebastian's of solid steel made in Belgium and brought out -in sections and assembled; St. Ignatius' and others with exquisitely -carved woodwork, the work of Filipinos; their altars, statues and -paintings--to appreciate their architecture and the engineering skill -that erected them would require not days or weeks, but months. - - -[The Cathedral] - -Special mention should be made of the Cathedral, the historic edifice -which has witnessed so many rare and brilliant ceremonies. It is -a most ornate and yet harmonious structure. The massive dome can -be seen from far out at sea. The nave of the cathedral is of most -majestic proportions and its pillars and clusters, with their gilded -capitals, are handsome. The cupola rises to an immense height and has -an inside balcony. Its four corners are frescoed, and the subjects -are the "Four Evangelists." A beautiful sky, with angel heads, upon -which stands the statue of the Immaculate Concepcion, is just above -the high altar and around it, in sort of a frieze, are the heads of -the apostles, while in the transepts, are the heads of the prophets, -kings, and patriarchs. The architecture of the cathedral is of Roman -Byzantine Style. - - -[The Ayuntamiento] - -On the right hand side of the cathedral, the traveler sees the -Ayuntamiento, a two-story building, the original seat of the Spanish -government, now the headquarters of the House of Representatives and -of the six departments of the Philippine government. The cornerstone -of this building was laid in 1735. On the main landing of its imposing -staircase is a statue, a replica of that in the "Biblioteca Nacional" -at Madrid, of Juan Sebastian Elcano, the navigator who, after the death -of Magellan, brought to a safe conclusion the first voyage around the -world. The doors in either side of the statue lead to the Marble Hall, -named from its marble floor, where the house of representatives sits -and where official receptions and state entertainments are often held. - - -[University of Santo Tomas] - -In the rear of the Ayuntamiento, and occupying the other half of the -same block, stands the building of the University of Santo Tomas, -founded in 1619, the oldest educational institution of collegiate -rank under American sovereignty. It is under the direction of the -Dominican Order and has departments for the education of students -in all the principal professions. It keeps a valuable and extensive -collection of zooelogical, ethnological, and other scientific specimens -which is open to male visitors only (the university being by origin a -monastic institution) on Sunday mornings from 9 to 11. In the little -plaza on which the building fronts is a statue of Miguel Benavides, -the second Archbishop of Manila, and founder of the University. - - -[The Dominican Church] - -At the end of this plaza stands the great Gothic Dominican Church, -one of the very few examples of that style in the city. It has very -fine doors and a beautifully decorated altar and pulpit. Connected -with it, as with all the old churches of the friar orders, is an -enormous convent, very plain outside, but containing much of interest -within--ancient libraries and some very quaint courtyards, cloisters, -refection halls, and a series of religious pictures. - -Just back of this church is the gap in the wall, thru which the car -line from the commercial center of the city enters. Hard by is the -Intendencia Building, in which is located the Insular Treasury and -the offices and session hall of the Philippine Senate. Behind this, -on the river front, is a modest monument to Magellan, the one memorial -of the great discoverer in the capital of the land he brought in -contact with Latin civilization. - - -[Avenues] - -The Walled City, except for a short space where the battlements of -Fort Santiago are washed by the river, is completely surrounded by -fine avenues, all bordered on the inside by the stretch of green which -has replaced the former moat. The Magallanes Drive runs for a short -distance between the walls and the Pasig river to the northeast. To -the west is the Bonifacio Drive, with an avenue of palms. This is -now bounded on its farther side by the new Port District, but in old -days was the seaside promenade of Manila. The circuit of the wall is -completed by the Bagumbayan Drive (now Burgos Drive), which sweeps -in a beautiful acacia-bordered quadrant around the east, southeast, -and south. - -This avenue will, in a few years, be completely lined with Government -buildings and grounds. It begins at the river, near the end of the -Jones Bridge. Continuing down it toward the bay the traveler passes -first the Mehan Gardens, really a public park, of moderate size, -finely kept. It was the result of the work of a Spanish botanist and -forester, Sebastian Vidal y Soler, of whom a statue stands in its -midst. The garden was completely neglected and used as a camping -ground during the insurrection, but was restored by the present -Government. Beyond the garden in succession, are the buildings of -the Bureau of Printing and the present temporary City Hall. The -street branching off to the left between these is Calle Concepcion, -on the right hand side of which, immediately back of the City Hall, -are the buildings of the Young Men's Christian Association. - -Turning to the left from the riverside of the Botanical Garden and -crossing the Pasig River on the Santa Cruz Bridge, then turning to the -right, the traveler comes across another important and imposing avenue, -called the Rizal Avenue. This avenue begins from the heart of the -commercial district of the city, and leads to the northern suburb of -Manila, which is destined to be one of the best residential sections. - -The principal attractions on this avenue, are the Grand Opera House -where periodical performances are held by foreign opera companies, -the Stadium where prize fighting is held between Filipino boxers as -well as between Filipino and foreign boxers, the Central Methodist -Church, and the San Lazaro Hospital. - - -[Bilibid Prison] - -This avenue is intersected by an equally broad thoroughfare formed by -Azcarraga Street, on which are numerous small shops, several theaters -of various grades, and several residential homes. On the sea-side of -this thoroughfare is situated the Cathedral of the Independent Filipino -Church, an institution headed by Archbishop Aglipay, and having about -3,000,000 members. Other places of interest are the Zorrilla Theater, -the Centro Escolar de Senoritas, a private school for girls, being -the biggest institution of the kind in Manila, and Bilibid Prison, -the great central penitentiary of the Philippines and one of the -largest and best-managed institutions of the kind in the world. - -The average number of inmates of Bilibid Prison is between 2,500 and -3,000. The main part of the prison, which altogether covers twenty -acres, consists of well-ventilated wards radiating from a central -tower; cells are little used. There is a fine hospital, a school, -and a highly developed system of industries. Visitors are admitted -everyday for the ceremony of retreat, which occurs at about 4:30 in -the afternoon. The salesroom, where the products of the prison shops -may be seen and purchased, are open to the public during the regular -office hours. Perhaps the best work is to be found in the furniture of -native hardwood; but the wicker furniture, the desk sets, and other -small articles of hardwood, the silverware, and the local curios are -well worth inspection. - - -[Taft Avenue] - -Another wide and picturesque avenue branches off from Burgos Drive, -a short distance from the City Hall. This is called the Taft Avenue, -after the first civil governor of the Philippines, Honorable William -H. Taft, now Chief Justice of the United States Supreme Court. Along -this avenue are several modern concrete buildings, the most important -of which are the Philippine Normal School, the Normal Hall, a dormitory -for ladies, the Santa Rita's Hall, the Central School for American -and European children, the Nurses' Home, and the Philippine General -Hospital. - -Turning to the right, on Padre Faura Street, the traveler comes across -a number of the buildings of the Philippine University, all of which -are of reinforced concrete and modern in every respect. The large -vacant space behind these buildings is the University Campus where -athletic exercises and military drills are held almost every afternoon. - - -[Central Observatory] - -Further on to the left on this same street, is the Central Observatory -of the Philippine Weather Bureau. This intensely interesting -institution is open to the public on Tuesdays from half past 2 to -half past 4 in the afternoon and on Saturdays from half past 8 to -half past 11 in the morning. It is one of the oldest and best of -its kind in the East, having been founded in 1865 by the Jesuits -and operated continuously since then, even in 1898, while hostile -armies were contending for the possession of the city. The founder -and director for many years was Fr. Frederic Faura, after whom the -street on which the building stands is named. The present head is -Fr. Jose Algue, who has made for himself a world-wide reputation -as a meteorologist. It is still directed by specially trained Jesuit -priests and supported financially by an arrangement with the Philippine -Government. Its great renown has been gained through its work in the -field of earthquakes and typhoons. - - -[The Luneta] - -At the extreme end of Burgos Drive, the traveler comes out on the -broad expanse of a park, of partly natural and partly made land, on the -inland side of which is the most famous recreation place of Manila--the -Luneta. This is an oval stretch of lawn where, nearly every evening, -the music of the fine band of the Philippine Constabulary or that -of some military organization combines with the sea breeze and the -gorgeous sunsets behind the top of Mount Mariveles to bring together -a crowd so varied and brilliant as to make this gathering one of -the most distinctively picturesque sights of the city. Hundreds of -carriages and motor cars draw up along the curb or make the circuit -of the driveway, while thousands of pedestrians throng the walks and -lawns. It is a gay and cosmopolitan gathering--Government officials, -wealthy Chinese merchants, Spaniards, officers of the Army and Navy, -American women in the light and dainty gowns of the Tropics, and -Filipino women of every class in the picturesque national dress of -gorgeous semi-transparent native cloth, that has caused one observer -to describe them as "jet-crowned butterflies." - -On the green of the Luneta facing Manila Bay is the monument to -the national hero of the Philippines--the physician, novelist, -and patriot--Dr. Jose Rizal. It was designed by the Swiss sculptor -Richard Kissling, whose work was selected out of many in a contest -for a substantial prize. The monument consists of a granite obelisk, -about fifty feet high, serving as a background for a bronze statue -of heroic size. - - -[The Manila Hotel] - -To the north of the Luneta is the well-known Manila Hotel, reputed to -be the finest in the Orient. Immediately opposite the hotel site, on -the green at the corner of the former moat, is the monument to Miguel -Lopez de Legaspi and Andres Urdaneta, the civil and ecclesiastical -founders of Manila. This, as a work of art, is far superior to -anything else of the sort now actually standing in the city. The -pedestal supports idealized figures of the mailed warrior and the -priest, holding aloft the banner of Castile and the Cross. These -were cast in Spain and sent out prior to the change of sovereignty, -but was never put up. They were found by the American conquerors in -a warehouse, and it is to them that the monument owes its erection -in its present excellent location. On the side of the green opposite -the hotel and the Legaspi monument are the new buildings of the Elks -and the Army and Navy Clubs. - - -[The Museum] - -To the north of the Manila Hotel is the Philippine Museum, housed in -a modern building. Those interested in the fauna and flora of this -part of the globe, and in archeological collections will find in this -museum an hour well spent. - - -[The Carnival Grounds] - -To the East of the present Luneta, immediately across the road, is the -large tract of land known as Wallace (formerly Bagumbayan) Field. It -is the site of athletic grounds and of the annual Carnival. It boasts -a gruesome past and a distinguished future. Under the old regime it -was a public execution ground for political prisoners, and here on -the 30th of December, 1896, in the shadow of the old Luneta outwork, -since removed, Dr. Jose Rizal met his death before the Spanish firing -squad. In a few years more, under the name of "Government Center," it -will be the site of the new Capitol, and of other Government buildings. - -For the present this tract is the scene, for a week or more every -February, of the great Philippine Carnival, which has become one of -the established institutions in the Islands and one of the greatest -attractions of Manila. While it lasts most of the town puts on -festal garb and takes a series of half holidays, and dominoes become -familiar sights on the public streets. Within the grounds are the -usual amusement features--the merry-go-round, the whip, shooting -galleries, a hippodrome with spectacular performances, and extensive -and interesting exhibits of the products of the Islands, sent by the -provincial governments, the schools, and private concerns. Elaborate -parades--military, industrial, and carnival--and great balls in -an immense auditorium, both exclusive and popular, complete the -program. The industrial and commercial exhibits are under the -supervision of the Government. - - -[Dewey Boulevard] - -Capping the ensemble of all these attractions around the Luneta is a -beautiful boulevard, comparable with the best anywhere, which leads -from where the buildings of the Elks and the Army and Navy Clubs are -situated and extends until the city limits, near Pasay, a suburb on -the Manila South Road. This boulevard is a favorite driveway in the -evening. The chain of lights that illuminate its entire length makes -it attractive beyond comparison. To the right will be heard the splash -of the waters of Manila Bay dashing against the rocks that fringe the -Boulevard. To the left are some of the most imposing residences of -the City. The steamers anchored in the bay present a lovely sight, -especially in the stillness of the night. It is from this boulevard -that the Philippine sunset, so entrancingly beautiful, can be seen -without obstruction, while in the distance, to the left, is the City of -Cavite, to which the Boulevard will in time lead, and hence has been -originally named "Cavite Boulevard." It was only recently that its -name was changed to "Dewey Boulevard" in memory of Admiral Dewey who, -a short distance out into the bay, by defeating the Spanish Squadron, -sealed the fate of colonial Spain in this part of the globe. - - -[Clubs and Societies] - -All of the great fraternal orders have their branches in Manila--The -Masonic Order, The Knights of Columbus, The I. O. O. F., The Elks, -and The Knights Templars. Religious, charitable, social, musical, -literary, athletic, and other associations, also abound. There is a -National Federation of Women's Clubs, having about 400 branches in all -parts of the Archipelago and also a Catholic Federation of Women. All -the foreigners also have their respective clubs and societies. - - -[Cemeteries] - -The Cementerio del Norte is the municipal cemetery. It is the only -modern garden cemetery in Manila. It covers a very large area (133 -acres), only a small part of which has been developed. There are -sections for Americans, Filipinos, and Chinese, each showing the -distinctive emblems with which the several races mark the resting -places of their dead. There are beautiful monuments and well-kept -lawns. - -Adjoining the municipal cemetery is the Catholic cemetery and the -chapel of La Loma. The Chinese also have an exclusive cemetery -nearby. All the ground in this vicinity is historical, for much of -the fighting of the early days of the insurrection centered about -the district; there was a block-house which formerly stood back of -the La Loma Chapel. Paco cemetery on San Marcelino is closed now, -but once a year, on All Saints Day, it is opened and in the evening, -brilliantly illuminated. - - -[Monuments] - -Among the most notable monuments are the Rizal monument in the Luneta; -the Legaspi and Urdaneta monument near the Manila Hotel; the Anda -monument at the foot of the Malecon Drive; the Magallanes monument -near the Treasury building; the Statue of Elcano in the Ayuntamiento; -the Statue of Benavides at Plaza of Sto. Tomas; and that of Charles IV -at Plaza McKinley, and Queen Isabela II in Malate. The finest of the -recent ones, are the monument of Balintawak, a short distance out, -to commemorate the first cry of the revolution, and the monument to -the Katipunan and the Liga Filipina at Raxa Matanda, Tondo. - - - - -LIFE IN MANILA.--In Manila is felt the pulse of the world's -activity--the currents of political, commercial, and intellectual -thought of the world--more keenly than in New York or London. The -reason is simple. Each man here is an individual machine; in the larger -cities he is a cog. The elements of absolute economic dependence -being absent, the inhabitants are forced into contact with many -nations, together with all the social and economic relations which -that contact entails. In the press Manila is not overwhelmed with a -mass of unimportant news. The immensity of non-essential topics of -no general interest is spared the residents. Only the essential and -all the essential reaches them. Their horizon is not bounded by 42nd -Street nor by neighbor Peet's farm. One of the many reasons for the -happier life in Manila than in other cities of the world, so far at -least as foreigners are concerned, is the natural selection of the fit -and strong, which is invariably taking place. There are no crippled -and weak, no poor nor invalid people in Manila to pester you. They do -not come--they seldom dare. Only those looking for adventure, those -fitted to care for themselves, those determined to survive that come -to make this part of the world his temporary or permanent abode. - - -[No Vexing Conventionalities] - -The conventionalities and prescribed forms of daily living are -absent. There is no Madam Gruncy to hector, there are no rules -of the elite class or the would-be Four Hundred. You come and -go unquestioned. You have absolute sovereignty over your own -affairs. There are no neighbors to tell the foreigner what to think -or how to vote. Neither a Democrat nor a Republican is disgraced for -being so. A society of men and women from all corners of the globe -accord respect to your judgment. Not living in San Francisco you are -not disturbed by its claims of superiority to Seattle or New York. - -There is less attention paid to inconsequential details and boresome -routine than in the complex centers of the Old and the New World. It is -of less importance to know what Lady Jane wore at the ball than to know -how she will run her embroidery establishment. More thought is given -to one's failure and success and struggles with new conditions than -of a man's politics. The interrelationship of races, the development -of a virgin country, the wide latitude for one's activities accustom -you to thinking in the large. Men talk little in the Tropics, but -what they say has meaning. - -There is less violence in the Philippines than in any other land. The -people are gentle and courteous. In provincial towns, in lonely -districts, an American or European woman can remain alone for days -without fear of molestation. One can take long trips through the -wildest mountain in perfect safety. Firearms for self defense need -not even be thought of. - - -[Competition Less Severe] - -Competition in Manila is not as severe as in other cities. Success -is attained with greater ease. The routine of life is pleasant, -and days pass quickly. In occidental cities one generally rushes -through breakfast and rushes to his office. Also he rushes all the -morning until 12 o'clock. Not so in the Philippines. He dictates in a -few minutes his day's correspondence which will probably leave port -a week later, depending on the schedule of boats. Then he has new -schemes to think over and conferences to hold with confreres. After -this there is usually considerable time for ice cream and further -conferences outside. He probably visits his bank and the cable office, -and does some more thinking. If he is a salesman, he has to talk -with prospective customers. At all events he is a very busy man, -with a dozen plans for expansion working in his brain; but there -is time, aeons of time. There is so much to be done and so little -danger that the field will be overworked before he gets to it that he -fears nothing. At 12 o'clock or thereabouts he goes back to his room -for lunch. Afterwards he sleeps for two hours and drops back to his -office. At 4 o'clock he goes out for tea, and at 5 o'clock, if the -day has been a hard one, he knocks off for golf or tennis or a swim, -or goes back to his siesta chair for rest. After supper at 8 o'clock, -if he is socially inclined, he organizes a party for a cabaret and -spends a pleasant evening. Otherwise he plays cards or billiards -at his club. The next day repeats, and so on. He is never hurried, -never tired, never worried. - - - - - - - - - -VII. THE ENVIRONS OF MANILA - - -On the outskirts of the City of Manila, lies one of the most beautiful -scenic routes in the tropics--the expanse of country extending from -the city itself to what is known as the Montalban Water Works, in -Rizal Province, from which the city derives its water supply. At the -head of a picturesque gorge, the Mariquina River is impounded by a dam, -and the water is brought to the City of Manila, 39 kilometers distant, -through aqueducts of cast iron. - -The ride to the gorge through the heart of the Mariquina valley, one -of the most fertile regions of the Island of Luzon, is a veritable -scenic fairyland. Lowland, mountain, hill, stream, field, bridge, -road, village, and town combine to form a landscape that invariably -fascinates the visitor. The scene is restful and pleasing to the eye -at almost every vista that presents itself. - -Crossing the Ayala Bridge and passing through General Solano Street, -the visitor proceeds on his way to the famous valley. On both sides -of General Solano stand old Spanish residences practically as they -were in the days of the Spaniards. This was then the fashionable -residential section of the city and its glories as such have not as -yet entirely departed. - - -[The Malacanang Palace] - -Soon, the Governor-General's palatial home known as the "Malacanang -Palace," is reached on the right, immediately after the only brewery in -the City of Manila. The palace is beyond doubt the finest residence in -the islands. The gardens are particularly well-kept, Governor-General -Harrison having improved the residence and the grounds making it a -sumptuous and fitting place for the first executive of the land. - -Immediately next to the Governor's palace is the executive building -housing the offices of the Governor-General's staff and cabinet. It -is an elaborate structure decorated with hardwood carvings. - -After a detour to drive thru the grounds of the palace, the visitor -proceeds on his way towards Santa Mesa. The next place of interest -is known as the "Rotonda"--a circular Plaza at which two important -thoroughfares and some of lesser importance intersect. In the center of -the Rotonda stands the Carriedo Fountain built in memory of Francisco -Carriedo, the Spanish engineer who installed the first gravity water -system in Manila sometime in the 19th century. - - -[Santa Mesa] - -Soon the visitor arrives at another residential section known as -Santa Mesa. This section is on top of a hilly district overlooking the -city. Fine bungalows and villas surrounded by beautiful lawns adjoin -one another. Americans, Europeans, and Filipinos live here side by -side. Mingled with the sumptuous abodes found in this section are -several patches of nipa huts, furnishing a startling contrast--the -almost primitive native residence common throughout the archipelago, -especially in the barrios, as compared with the architecturally highly -developed occidental type of residence. In the midst of this ensemble -of residences are rice fields cultivated in typical native fashion -with terraces, ditches, carabaos, etc. - - -[San Juan Bridge and Heights] - -The visitor now comes across a country that is more open, and -cultivated patches of land become a more frequent sight. In a few -minutes, he reaches the famous "San Juan Bridge," a historical -landmark. It was here, on February 4th, 1899, that the first shot -of the Filipino-American war was fired. Two days later, the treaty -of Paris ceding the Philippines to the United States was ratified, -and the Filipinos continued to revolt. - -After crossing the bridge, the visitor reaches San Juan Heights, -a suburban development project in the municipality of San Juan del -Monte. Less than two years ago, an enterprising American formed a -company and divided this property up into lots and started selling -the parcels on the instalment plan. The project was a success and now -a good sized community has settled on this district. Other parcels -of land in the vicinity have been similarly divided into lots, and -Manila suburban property is now rapidly undergoing development in -the familiar American manner. Among these other parcels are the San -Juan Heights Addition, the Rosario Heights, and the Magdalena Estate, -the latter being an immense tract of land extending for several miles -into the country. - - -[The Reservoir] - -Nearby is located the distributing reservoir of the Manila Water -Supply system, called "El Deposito." It was constructed in Spanish -days, but has now grown to be entirely too small for the ever-growing -needs of the city. - -Along the side of the reservoir is the "Boys' Reformatory School," -where wayward and recalcitrant youngsters are won back to good -behaviour and useful life at the expense of the city and the Insular -government. - -Turning back to the main roadway, the visitor sees the palatial -residence of the Ex-Mayor of Manila, now Senator Hon. Ramon Fernandez. - - -[The Mariquina Valley] - -From this point on, there is an entirely rural scenery, an immense -plain bounded by mountains in the north and east. This is the Mariquina -Valley. Somewhere on this valley just outside the municipality -of San Mateo, was the spot where General Lawton was shot by the -Filipino insurgents. This whole region was intensely fought over -by the contending forces, the Filipino insurgents retreating to the -mountains to the north and east. - - -[The Town of Mariquina] - -Soon afterwards, the town of Mariquina is reached. It is a typical -Filipino community. Proximity to the Philippine metropolis does not -seem to have altered its appearance in the least. It has a rural air -and atmosphere and the people evidently belong to the hard-plodding -farmer-class. - -An excellent road makes driving a pleasure through the Mariquina -Valley. The combination of colors and light, tropical vegetation -and houses, the undulating mountain divides, the brilliant green -of the palms and bamboo, contrasted with the intense verdure of the -rice fields, present a vista that can be expressed adequately only -by painting. - - -[The Payatas Estate] - -After Mariquina comes the town of San Mateo, centrally situated in the -Mariquina Valley. It was here that tenants of the vast Payatas Estate -in the vicinity combined and bought the property from the Japanese -owners three years ago. The enterprise was the first cooperative -agricultural Filipino effort on a large scale and has proved to be -a success. The purchase price was $775,000, and all of this amount -but $100,000 has been paid up. - - -[At the Dam] - -Then the dam is reached. It is in the town of Montalban, 35 kilometers -from Manila. The road winds in and out along the banks of the river, -the banks of the river themselves become steeper and steeper, and -soon the towering white limestone sides of the Mariquina gorge loom -up several hundred feet, and the reservoir inclosure is reached. - -Those who desire to go as far as the dam must be sure to obtain -permits from the Metropolitan Water District before leaving Manila, -otherwise the trip will have to end at the head of the deep gorge at -the gate of the reservoir. With such a permit the visitor is allowed -to enter the reservoir gate and he proceeds up the shaded walk to -the dam and reservoir. - -The walk to the reservoir is only a few minutes, up a well-kept path -lined with shrubs, trees, and flowers with the rushing water of the -river below to the left. - -The reservoir, surrounded by the green mountain sides, makes a pretty -picture reminding the visitor of some of the descriptions of lakes -in the Scottish Islands, as depicted by Sir Walter Scott in some of -his works. - - -[Different Return Route] - -The return to Manila may be made by way of Pasig, the capital of the -Province of Rizal, after leaving Mariquina where the roads branch. On -this way back, Fort Wm. McKinley is worth visiting. It is said to -be the largest army post under the American flag and one of the best -administered. It cannot fail to impress the visitor because of its fine -buildings, spacious parade grounds and attractive officers' quarters. - - - - - - - - - -VIII. OTHER CITIES - - -BAGUIO - -[Baguio] - -Baguio, which is often called the Simla of the Philippines, is classed -with even more famous mountain resorts by its admirers. By automobile -it is about eight hours' ride from Manila. By train and passenger -trucks combined, it is about eleven hours. - -The Benguet road is the most traveled route. It leaves the lowlands -at Dagupan and now ascends, now crosses and recrosses the gorge of -the Bued River, coiling back on itself in the famous Zig-zag, where -the inspirations of Baguio's natural wonders begin. Cooler and cooler -grows the air, behind drops all the lowland vegetation, to make room -for sturdy trees of the temperate zone. Wave on wave the trees roll -up the mountains that stand on each other's shoulders below, around -and above the small tableland on which Baguio edges away from the -sheer precipice at the head of the gorge. - -For some years a summer capital to which the Government transferred -its work and personnel during the hot months, it is a chartered city, -but the all-year residents are few, though many of the well-to-do of -Manila have summer homes there. It has two hotels and several cottages -for visitors. - -No one may know the Philippines adequately without visiting this, the -temperate beauty spot of the Archipelago. Pure forest-scented air, -cooled by lofty peaks and a city that is well laid out representing -what is best in the Islands' civic progress are the outstanding -"strands in the fabric of Baguio's attractions." Here is a fairyland -of green--gardens, beautiful walks, and easily accessible peaks -commanding exquisite vistas of valleys and neighboring mountain tops. - - -[Camp John Hay] - -Camp John Hay, the military hospital post, is the main show place, -among its beauties being the open air amphitheater that General Bell -built with mountaineer labor, terraced as their wonderful rice terraces -are, and gay with flowers. - -Other places to see are the Mansion House, the official summer -residence of the Governor-General; Bishop Brent's School for American -children and the School for mountain girls; the Constabulary School; -the rest houses of the different religious Orders; Mirador, the -Observatory, and Mt. Santo Tomas, whence a glorious view may be had -over the whole majestic panorama of mountains and valleys to the -lowlands and to the China Sea. On horseback or afoot, in Baguio and -its immediate environs, just enjoying the air, the roses, the pungent -pines, the tree ferns, the fields of Benguet lilies, every day is a -delight. But beyond lie more regions that beckon. - - -[Trinidad Valley] - -The strawberries and green peas at Trinidad, where are the Government -stock farm and agricultural school, extend an occidental welcome to the -visitors. On the mountain train to Bontoc the rest houses with their -big open fire places are just like homes in the temperate zone. The -great orerich valley of Amburayan lies on one side of the divide; -on the other is the Lepanto basin with Cervantes in the cap of the -hills. Sagada and Lubuagan are easy of access by side roads and trails, -but to reach Tawang and Balbalan means difficult and proportionally -interesting and exhilarating going through magnificent forests of -cedar, from one rancheria to another. At Banaue are rice terraces -nearly a mile in height. Generation after generation has toiled to -build them. The mission stations with their schools where the young -folks are taught modern trades and perfected in their own handicrafts -are heart-warming evidences alike of Christian love and charity and -self-sacrifice and grateful appreciation of the mountain peoples and -their eagerness to join their brethren of the lowlands in the full -light of civilization. - -Descending on horseback in a westward direction one comes to Butac, -and a telephone message will bring an auto to whisk one on the Tagudin, -the sea outlet of the Mountain Province, that has a Belgian convent -noted for its laces and embroideries. The train or an auto will -convey the traveler thence north to the extreme end of Luzon and -back down the coast of Manila. The great North Road, that follows -the sea most of the way, is a scenic route for its entire length, -and along or near it are interesting old towns to visit, such as -Laoag, San Fernando, which offer delightful sea bathing, Vigan, -Paoay, San Vicente, and Bangui, where the Ilocano weavers, carvers, -and potters can be watched at their fascinating tasks. - - - - -CEBU - -[The City of Cebu] - -Cebu, the metropolis of the Visayan Islands, is the oldest European -city in the Philippines and one of the oldest occidental settlements -in the East. Discovered and temporarily occupied by Magellan in 1521, -it became a permanent Spanish possession in 1565, having thus almost -exactly the same age as the other Spanish settlement, St. Augustine, -in Florida. It is situated about midway of the east coast of the island -of the same name. The island itself is practically coextensive with -the Province of Cebu, of which the city is the capital. The province -has the largest population of any in the Archipelago and is one of -the most thickly inhabited. The city has a good harbor, protected -by the Island of Mactan, and the scene which unfolds itself from -the moment of entering the channel, between this Island and that of -Cebu proper is a very busy one. There are good harbor facilities, -and seagoing vessels of large draft are able to tie up along the docks. - -Cebu is a fascinating mixture of old and new and contains a -considerable number of places of special interest. The waterfront is -busy with the various activities arising from the city's position -as one of the chief centers of the Islands' hemp trade. Here is a -good opportunity to see the finest grades of this important staple, -of which the Philippines have practically a monopoly. - - -[Places of Historic Interest] - -Most of the places of historic interest are within a short distance of -this point. Calle Colon, the oldest street in the Islands, is in this -city. On the main plaza is a small building housing a large hollow -cross. This contains within it another cross, which, according to the -most probable story, is the original one erected to mark the spot where -Magellan and his companions gathered for the first mass on Philippine -soil. But a short distance away is the old triangular Fort San Pedro, -standing approximately on the site of Magellan's fortifications; and in -the same neighborhood stands the Augustinian church and convent. Here -the sacristan will show to visitors the curious image known as the -"Holy Child of Cebu." It is agreed by historians that this is the -one which was given by Magellan in 1521 to the temporarily converted -wife of the rajah of Cebu, and recovered forty years later after the -landing of Legaspi. - -An automobile road through the Province of Cebu gives a pleasing -succession of views of the sea through arcades of coconut palms that -fringe the long narrow island of Cebu; a second road cuts across its -backbone, giving finer views still. - - - - -ILOILO - -[The City of Iloilo] - -The City of Iloilo is the sugar port. It is situated on the east coast -of the Island of Panay, along the lower reaches of the river whose -name it bears, and is about 300 miles from Manila, in a direction -a little east of south. It is one of the most important ports of the -Philippines and carries on with Cebu an amiable contest for the dignity -of ranking as the second city. It has direct shipping connections -with Europe, the Straits Settlements, China, Japan, and Australia; -and there are many boats sailing to other portions of the Archipelago, -including a regular service to Cebu. There are banking institutions -and a number of importing and exporting houses, and the local trade -reaches up into high figures. Substantial walls have been built along -the river, where large steamers can unload. Ships of greater draft -anchor in the harbor, where they are well in shore and protected. - -Near it are two towns of considerable historic interest--Jaro and -Molo. A railroad runs through the province and its neighbor Capiz, thus -making it easy to see a considerable portion of the Island of Panay, -which is made up of the provinces of Iloilo, Capiz, and Antique. There -are the white coral cliffs near Ventura, honeycombed with caves, -with interesting legends attached to them, as is the case with one -having its outlet in Dumalag, Capiz. The stone church at Miagao has -the most quaintly carved facade in the Islands. The hand weaving of -the delicate textiles jusi, pina, and the like is one of the leading -industries of Iloilo Province. - - - - -ZAMBOANGA - -Zamboanga in Mindanao is the capital of the whole Moro Province and -one of the most important ports in the Islands. Its population is -very cosmopolitan--an admixture of Moros, Filipinos, Orientals, and -Caucasians. The city was for more than three centuries the rallying -point of the Christian forces in their seemingly endless contest with -the Moro pirates in neighboring waters. - -The city has a healthful site and is cooler than Manila. It has a -modern water system and electric lighting plant. It is well laid -out and maintained in park-like order for some distance back from -the pier. This area, where many of the principal buildings are, is -embellished by fountains and lily basins, ornamental stone and concrete -seats and figures and an almost complete collection of the flowering -and other ornamental trees, vines, and shrubs of the Philippines. The -Provincial Capitol, the Army Post, and Constabulary Headquarters, -the old fort of Nuestra Senora del Pilar and the Cathedral, and the -Moro market are the most interesting to inspect. Nearby is the Moro -village of Kawa-Kawa, built out over the water. - - -[The San Ramon Penal Colony] - -In the outskirts there are several points of interest reached by -excellent roads--the gorge, which has some beautiful mountain and -river scenery, about five miles distant; the San Ramon Penal Colony -about thirteen miles from the city where an experimental farm is -being maintained. In addition to these attractions its position with -respect to Borneo, Australia, the Dutch possessions, and the Malay -Peninsula gives it great potential importance as a trade center. - - - - - - - - - -IX. THE PROVINCES--BEAUTY SPOTS - - -The Philippine Archipelago is a compact group of islands. The distances -between each island require only a few hours of sailing. They therefore -have been said to possess strategic unity. From the northernmost -port, Aparri, to the southernmost Zamboanga, the total distance is -895 miles. It takes only 36 hours from Manila to Aparri and about 72 -from Manila to Zamboanga. With faster boats, the time required will -be much less. - -In each island the provinces and the important towns are easily -accessible. They are connected by good roads. In the bigger islands -the Manila Railroad operates lines, such as in Luzon, Cebu, and Iloilo. - -The trip through the provinces should be taken whenever -possible. Barring the usual discomforts of a tropical clime, there are -delights galore for everyone, even for the hardy sportsman--pristine -forests, crystal streams, splashing falls. The panoramas that unfold -as the traveler motors from province to province or cruises about -from island to island present a continuous series of scenic pictures -of infinite variety. In other lands nature and man have combined -their efforts in forming recreation spots of compelling charm. In -the Philippines it is only nature that has done the work. - -The services of a guide should in all cases be secured in order to -expedite the visits. Applications for guides should be made to the -Director of the Bureau of Commerce and Industry. - - -LAGUNA PROVINCE.--The Province of Laguna is situated on a narrow -plain which lies to the east, south, and southeast of Laguna Lake, -commonly known as Laguna de Bay. It is a very fertile province and has -a very pleasant climate, the usual temperature being several degrees -cooler than Manila. It produces coconuts, rice, sugar-cane, abaca, -corn and a great variety of fruits and vegetables. - -In industrial enterprises the province is very progressive. Some of -the largest kind of hemp cables are made in the rope factory of Santa -Cruz. Buntal hats and pandan mats are made in Majayjay and Luisiana, -pandan hats in Cavisti, Sabutan hats in Mavitac, rattan chairs in -Paquil and Los Banos, wooden slippers in Binan and Calamba, and abaca -slippers in Lilio. Furniture is also made in Paete, soap in Santa -Cruz, crude pottery in Lumban, better grade of glazed pottery in -San Pedro Tunasan, coconut wine in the upper towns, and embroidery -in Lumbang. Mineral waters are bottled in Los Banos, Pagsanjan, and -Magdalena. A steam saw mill is located in Santa Maria. In Los Banos -is a stone quarry that supplies crushed stone for the Provinces of -Bulacan, Rizal, Cavite, Batangas, and Tayabas. - -The province, besides having a rich soil, has an abundance of water -supply. The Laguna de Bay, the largest lake in the Philippines, permits -of easy and cheap transportation. Fifteen of the 28 municipalities -are reached by water and a line of steam launches provides a daily -service between the lake and the city of Manila. The lake abounds -in fish. The swamps along its eastern shores are overgrown with -pandan groves. The bay is covered during the rainy season with the -pink-flowered lotus plant. Along the low shores are veritable hunting -grounds which abound in snipe and wild ducks. - -The province also abounds in picturesque sceneries, in the San Pablo -Valley there are nine beautifully-set crater lakes. Banahaw, a mountain -having an elevation of 7,382 feet, is covered with vegetation of all -kinds. In the crater of San Cristobal which has an elevation of about -5,000 feet there is a beautiful fresh water lake. - -San Pablo is a progressive town well worth visiting. It is one of the -largest towns in the Islands and is up-to-date in every respect. A -large park overlooks a lake of rare beauty with the majestic San -Cristobal mountains in the background. A long flight of white stone -steps leads from the cliff above down to the lake shore, and the -park is a favorite picnic ground. The veteran's monument at this -point always attracts much attention. The town has numerous private -residences of striking architectural design. - - -[Pagsanjan Falls] - -One of the prettiest and wildest spots lies within easy reach of -Manila--Pagsanjan Falls. Pagsanjan, the town, in itself worth seeing -for its beautiful residences and the surrounding forests, can be -reached in three and one-half hours by train or automobile through -a lovely coconut country. There are good hotel accommodations with -clean beds and food. Everything is done for the tourist; arrangements -are made for boats and guides, and launches are provided. - -From the hotel you walk a short distance to a long row of bancas, -prow on shore, and a noisy throng of men clamoring for the favor of -your patronage; but you have probably chosen men at the hotel and are -conducted to certain boats by your guide. In the center of your boat -is the seat, a split bamboo chair with reclining back and bottom of -bamboo splints. The two boatmen take their places at the ends of the -boat and push off into the small stream for a few hundred yards to -Pagsanjan River. - -The boat is paddled up the river past large rafts of coconuts, by -great trees dipping their leaves into the water. Along the shores are -parties of laughing people--some bathing and some washing clothes. Now -there are long reaches of quiet water, clear and deep; then banks -begin to rise above you; there is a swirl here, a ripple there, and -a swish below the gunwales. You are drawing toward the rapids. The -boatmen get put into the water and pull and tug and shove; the water -sucks viciously. The boat enters the gorge and its shadows. The river -becomes silent stretches of black water, and the air is cold. Above, -for hundreds of feet, tower the great cliffs of Pagsanjan to which -cling vines, desperate trees, and dripping shrubs. On all sides are -falls breaking upon the rocks and filling the canyon with a pleasant -murmur; then more rapids and sweeps of fierce water. Great boulders -have fallen into the river. Unable to paddle against the current or -to wade, the men now fight painfully forward by clinging to vines, -the rocks, anything. Then out of the boat again, lifting it and you -bodily up steps of pouring water, around corners, shooting across a -quiet pool into a fury of cascading foam. At times you scramble out -of the boat and detour a little over intervening rocks, while the -fight with the river goes on. For two hours the journey continues, -until you come to the end--a large pool--above you, Pagsanjan Falls, -the largest waterfall in the Islands, around, the insurmountable -cliffs fringed above by shining palms. Monkeys and iguanas scurry -over the slippery bluffs complaining at intrusion. - -You should go prepared to rough it. Only a bathing suit is worn in -the boats and except at times of low water, kodaks had better be left -at the hotel, for rapids lap over the side. Indeed many have been the -spills in the swift water. But there is no danger, and a wetting is -of no consequence. The whole trip need cost no more than twenty pesos -nor occupy more than a day and a half. - -It is a wonderful trip for those who enjoy the wilds. The gorge is -considered one of the beauty spots of the world. - - -RIZAL PROVINCE.--To the north of Laguna de Bay, is Rizal Province, -named after the national hero of the Filipinos. Pasig, the capital -is an important commercial town. It is located on the Pasig River, -a stream which is navigable thruout the year. Malabon, noted for her -fisheries and fish ponds, furnishes the City of Manila with choice fish -to the value of hundreds of thousands of pesos a year. A flourishing -poultry industry may be seen at Pateros. Paranaque is noted for its -embroideries while in Mariquina the chief industry is the making of -shoes and slippers. Along the borders of the Pasig River much grass is -cultivated to furnish the Manila market with green fodder for horses -and carabaos. - -In this province are the towns of Pasig, San Juan del Monte, -and Caloocan where the first blood of the Philippine Revolution -against Spain was shed. Here also is to be found the historic spot -of Balintawak where Andres Bonifacio and his followers sounded the -well-remembered "Cry of Balintawak," the call for the outbreak of -the Revolution. - - -[Antipolo] - -Antipolo has the shrine of Our Lady of Peace and Prosperous Voyages. It -is a town about half an hour's ride from Manila. It is built on a -mountainous section of the province of Rizal. The road is rather -steep and the scenery quite wild and impressive. - -The image of the Virgin, commonly known as the "Virgin of Antipolo," -was originally brought from Mexico by the Spaniards to insure the -safety of the galleons from the anger of the sea, and from the attacks -of the pirates who used to lie in wait in the San Bernardino Strait -and Verde Island Passage. - - -[Shrine] - -The shrine is the most famous of all Philippine shrines. To -it thousands of devout Filipinos journey annually to pay their -respects. The Virgin is dressed in a robe that falls in a cone stiff -with gold and other jewels. It is estimated that the value of her -decoration is as high as P1,000,000. - -The true history of the image is interesting, but still more remarkable -is the crust of legend with which the facts have become overlaid. It -was actually brought to the Islands in 1626 by Juan Nino de Tabora, -who had just been appointed Governor-General, and in 1672 it was -removed to its present home. According to the legends, the Virgin -crossed the Pacific eight or nine times, in addition to the original -voyage, and, on each one, calmed a tempest. On other occasions she -is said to have descended and appeared among the branches of the -antipolo or bread-fruit tree (whence the name of the present church), -to have survived the roaring fire in which the Chinese rebels cast -her in 1639, and to have given the Spaniards a complete victory over -twelve Dutch warships off Mariveles! - - - - -CAVITE PROVINCE.--This province is in the southwestern part of Luzon -lying along the shore of Manila Bay. It has a fine harbor in the city -of Cavite, actually the site of the United States Naval Station. - -The most important agricultural products are rice, hemp, sugar, copra, -cacao, coffee, corn, and coconuts. - -The city of Cavite, the capital, noted for its dock-yards is just -across the bay from Manila. It is an old town of historic interest. It -was there that the ships used in the Manila-Acapulco trade and in the -expeditions against the Mohammedan pirates in the south were fitted -out. In 1647 a Dutch squadron suddenly made its appearance off the -coast of the city and bombarded the fort. It is said that the Dutch -fired more than 2,000 cannon balls at the place, but in the end, -however, were forced to withdraw. - -In 1872, a military mutiny led by Lamadrid took place in Cavite. This -mutiny though insignificant in itself had important political -results. The government made it an excuse for the execution of three -leading native priests, Dr. Jose Burgos and Fathers Gomez and Zamora, -and for the exile of many Filipino leaders of the liberal movement -of 1869-1871. - - -[Zapote Bridge] - -From the beginning to the very end of the Revolution, Cavite Province -was the center of military operations. Zapote bridge, for example, -was more than once the scene of hard fighting. Practically every town -in the province was at one time or another fought over. Many of the -leaders of the Revolution, like Emilio Aguinaldo, who was President -of the Philippine Republic, his cousin Baldomero, Noriel, Trias, -and others are sons of Cavite. Moreover, when the Revolutionary -Government was established, Bacoor was really the first capital. - - -[Radio Station] - -The city of Cavite is the United States' Navy base and radio station -in the Philippine Islands. The arsenal as well as the modern wireless -station in the extreme end of the peninsula should not be missed. The -city is about an hour's ride by automobile passing through the towns -of Paranaque, Las Pinas, Kawit, Noveleta, and San Roque. In the church -at Las Pinas may be seen the famous bamboo organ, old and quaint, -yet still serviceable. It was made by a priest exclusively from the -native bamboo tree. Cavite can also be reached by water, there being -small boats plying between the city and Manila at regular intervals. - - -[Kawit] - -Kawit or Cavite Viejo is the town of General Emilio Aguinaldo. He -has his home there, which is noted for its historic interest. It is -preserved as it was during revolutionary days. Visitors can still see -the desk used by the General during the revolution as well as the holes -made by a cannon ball from Admiral Dewey's flagship "The Olimpia." - - - - -BATANGAS PROVINCE.--Batangas Province is immediately south of Cavite -Province. It has an irregular coastline and has many important ports, -such as Nasugbu, Calatagan, Balayan, Calaca, Lemeri, Taal, San Luis, -Batangas, Lobo, and San Juan. - -At Laiya on the coast between San Juan and Lobo are the famous Lobo -submarine gardens. During fair weather the water here is as clear as -crystal and the submarine growth may be seen in all its varied colors. - -The valleys and slopes of the province are extremely fertile because -of the disintegrated volcanic rock that is carried down from the -mountains by the river. Sugar, hemp, citrus fruits, coconut, corn, -mangoes, and other fruits and vegetables are grown in abundance. The -province is especially noted for its delicious oranges, grown in -Tanawan and Santo Tomas. Great herds of horses famous throughout the -archipelago as well as carabaos and cattle are raised on the mountain -slopes. Bawan and Lemeri are famous for the fine jusi and pina cloths -manufactured there and for the knotted abaca that is sent to Japan -for the manufacture of hats. - - -[Historical Incidents] - -Throughout the 17th century the coast towns of Batangas suffered -greatly from Moro attacks. Stone forts were erected at various points -along the coast--in Lemeri, Taal, Bawan, and Batangas--but still -the Moros came. In 1754 as many as 38 Moro vessels appeared off the -coast. In 1763 the northern part of the province was visited by the -British in search of the treasure of the galleon "Philippine." The -expedition failed to find the treasure but went as far as Lipa -and plundered the town. Batangas was one of the first provinces to -start the revolution of 1896. Two of the great leaders of the period -were sons of the province, namely, the great lawyer and statesman, -Apolinario Mabini, and Miguel Malvar, the famous general. - - -[Attractions] - -Among the attractions are the old picturesque buildings of Lipa -and Taal, the San Juan sulphur springs, the Bawan hot springs, and -the Rosario fresh water spring. There are also several caves and -grottos. The two largest are found in the slopes of Mount Pulan, -Suya, and Kamantigue of San Juan. One of the caves has an opening -of 40 meters in circumference. Issuing therefrom is an underground -river which empties into Lake Taal. Along its course are extensive -galleries and chambers lined with fantastically shaped stalactites -and stalagmites. At the approach of an eruption of the Taal Volcano -nearby, the cave emits a weird sound, audible at great distances. - - -[Taal Volcano] - -Taal Volcano is the great scenic asset of the province. Almost at -the doors of Manila it is easily reached with practically none of the -discomfort which a trip to nature's wild spots usually involves. The -volcano is commonly known as the "cloud maker" and "the terrible." How -long this volcano has been emitting sulphurous smoke is not known; all -that is known is that back in the geologic past, volcanic outbursts -of enormous magnitude disturbed the regions about it. In the 18th -century the volcano erupted several times, and ruined many towns in -the neighborhood. The last and perhaps the worst eruption occurred -in January, 1911. - -Then, after a long interval, old Taal, in a paroxysm of volcanic -activity, showed that he was still lusty and capable of making a huge -disturbance. In addition to the steam which had been coming from the -crater more or less continuously, the volcano began throwing out -mud. This activity increased, and culminated in a great explosion -at about half past 2 on the morning of January 30th. The hot water, -mud, and ashes completely devastated about 90 square miles of country; -while some mud and fine ashes fell over an area of more than 800 square -miles. Many villages were destroyed and the official estimate of the -dead was 1,335. The spasm of activity died away until the volcano -again assumed its normal state about February 8th. Since then it has -been very quiet, though a small mud geyser has started up along the -old fault line which extends from Taal to the coast. This is located -on the beach at the village of Sinisian. - -Before the eruption the floor of the crater stood about five feet -above the level of Lake Bombon. In it were four prominent features: -Two small lakes of hot water, one green, the other more or less red; -near the center a gas vent five or six feet in diameter, from which the -hot gases roared as from a blast furnace; and just a little distance -away a triangular obelisk of hard volcanic rock. During the eruption -all of the material in the bottom of this crater, to a depth of about -230 feet, was heaved up and spread broadcast over the country. Later -on, this hole filled up with water, which seeped in from the lake -almost up to the level of the old floor, or about that of the lake -itself. There is now one large body of steaming water in place of -the former features, but the old obelisk still stands defiantly in -its place. - -The volcano consists of an active crater near the center of a low -island not over 5 1/2 miles in its longest diameter. The island is -situated at the center of Taal Lake (Bombon) which is about 17 miles -long and 10 1/2 miles wide. The lake is 10 meters deep and is 2.5 -meters above sea level. - -A small launch carries those who would look down into the crater across -the lake to the island from which the volcano rises. The volcano is -about a thousand feet in height and is fairly easy to climb. - - - - -TAYABAS PROVINCE, the second largest, is on the Pacific coast of the -Philippine Islands. The province is noted for its copra, abaca and -corn which are raised for export. Mineral resources are abundant in -the Bondoc Peninsula where gold, coal, and petroleum are found. Aside -from agriculture and mining, however, there are other industries such -as hat-making and lumbering. There is a lumber camp at Guinayangan -and a modern saw and planing mill in Lucena. The Botocan Falls, -where a stream 40 feet wide makes a leap of 190 feet, could supply -the entire province with light and power for all its needs. - - -[Lucena and Atimonan] - -The spin to Lucena and Atimonan, both in the Province of Tayabas over -the South Road, is a favorite one. On the east are the little town of -Binangonan de Lampon, a celebrated port in the sixteenth century in -the galleon trade, and the landlocked harbor of Hondagua, destined -to be the direct port of call of steamers coming from the Pacific -Coast of the United States and Canada. - -On the way, stop can readily be made at the town of Calamba, Laguna, -about 37 miles from Manila. This is the birthplace of the Filipino -author, and patriot Dr. Jose Rizal. Although the house where he was -born is no longer standing, the site can easily be found opposite the -church and market. Calamba has an added importance in that the town has -a modern sugar central, which the traveler should not fail to visit. - - -[Los Banos] - -A short detour can readily be made also at Los Banos ("The Baths"), -a town which owes its name and its importance to the hot mineral -springs which abound in the neighborhood and have been found to be of -great medicinal value especially for the treatment of certain skin -diseases and rheumatism. The springs have been known for a great -length of time. Even during the Spanish days the town was a much -frequented resort, a hospital with pools and vapored rooms having -been built as far back as 1571. - - -[College of Agriculture] - -A short distance from Los Banos, and occupying an extremely picturesque -side are the palms and buildings of the College of Agriculture -of the University of the Philippines, an institution which trains -young Filipinos in a calling which must for many years to come be -the foundation of the economic prosperity of the islands. - - - - -THE BICOL PROVINCES.--Farther south, are the provinces of Albay, -Camarines Norte, Camarines Sur, and Sorsogon, known as the Bicol -Provinces, because inhabited by Bicolanos. All four provinces are -noted for their beautiful mountain views and extensive plantations of -coconut and hemp. In Albay the forests are extensive, providing timber, -rattan, pili-nuts, and gum for export. Gutta-percha and Para rubber -trees are extensively cultivated. There are wide pasture grounds for -horses, cattle, carabaos, goats, and sheep. The temperature is even -and the nights are cool and refreshing. There are also salubrious -mineral springs, the best known being the Tiwi Hot Sulphur Springs -in the town of Naga. - -The Province of Catanduanes abounds in gold, copper, and iron. The -Batan coal mines which are being operated are supplying several -manufacturing and gas plants. There are quarries of marble in Pantaon; -gypsum deposits in Ligao; and lime in Guinobatan and Camalig. - -Camarines Norte is rich in mineral resources. Gold is found in many -places, exploitation being actually carried on in Paracale. There -are also deposits of iron, silver, lead, and copper. - -Camarines Sur, on the valley of Bicol River and the Caramoan Peninsula, -is noted for its rattan industry. Hemp planting and fishing and -coconut growing are the other principal industries. - -Sorsogon occupies the southernmost tip of the Bicol Peninsula. The -largest indenture in its irregular coast is the gulf of Sorsogon, -a land-locked body of water and one of the finest harbors in the -Philippines. The land is mountainous and covered with excellent lumber -suitable for ship-building and furniture making. In the forests rattan -grows in abundance and is exported to all the provinces. The chief -products are abaca and coconuts. - -Sorsogon, the capital, located on the gulf, is an important commercial -town. Pilar is noted for her shipyards; ships, lorchas, and boats -are built here from the fine timber grown nearby. - - -[Sceneries] - -Among the sceneries are the Guinulajon waterfalls, near the capital, -the wild vegetation and the cataracts along the Irosin River, the -medicinal hot springs of Mombon, Bujan, and Mapaso, together with -the beautiful panorama from the Bulusan Volcano are especially -striking. Like Mount Vesuvius, Mount Bulusan has an old crater, -and a new cone that has appeared on the slopes. Inside the crater, -about 500 feet deep, are two pools of hot water which form the basin -from which the Irosin River rises. - -A great event in the history of Sorsogon was the invention of a -hemp-stripping machine by a priest named Espellargas, about 1669. The -invention was made in Bacon, where it seems hemp then abounded. The -contrivance was ingeniously constructed and was quite well adapted -to local conditions. - - -[Historical Incidents] - -Many of the galleons that the Spanish Government used in the -Manila-Acapulco trade were built in Sorsogon, especially on the -Island of Bagatao, at the entrance of Sorsogon Bay. Many of these -ships were wrecked while navigating the waters of Sorsogon, because -they laid their course for Mexico via the San Bernardino Strait, a -passage which abounds in dangerous currents, shoals, and rocks. The -galleon San Cristobal was wrecked in 1733 near the Calantas Rock. In -1793, the galleon Magallanes also ran aground at this place. Other -vessels went down in this neighborhood from time to time, as the Santo -Cristo de Burgos, in 1726, near Ticao, and the San Andres, in 1798, -near Naranja Island. - - -[Volcanoes] - -Peerless Mayon of the perfect cone is in Albay, the volcano of Isarog -in Ambos Camarines, and Bulusan in Sorsogon. - -For those who love mountain climbing, the ascent to the peak of Mayon -Volcano should not be missed. - -The actual ascent, though arduous, is perfectly practicable. It -requires from a day and a half to two days from Albay. By leaving the -latter place on horseback at noon it is possible to ride one-third -of the way up before dark. Leaving the horses at the camping place, -the summit can be reached and the return trip made to Albay on the -following day. A vivid description of the trip, written by Dr. Paul -C. Freer, Director of the Bureau of Science, follows: - - - "This great volcano rises from the seacoast, between Legaspi and - Tabaco, in the form of an almost perfect cone--the white houses and - church towers of the surrounding settlements and the deeper-colored - verdure of the trees at its base, higher up the brilliant green - of the bare glass streaked here and there by old lava flows, - and still higher a grayish black cinder and ash cone tapering - to the peak, with a small plume of steam escaping apparently - from the extreme summit. The ascent is interesting, but may, if - proper precautions are not taken, be dangerous. The rise of the - land in the first part is scarcely perceptible, the road winding - through forest interspersed with great plantations of manila hemp; - above, as it becomes steeper, the latter give way almost entirely - to tropical jungle; and finally the path emerges into cogonal, - which extends as far as the angle of the slope will permit. Here - and there the entire slope is cut by deep ravines, indicating - old lava flows. The way up the cone at first invariably lies in - one of these ravines, but now and again the mountain climber is - compelled to cross rolling cinder beds only a few inches deep, - and lying upon a harder base, almost invariably with an abrupt - descent below. The angle is so great that every precaution must be - taken, as a slip would prove fatal. A good steelshod alpenstock - is practically indispensable. The last five hundred feet are - along the perpendicular lava and tuff crags of the summit, the - ambitious climber clinging to the latter with hands and toes, - wherever support is possible and slowly working his way to the - edge of the crater. Finally, standing upon the rotten foothold - afforded by the latter he looks down into what appears to be a - deep dark well from which small quantities of sulphur-laden gas - escape. Around him on the margin jets of steam arise; the ground - on which he stands is hot, the boys carrying the canteens are far - below, the dry breeze helps the evaporation, and he realizes that - he is very, very thirsty. However, the view from the top repays - all effort. The entire southern portion of Luzon is visible, - stretching away in a succession of fields, forests, and diminutive - villages, to the straits of San Bernardino, across which Samar - may be seen, and even Leyte, on a clear day. The lake of Bato, - the interisland waters, and finally Burias are seen to the west; - to the north there appears apparently one unbroken stretch of - land with here and there a glimpse of the sea; and the Gulf of - Albay with the towns of Legaspi, Tabaco, and Daraga, as well - as the smaller islands to the east, seem to be almost within a - stone's throw. I have been high up on the slopes of Etna, at the - entrance to the Val del Bobe, from which many travelers maintain - the finest in the world is to be obtained, but I certainly think - that from the summit of Mayon the vista surpasses the one from - its sister volcano in Sicily.... Mayon Volcano is decidedly one - of the show places of the Philippines, and the wonder is that many - of our visitors do not take the opportunity to make the ascent." - - - - -BULACAN PROVINCE is named from the Tagalog word "bulac" meaning -"cotton" which was once the principal product of the region. Together -with the Provinces of Pampanga, Tarlac, and Nueva Ecija, the province -forms what is commonly known as the region of Central Luzon. - - -[Description and History] - -The soil, which is of alluvial and volcanic origin, is rich. Rice, -corn, sugar, pineapples, bananas, betel nut, mangoes, and all sorts of -vegetables are raised in the well irrigated and low-lying lands. The -nipa swamps which supply most of the nipa thatches, vinegar, and -alcohol are the principal stand-by of a great many people. The forests -cover over 89,980 hectares and yield good commercial timber and many -minor forest products. - -Aside from agriculture and mining, the industries of the province -are making hats (Baliuag) and silk textiles, weaving, tanning, -fish breeding, distilling alcohol, and furniture-making. Baliuag, -Meycauayan, Obando, Polo, Hagonoy, and San Miguel are the centers of -these industries. - -In the events which followed the arrival of the British in 1762, the -province figured conspicuously, serving as a center of resistance -during British occupation of Manila. The Spanish Governor, Anda, -just before the capitulation of Manila escaped to this province where -he organized a government of his own to carry on hostilities against -the British and to hold the country in its loyalty to Spain. In the -encounters, however, between Anda's forces and the British, Anda's -resistance was overcome, and Bulacan like the other provinces fell -into British hands. - -Some of the most notable events in the Philippine revolution took -place in Bulacan Province. It was at Biac-na-Bato, in the mountains of -Bulacan, where in December of 1897 the famous Pact of Biac-na-Bato was -concluded, and the town of Malolos was for some time the capital of -the Philippine Republic. Here, in the historic church of Barasoain, -the Congress which drafted the Constitution of the Republic held -its sessions. Conspicuous figures of the revolution like M. H. del -Pilar and Mariano Ponce whose names are connected with the period of -propaganda are sons of this province. - - -[Attractions] - -Among the other attractions are the Mineral Baths at Marilao, on the -Manila north road, and Sibul Springs near San Miguel de Mayumo. This is -a popular health resort only about three hours ride from Manila. The -water of the springs have enjoyed a considerable reputation for a -long time. They are very beneficial in diseases of the intestinal -tract, especially those of a chronic and catarrhal nature. Owing to -the gases which the water contains the baths are most refreshing. - - - - -PAMPANGA PROVINCE is said to be the lowest and most level of all the -provinces. It is the chief sugar raising province in Luzon. Some of -the islands' modern sugar centrals are there. Besides farming, sugar -making, lumbering, and fishing, the people are engaged in several -other industries such as distillation of alcohol, buri hat making, -and pottery. - - -[Historical Incidents] - -About the middle of the seventeenth century, two great rebellions -broke out in the province. The first of these took place in 1645 as a -result of the injustices connected with the collection of tributes. It -spread quickly and extended to Zambales. The second revolt took place -fifteen years later as a result of the forcible employment of natives -in the work of cutting timber and of the failure of the Government -to pay for large amounts of rice collected in Pampanga for the use -of the royal officials. The leader of the rebellion was Francisco -Maniago. It spread rapidly among the inhabitants of the towns along -the banks of the Pampanga River, and was only suppressed after drastic -measures were taken by Governor-General de Lara. - -Pampanga was one of the first provinces to start the Revolution. During -the early part of the war Mariano Llanera commanded the Revolutionary -forces. Later Tiburcio Hilario took possession of the province as -governor in the name of the Revolutionary Government. - - -[Attractions] - -Among the attractions are the sugar centrals, Camp Stotsenberg, one of -the principal Army posts and an airplane station of the United States, -dome-shaped Mount Arayat, about 3,300 feet in height and fairly easy -to climb, and San Fernando, the capital, with its handsome capitol -and school buildings grouped about the pretty plaza. - -Arayat, a picturesque village lying at the foot of the mountain of that -name is an ideal spot for those desiring to camp out. Nearby is the -little barrio of Bano where there is an ancient tile bath constructed -by the Spanish Friars. It consists of a tile lined tank some forty -feet in length and of varying depths, filled by a crystal-clear spring -which gushes into it from a grassy bank just above. - -Mount Arayat is a perfect cone that rises majestically from the -immense plain of Central Luzon, and is visible for miles around, -presenting the same conical shape no matter from what direction viewed. - -Several trails lead to the top of the mountain from where a wonderful -panorama can be seen. It was an insurgent stronghold during the war, -but its heights were scaled by American troops and its defenders -dispersed. Scientists state that the mountain is an extinct volcano and -local tradition has it that the original town of Arayat was destroyed -by an eruption and covered by ashes. - - - - -TARLAC PROVINCE is also in the central plain of Luzon. The province -has two distinct geographical areas. The northern and eastern parts -consists of an extensive plain while the rest is covered with mountains -which abound in timber suitable for building material and furniture -making. The minor forest products are anahaw, palasan, rattan, honey -and bojo for sawali. - -There was an uprising in this province somewhere in 1762 headed by -Juan de la Cruz Palaris. In 1896 the province was one of the original -eight provinces where a state of war was declared to be in existence -against the Spaniards. When Malolos was evacuated by the Philippine -Revolutionary Government, the town of Tarlac became for a time the -central headquarters. - -Among the attractions are the medicinal springs in O'Donell in the -municipality of Capas and those of Sinait. - - - - -NUEVA ECIJA PROVINCE is the rice granary of the Philippine Islands, -being first in the production of the cereal, Pangasinan coming -second. The rolling hills towards the mountains are suitable for -pasture lands. The mountains are thick with untouched forests that -yield fine wood and other minor products. In the mountains and rivers -gold is found. The province was one of the first eight provinces to -raise the standard of revolt in 1896. It has a number of flourishing -towns at present, due to the continuous boom in the rice market. There -are many mineral hot springs, the ones at Bongabon and Pantabangan -being the most important. Among the attractions are the irrigation -system in San Jose which supplies water over an extensive territory -and the Government Agricultural School at Munoz which is attended -by many students from all the provinces, and which is noted for its -unique method of practical instruction. - - - - -[Attractions] - -BATAAN PROVINCE occupies the whole of the peninsula lying between -the China Sea and Manila Bay. It is a province of various peculiar -phenomena. Northwest of Dinalupihan is a small conical mountain, -250 meters high, which has a fresh water lake at the top. In the -neighborhood of Malasimbo are a few shallow marshes, the shores and -waters of which are tinted red by dust said to be formed from the -remains of microscopic animalculae. Near Orani is a bed of iron hydride -which the people of the region used to make into paints for walls -and carriages. There are also deposits of clay of which "pilones" -are made. There is also a large deposit of shells which are burned -for lime used in the indigo and sugar industries. On the shores of -Orani is a fresh water spring that rises from a spot covered daily -by the tides. Near the town of Orion is a quaking bog, impassable by -either man or beast. Another, smaller one, is found in Ogon, Balanga. - - -[Historical Incidents] - -During the first two decades of the seventeenth century, the coast of -Bataan was more than once the scene of battles against the Dutch. The -first of these encounters took place in 1600 off the coast of -Mariveles. The Dutch were commanded by Admiral Van Noort, while the -Spanish-Filipino army was led by the historian, Antonio de Morga, -then an order of the Manila Real Audiencia. The Spanish-Filipino -squadron suffered heavy losses, but the Dutch were nevertheless -forced to retreat. Nine years later, the Dutch again appeared off -the Mariveles coast. This time they were led by Admiral Wittert, -against whom Governor Silva sent a hastily fitted out squadron -of six small vessels manned by Spaniards and Filipinos. The Dutch -were defeated. In spite of these reverses, the Dutch continued their -hostile visits to the Philippines. In 1646, they bombarded Zamboanga, -unsuccessfully attacked Cavite, and finally effected a landing in -Abucay, Bataan. Here they committed depredations and massacred more -than four hundred Filipino soldiers who had laid down their arms. They -were not driven away until after a long siege. - - -[Mariveles] - -The town of Mariveles and Mount Mariveles are the principal -attractions. The town has an important harbor where the ships are -detained and fumigated when necessary before entering or leaving -Manila Bay. West of the town is a quarry of white stone called by the -Spaniards, "marmol de Mariveles." This stone has served as material -for the pedestal and column of the statue of Charles IV in Manila. A -well near the quarry produces siliceous water. - -There is a beautiful legend connected with the town of Mariveles. A -Spanish girl by the name of Maria Velez, who was a nun in Santa Clara -Convent, fell in love with a friar, with whom she later eloped to -Kamaya, there to await a galleon on which they intended to secure -passage for Acapulco. The elopement caused excitement in Manila, -and the corregidor (magistrate) with a few men was sent to Kamaya -in search of the refugees. It is said that in memory of the persons -involved in this story Kamaya was given the name of Mariveles, the -big island to the south was named Corregidor, the little island to -the west was called Monja (nun) and another small island, off the -Cavite coast, was called Fraile. - - -[Mount Mariveles] - -Mount Mariveles rises in the midst of the whole peninsula of Bataan. It -is about 4,700 feet in height and forms a conspicuous object from -the city especially when illuminated by the brilliant hues of the -sunset sky. Though once an active volcano its sides are now covered -with vegetation and practically the whole of its slopes down to a -very short distance off the shore are virgin tropical jungles. The -ascent of the mountain can be conveniently made from a day and a half -to two days from Lamao, where the Philippine Government maintains a -scientific experimental farm. The trail up the mountain passes along -a ridge with here and there steep but short slopes. As the ascent is -made the trees become noticeably smaller and orchids, ferns, mosses -and the like much more abundant. From the first peak 2,800 feet high, -the traveler can obtain a view of what Agassiz termed the greatest -wonders of nature--the sea, the mountains, and the tropical forests. - -The view from the very top surpasses that from the first peak. To -the east lies the bay, with Manila and Cavite in the distance; to -the south nestles Corregidor Island with the surf beating its shores; -beyond is the China Sea, dotted here and there with specks of vessels -bound to and from Hongkong or the other islands; to the north and -west is a semi-circle of forest-covered peaks, standing as sentinels -guarding the amphitheater-like crater; and to the northeast lie the -cultivated fields of rice and sugar cane, studded here and there with -the church steeples that mark the sites of the towns. - - - - -ZAMBALES PROVINCE.--North of Bataan along the western coast of Luzon -is the Province of Zambales. It has two important harbors that are -well sheltered--Olongapo and Subic. Olongapo is a naval station which -boasts of one of the largest floating dry docks in the world. - -Zambales was also visited by the Dutch during the early part of -the seventeenth century. It was in 1617 that Admiral Spielbergen, -with a powerful fleet appeared off the coast of Playa Honda. The -Government forces, under the command of Juan Ronquillo, sallied out -and engaged the Dutch squadron. Spielbergen displayed much bravery, -but was defeated. - - -[Naval Station] - -The only points of particular interest are the Naval Station along the -coast which is, however, practically abandoned, and the fortifications -on Grande Island, at the entrance to the bay. To visit either of them -permits from the military or naval authorities are necessary. The -floating dry-dock Dewey whose voyage from the United States was a -matter of much public interest in 1906 is now located here. - - - - -PANGASINAN PROVINCE is the second largest rice producing province in -the archipelago. Tobacco and coconuts are also principal products. The -swamp lands and the tide flats are sources of nipa thatches and -alcohol. Mongo, cogon, sugar cane, and mangoes are also raised -extensively. - - -[Salt Making and Industries] - -Along the tidal flats, salt making is so universal that the province -has been named "Pangasinan," meaning, "the place where there is -salt." Large parts of these same tidal lands are converted into -artificial fish ponds with suitable gates that admit water during -high tide. Even as far south as Bayambang, the overflowed lands of the -Agno River have been converted into similar ponds where quantities of -fresh-water fish are obtained and shipped to Manila in large baskets -containing water. - -The famous Calasiao hat made from the leaf of the buri palm comes from -Pangasinan. Mat-making is an industry in Bani and Bolinao. Lingayen -uses the palm fiber for making sugar sacks and San Carlos for the -"salacot" or native helmet. Calasiao, Mangaldan, and San Carlos prepare -the "tabo" or native cup from the coconut shell. Binmaley and Dagupan -manufacture the "sueco" (wooden shoe), from the woods cut in the -Zambales mountains. San Carlos, Binmaley, Santa Barbara, Malasiqui, -and Bayambang have brickyards and manufactories of pottery. Mangaldan -is famous for its indigo blue and blue-black dyes. - - -[Historical Events] - -Historically the province is important in that it was there that in -1574 the Chinese pirate Limahong after his repulse in Manila appeared -with his vast army at the mouth of the Agno River and tried to found -a settlement on its banks. This attempt, however, was a failure. - -During the period from 1660 to about 1765, two important revolts -occurred in Pangasinan. The first was in 1660 led by Andres Malong, -who attempted to establish a great kingdom with Binalatongan as -capital and comprising all of northern and western Luzon as far -south as Zambales and Pampanga. The second revolt was led by the -famous Pangasinan leader, Juan de la Cruz Palaris, often known as -"Palaripar." It took place in 1762, caused by the injustices of the -tribute. Its center was also at Binalatongan. It lasted over two years, -ending with the capture and execution of Palaris in 1765. - - - - -MOUNTAIN PROVINCE.--The Mountain Province is the third largest province -in the Philippines. It comprises the vast mountainous territory between -the Provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, Nueva Vizcaya, and the Ilocos. It -is made up of several sub-provinces. - -Bakun district in the sub-province of Amburayan has some of the -most striking rice terraces thousands of feet high. It is a region -surrounded by high precipices, so that parts of the trails to Bakun -consist of ladders hundreds of feet high on the sides of the cliffs. - -The sub-province of Apayao contains one of the richest virgin forests -in the Philippines but because of the difficulty of transportation -lumber is not cut on a commercial scale. There are also deposits of -copper and ore as well as limestone but they are little explored. - -The sub-province of Benguet is at present the most important -gold-mining district in the Mountain Province. The Igorots had -exploited the mines long before the coming of the Spaniards and it is -said that because of the experience already acquired, the Igorots are -today more skillful gold miners than those who use their knowledge of -chemistry and mining engineering. Hot springs are found at Klondikes, -Daklan, and Bungias. Coal deposits exist in Mount Kapangan. - -The city of Baguio, the capital of Benguet, is situated in the -southwestern part of the province. About 160 miles to the north of -Manila, it is built high up among the Benguet mountains. It ranges in -elevation from 4,500 to over 5,500 feet, and is surrounded practically -on all sides by high mountains. The city at present is the summer -capital of the Philippines. For a fuller description see page 61. - -The sub-province of Bontok is exceedingly mountainous. Besides -agriculture and pottery making, the principal industries consist of -basket making, lumbering, weaving, and metal working. The women by -means of their hand-looms weave a great deal of high colored cloth -out of yarn which they get by barter from the people of Isabela and -Abra. The men manufacture head-axes and knives. - - -[Ifugao Rice Terraces] - -The sub-province of Ifugao is famous for the remarkable rice terraces -along its mountain sides. Nowhere in the Philippines is irrigation -developed to the point reached in this sub-province. There are -approximately 100 square miles of irrigated rice terraces that are -watered by great ditches several miles long. The terraces are all -buttressed with stone walls which measure a total length of about -12,000 miles. These terraces have been built without any knowledge -of engineering. It is believed that the construction of the present -terraces and irrigation systems has taken from 1,200 to 1,500 years of -time. Generation after generation had toiled on them patiently. The -Ifugaos have so utilized every drop of available water supply that -in most places no more ditches can be constructed for lack of water. - -The terraces are built of stones mined near by, of which there are -extensive areas. No animals are used for field work everything being -done by hand. Salt springs and deposits of rock salts are also found -in several places. - -The sub-province of Lepanto is next to Ifugao in the number of -rice terraces. Camotes, pineapples, sugar cane, and cotton are also -raised. Lepanto and Benguet are the regions having the most minerals -in Luzon. All the mountain ranges have millions of pesos worth of -copper ore deposits. Mankayan is the center of the copper mining -industry. Here the Spaniards found the natives using the Chinese -method of mine smelting. - - -[Gold Mining and Industries] - -Suyok is the gold mining center. Here is found one of the most striking -features of the world. The whole side of a range of mountains, about -15 kilometers across, slides down to the valley, and on this slide, -named the Palidan Slide, are found parts of gold veins which must -have their connection somewhere else. - -The household industries are well developed. Clay products, such -as pots, jars, and pipes are made for export. The men are experts -in metal-working. They make weapons, pots, and spoons out of copper -which they mine and smelt by native process. They also manufacture -iron or steel spears, bolos, knives, and tools of all sorts, which -they sell to or barter with the natives of the lowlands. They also -carve wood into images, bowls, ornaments, and other utensils. - -The women make sufficient cloths for their own use and for sale. They -spin, dye, and weave the cotton raised there. - - - - -LA UNION PROVINCE occupies a narrow strip of land immediately north of -the Province of Pangasinan and west of the Mountain Province. Tobacco, -rice, sisal, hemp, sugar, coconuts, corn, and cotton form the most -important products. At the foot of Mount Bayabas is a hot salt -spring. The Manila Railroad operates lines as far as Bauang. San -Fernando, the capital, may be reached either by boat or by automobile -from Bauang. - - -[Industries] - -ILOCOS SUR PROVINCE.--Immediately north of La Union is the Province of -Ilocos Sur, a region specially adapted to the cultivation of maguey -the fiber of which constitutes the principal export. But because -the soil will not support the population a great many persons have -turned to manufacture and trade. This has given rise to industrial -specialization in different towns. Those along the coast extract -salt from the sea water and export it in great quantities to inland -provinces. In San Esteban, there is a quarry of stone from which -mortars and grindstones are made. San Vicente, Vigan, and San Ildefonso -specialize in woodworking, the first in carved wooden boxes and images -and the others in household furniture. Most of the wood used in these -handicrafts is imported from Abra and Cagayan. Bantay is the home of -skilled silversmiths. In the other towns saddles, harness, slippers, -mats, pottery, and hats are made and exported to some extent. Sisal -and hemp fiber extraction and weaving of cotton cloth are common -household industries throughout the province. - -The province embraces within its confines some of the oldest towns in -the Philippines. Besides Vigan several other towns already existed -in this region before the close of the sixteenth century; namely, -Santa, Narvacan, Bantay, Candon, and Sinait. - -Just above Narvacan, on the highway which runs along the beach is an -ancient watch-tower and a stretch of road bordered by a curious brick -retaining wall of Spanish construction. Numerous ancient shrines are -also to be seen along the Ilocos roads where the pious prayed that -Heavenly favor might be shown them in their journeys. - -The towns of Paoay and Batac are noted for their magnificent churches -which are worth traveling a long distance to see. - - -[Historical] - -Two important uprisings are recorded in the history of Ilocos Sur--the -Malong rebellion in 1660 and the Silang rebellion in 1763. Malong, -who was trying to carve out a kingdom for himself in Pangasinan -and the neighboring territory, sent his two able generals, "Count" -Gumapos and Jacinto Macasiag to the north to effect the conquest of -this region. Gumapos and Macasiag, however, proceeded only as far as -Vigan, from which place they were recalled by Malong. Diego Silang, -who led the great rebellion of 1762, dominated the greater part of -Ilocos Sur. He fought pitched battles with the Spanish forces at Vigan -and Cabugao and practically succeeded in establishing a government -of his own in Ilocos Sur. - - - - -ILOCOS NORTE PROVINCE occupies the whole of the coastal plain in the -northwestern corner of Luzon. This province is noted for the many -revolts that occurred there, from the beginning of Spanish rule to the -first decades of the nineteenth century. The two most important were -those caused by the general discontent over the tobacco monopoly and -over the wine monopoly, which occurred in 1788 and 1807 respectively. - -The mountains surrounding the province are covered with fine timber -trees. Resin, honey, and wax are also found on their slopes. A few -grottos or caves are found in the interior. There are a number of -stone quarries. Limestone is found in at least three places, while -the beach supplies a great amount of coral for road building. There -are also deposits of manganese and asbestos which are being exploited. - -The weaving of textiles--towels, blankets, wearing apparel, and -handkerchiefs--is the principal industry among women. Mat-making and -the pottery industry are also well developed. - -Laoag, the capital, has a population of about 40,000. It is entered -from the south by crossing the longest bridge in the islands. Laoag -plaza, on which the provincial buildings front, is well cared for -and the ancient bell tower on the opposite side is said to resemble -a famous Italian campanile. - -Bangui is "farthest north" in Luzon where the highway ends. Its climate -is cool resembling that of a California summer. Woolen clothes may -be worn with comfort in the cold season. It is always swept by cool -breezes. The view of sea and land from the crest of a hill just -before Bangui is entered will hold the attention of even the most -travelled tourist. - - - - -ABRA PROVINCE is south of Ilocos Norte. It is a beautiful mountainous -region. It is considered to be the seismic center of Northern Luzon. It -is drained by the voluminous Abra River which is the highway to the -Province of Ilocos Sur. The valley drained by this river and its -tributaries is covered with luxuriant vegetation. Corn, tobacco, and -rice are the most important products. The mountains are covered with -forests containing timber eminently suitable for construction. There -is gold dust along the Binongan River in the town of Lacub. Of mineral -springs that of the Iomin River is the most important. This has a -temperature ranging from 70 degrees to 80 degrees Fahrenheit with a -flow of 3 to 4 cubic centimeters per second. - - -[Cagayan River] - -THE CAGAYAN VALLEY.--Adjoining the Mountain Province in the very -northeastern corner of Luzon is the Province of Cagayan. Together with -the neighboring Provinces of Isabela and Nueva Vizcaya to the south it -forms what is known as the Cagayan Valley. Something of these great -tobacco provinces can be seen by taking the steamer from Manila to -Aparri and then sailing up the Cagayan River. This is a Mississippi, -a Nile of a river, navigable by interisland steamers for twenty-five -miles. Its chief importance lies in its periodical inundations, -which, leaving their deposits of alluvial loam along the strips -of lowland by the banks of the stream, make it the finest tobacco -country of this part of the world. This crop has for a very long -time been the staple source of wealth, though other plants can be -cultivated with success. How great is the productivity of the soil, -despite the exhausting effect of tobacco upon it, may be gathered from -the following remark made in an official report. "The 'good land' was -understood to be those parts fertilized annually by the overflow of -the river.... The other land was not considered first class because it -could only produce tobacco for ten or twelve years without enrichment, -the subject of fertilizing never having received any attention from -the planters of that region." - -By small boats it is possible to reach Cauayan, Isabela. From there -the road is so nearly completed that autos can be taken to Santa Fe, -Nueva Vizcaya, where it divides, one branch, an automobile road, -leading to San Jose, Nueva Ecija, and thence to Manila; the other a -horseback trail to San Nicolas, Pangasinan, a short and easy stage -to the railroad. Among the sights is a salt-incrusted mountain, -a dazzling landmark for miles around in Nueva Vizcaya. The people -thereabouts often place small objects, such as baskets, under the -drip of the salt springs. These become coated with salt in such a -manner that they appear to be of pure marble. - - -[Isabela and Palanan] - -Like many other provinces Isabela Province was the scene of important -uprisings. In 1763, for example, stirred by the influence of the -Silang rebellion in Ilocos, the people of Isabela revolted, led -on by Dabo and Juan Morayac. The centers of rebellion were Ilagan -and Cabagan. Again in 1785, another revolt broke out. This time the -rebellion was led by Labutao and Baladon. The rebellion was caused -by the grievances of the people against the collection of tribute -and the enforcement of the tobacco monopoly. - -The historical spot of Isabela is the little town of Palanan on -Palanan Bay, on the Pacific Coast. The bay is exposed to the weather -and the anchorage is reefy, while the town is separated from the -rest of the province by great mountains which make communication -and travel difficult and dangerous. It was in this town that General -Emilio Aguinaldo retreated and maintained his headquarters until his -capture by General Funston by a ruse in March, 1901. - - - - -[Salinas Salt Springs] - -NUEVA VIZCAYA PROVINCE is south of Cagayan on the Pacific Coast -of Luzon. It contains vast areas of fertile public lands suitable -for rice, tobacco, sugar, coconuts, beans, potatoes, coffee, and -abaca, practically untouched, as well as virgin forests filled -with all classes of valuable timber. The province is the gateway -to and granary of the tobacco-producing provinces to the north. The -climatic conditions of the province are unsurpassed. There are places -the climate of which is similar to that of Baguio. There are also -places of scenic beauty, such as Salinas, which are not inferior -to world-famous objectives of tourist travel. The salt springs at -Salinas have been from time immemorial the source of this essential -food element to the peoples of even distant regions. - - - - -MINDORO PROVINCE is named after the Spanish phrase "mina de oro" or -"gold mine," as mining is said to have once been a great source of -wealth in the region. The province is co-extensive in territory with -the Island of Mindoro, southwest of Luzon. Rice, copra, abaca, sugar, -and corn are the principal products. Along the coast are extensive -nipa swamps. - - -[Mineral Deposits] - -Gold is found in the Rivers of Binabay, Baco, Bongabong, and Magasauan -Tubig. Coal of good quality is found north and west of Bulalacao, -white marbles northwest of Mount Halcon, slate deposits near the -headquarters of Pagaban and other rivers of the western coast, sulphur, -and gypsum on Lake Naujan, and south of Calapan, hot springs between -the sea and the northwestern part of Lake Naujan, and salt springs -in Damagan, Bulalacao. Guano deposits are found in the caves. - - -[Submarine Garden] - -An interesting two-day trip from Manila is that to the landlocked -harbor of Puerto Galera at the northern end of the island. The -attraction of the place lies in the fine scenery along the coast and -in the unusual transparency of the water, which permits visitors, -especially if glass-bottomed boats are at hand, to inspect the varied -life which teems in the depths below. There is here as on the coast of -Batangas a marine garden of bewildering and exquisite beauty. Nature -seems to have made special effort to crowd beneath a few acres of -sea all of the most entrancing wonders of the deep. There is coral of -every design, color, and variety. There are thousands of plants which -present a wealthy and gorgeous harmony of color. There are myriads of -wonderful fish which outrival the coral and the vegetation in variety -and richness of hue. Some are as green as grass, others as gold as -a guinea. - -There are at present no regular boats making the trip and special -arrangements will have to be made in order to be able to visit -the place. - - - - -PALAWAN.--The province of Palawan occupies the long and narrow Island -of Palawan situated between Mindoro on the north and Borneo on the -south. Besides this long and narrow island the province includes about -200 other small islets. A great part of the island is still unexplored, -the island itself not being accessible to the traveler. The chief -industries of the people are fishing, gathering trepangs, sea-shells, -and edible birds' nest on the limestone cliffs near the shore. - -The proximity of the island with the Dutch East Indies and to Borneo -puts it in a very advantageous position commercially. It is also -favored by valleys of great fertility and by well protected harbors. - - -[Iwahig Penal Colony] - -Among the places of special interest in Palawan may be mentioned -Balabac on the island of the same name. It was to this island that many -of the Filipinos were exiled in 1896 because of alleged complicity -in the Katipunan which in August of that year raised the standard of -revolt. The Iwahig Penal Colony about 8 miles from Puerto Princesa, -the capital, is also easy of access. This is a novel experiment -in the reformatory treatment of criminals. Here have been gathered -under the name of "colonists" over 500 convicts who have conducted -themselves well at Bilibid prison in Manila. They are put at entire -liberty without any armed guard or any special restraint. All of the -petty officers are prisoners as are also all the police. Agriculture -and various trades are carried on, and, under certain conditions, -the prisoners are given an allotment of land and their families are -allowed to join them. - - -[Culion Leper Colony] - -To the north of the province is the little Island of Culion where -the leper colony is situated. There is no regular transportation -except by the government cutter that makes periodical trips, and -the colony itself is not ordinarily open to visitors. There are -about 2,000 inmates in the colony and they are well taken care of by -the Philippine Government, many having been cured completely of the -unfortunate malady. In minor matters the lepers form a self-governing -community electing their own council and supplying the policemen and -other subordinate officials. - - -[Underground River] - -On the west coast of Palawan, almost uninhabited and still largely -uncharted, there is a very remarkable underground river. This has -been explored several times by Government officials, a launch having -in one instance entered the mouth and proceeded under the mountain -for more than 2 miles. At present the river can only be reached by -taking a long and expensive trip away from the main routes of travel, -but it is destined some time to be known as one of the remarkable -sights of the world. - - - - -ROMBLON PROVINCE.--The Province of Romblon has nothing of special -interest to the tourist except the town of Romblon which has one of the -best natural harbors in the islands and the extensive marble deposits -which have been quarried and used for years and are now disappearing. - - - - -THE VISAYAS.--The "Visayas" is the general name given to the central -portion of the Philippine Archipelago. It includes the large Islands of -Panay, Negros, Cebu, Bohol, Leyte, and Samar, and a very great number -of smaller islands and islets. Though greatly broken up by mountains, -these contain the most thickly populated districts in the Islands -and constitute by far the largest area inhabited by a single stock -(the Visayan) and speaking, though with many dialect variations, one -language. Within this area are the best sugar and some of the best -hemp lands, and many other important products of the Islands grow -well. To the tourist, perhaps, they do not, outside of the cities of -Cebu and Iloilo, abound in "sights." But the larger islands exhibit -many fine vistas; and the smaller ones, mostly mountainous, form with -the surrounding tropical waters a combination which, for color and -variety of outline, rivals the Inland Sea of Japan at its best. - - - - -SAMAR PROVINCE comprises the whole Island of Samar which is the -fourth largest island in the Archipelago. It lies southeast of -Luzon and is separated from the Province of Sorsogon by the San -Bernardino Strait. The island is very rugged and nearly all of the -towns are located near the coast. Another characteristic feature -of the mountain regions is the presence of caves of which the most -noted is the Sohotan cave near Basey. River transportation is the -chief means of communication. - - -[Where the Spaniards first landed] - -To Samar belongs the distinction of being the first island of the -Philippine Archipelago to be discovered by the Spaniards. On March 16, -1521, Ferdinand Magellan sighted the island, and the day following, -landed on the little island of Homonhon. In 1649 the greatest part -of the Island of Samar became involved in a great rebellion which -became the signal of general uprising in the Visayan Islands and in -parts of Mindanao. The cause of the uprising was enforced labor in -connection with shipbuilding. It lasted about a year. The rebels -fortified themselves in the mountains and there established an -independent settlement. From here they sallied forth from time to -time and harassed the Spanish forces sent against them. - - - - -ILOILO AND CAPIZ.--The Provinces of Iloilo and Capiz occupy the -entire eastern portion of the Island of Panay, immediately south of -Romblon Island. They consist of an extensive plain extending far back -to the foot of a range of mountains that traverses the western part -of the island. - -The Panay line of the Philippine Railway Company cuts directly through -this plain extending as far as Capiz, the capital of the province of -the same name, immediately north of Iloilo Province. - - -[Attractions] - -The trip over the railroad takes the traveler past several points -of interest. Just beyond Ventura there are seen to the west of the -tract a series of high mountain cliffs of white coral rock. These -are honeycombed by caves of wonderful structure and great beauty. One -of the most beautiful resembles an immense stage, set with elaborate -scenery. Another of great extent and variety is entered by descending -through a shaft resembling a well. An hour's walk from the entrance -leads the traveler to a place where the roof has collapsed and trees -have grown to gigantic heights, the cave continuing to an unknown -distance. - -The natural bridge of Suhut in the town of Dumalag, Capiz, is also -worth visiting. Near the natural bridge is a spring of sulphurous -and salty water. - -The City of Iloilo is described elsewhere, page 64. - - - - -[Haciendas and Sugar Centrals] - -THE ISLAND OF NEGROS.--This island is divided into two -provinces--Occidental Negros and Oriental Negros. Occidental Negros -is about three hours' ride by boat from the City of Iloilo. It is the -most important sugar producing district in the Philippines. About 75 -per cent of all the exported sugar comes from this province. Bacolod, -Bago, Talisay, San Carlos, Binalbagan, and La Carlota are the centers -of the sugar industry. There are about 518 haciendas and about half -a dozen sugar centrals in actual operation. The sugar centrals are -well worth the visit and the traveler should not miss them. Other -principal places of interest are Mount Canlaon, an active volcano and -the Mambucal Hot Springs, which is recommended by medical authorities. - -The trip to Oriental Negros has to be made direct from Manila, although -there are boats from Cebu and Iloilo calling occasionally at Dumaguete, -the capital. - - -[Silliman Institute] - -The principal points of interest in Dumaguete are the old watch-tower -on the plaza, built to guard against surprise by piratical Moro -fleets, and the buildings of the Silliman Institute. This latter is -a high-grade Protestant endowed school, with preparatory, classical, -and industrial departments; in it are enrolled some 500 students, -representing a wide range of localities. It was founded in 1901 with -a gift of Dr. Horace B. Silliman, of New York, and is now maintained -by the Presbyterian Board of Foreign Missions. The buildings are -located on the beach, about five minutes' walk from the central part -of the town. - - -[Other Places of Interest] - -There are a few other places of some interest within a moderate -distance of Dumaguete. Among these are some hot springs, about 6 -kilometers (about 4 miles) west of the town. There is a fairly good -horse trail to within a few minutes' walk of them, and the scenery -along the route is picturesque. Of more interest is the active Volcano -of Magaso, which lies 14 kilometers to the south. It is accessible by -a good trail; and a horse can be ridden to the top of the crater. The -descent into the latter is not difficult. - - - - -CEBU PROVINCE.--The Island of Cebu which is co-extensive with -the province of that name was discovered by Magellan on April 7, -1521. The town was then under the rule of Raja Humabon, a powerful -chief who had eight subordinate chieftains and a force of some two -thousand warriors under him. Magellan made friends with Humabon and -succeeded in baptizing him, his wife, and as many as eight hundred -of his men. Magellan also endeavored to bring the people of Mactan -under Spanish influence. In this attempt, he was killed while engaged -in battle with the people of Opon who were then under Chief Lapulapu. - - -[First Spanish Settlement] - -Forty-four years after Magellan's time, Legaspi occupied the town -of Cebu which was then under the rule of Tupas. Here Legaspi founded -the first Spanish settlement in the Philippines which he called San -Miguel. The town, which was planned in the shape of a triangle, was -defended on the land side by a palisade and on the two sides facing -the sea by artillery. The name of the town was later changed to the -City of the Most Holy Name of Jesus "in honor of an image of the -Child Jesus which a soldier had found in one of the houses." - -The establishment of the Spanish settlement in Cebu brought to -this island the Portuguese who then disputed the ownership of the -Archipelago. In 1566, 1568, and 1570, Portuguese expeditionary forces -were sent to Cebu to drive away the Spaniards. First in 1568 and -again in 1570, the Portuguese blockaded Cebu, but in both cases the -blockade resulted in a failure. - -The plains yield as many as three crops of corn a year. Coconuts, -sugar cane, abaca, peanuts, bananas, pineapples, camotes, and tobacco -are other products. - - -[Industries] - -The island is rich in minerals, of which gold and coal are the most -important. Industries are well developed in Cebu. Good fishing banks -found along the coast furnish the people with food for local use and -for export. Hogs and goats are raised for local use. Poultry raising -enables the people to export chickens and eggs to neighboring islands -and even to Manila. Cotton cloth, woven for local use and sinamay -made from the fiber extracted from banana and pineapple leaves, -are exported. Much tuba, a native wine, is collected in the coconut -regions. - -The town of Cebu, however, existed as a prosperous native settlement -before the discovery of the Philippines by Magellan. For a description -of the places of interest in the city, see page 63. - - - - -BOHOL PROVINCE, the island southeast of Cebu, is noted for the two -big rebellions against the Spaniards which occurred in 1622 and 1744, -respectively. The leader of the revolt in 1622, which was really an -armed protest against Jesuitical influence, was one by the name of -Tamblot. The uprising rapidly spread throughout the entire island; -only the towns of Loboc and Baclayon remained peaceful. The rebels -retreated "to the summit of a rugged and lofty hill, difficult of -access," and there fortified themselves. It took the government six -months to suppress this rebellion. - - -[Rebellions] - -Another rebellion, no less formidable than the Tamblot uprising, -broke out in 1744. It gained strength in 1750 under the leadership of -Dagohoy, who for a long time was the whole soul of the movement. The -rebellion affected almost the entire island and lasted for over eighty -years. The government sent several expeditions to put it down, but -without success. The rebels established a local government and lived -as an independent people. This was, perhaps, the most successful -revolt the Filipinos ever conducted from the viewpoint of duration -of resistance. - - -[Attractions] - -Among the attractions are the mineral springs in Guindulman as well -as those in San Juan, Candon, Napo, Lubod, and Cambalaguin which are -reputed to be efficacious for curing skin diseases. Edible birds' -nests are gathered in the Cananoan Cave. Other caves are found in -Baclayon, Guindulman, Jagna, and Sierra Bullones. "Buri," "ticog," and -"salacot" hats are made in almost every town. The weaving of "pina" and -"sinamay" cloth is a specialty in Baclayon, Loboc, Jagna, and Duero, -and "saguaran" weaving in Talibon, Inabanga, Baclayon, and Jetafe. The -commercial exploitation of the pearl and shell banks in the Bohol -seas has only recently been begun. The catching of the flying lemur -and the tanning and preparation of its hide is a new occupation. Most -of the towns are found along the coast so that a great portion of -the inhabitants are engaged in coastwise and interisland trade. - - - - -LEYTE PROVINCE and island, one of the largest and most fertile -regions in the Visayan group, is situated southwest of Samar and -is separated from Samar by the San Juanico Strait, said to be one -of the most beautiful water-ways in the world. Hemp and copra are -the most important products exported. Coal is found in the towns of -Leyte, Ormoc, and Jaro. Asphalt is being mined in Leyte for street -paving purposes. Gold is found in Pintuyan and San Isidro; sulphur -in Mahagnao; mineral springs in the crater of Mahagnao, Ormoc, San -Isidro, Mainit, and Carigara. - - -[Where Mass First Celebrated] - -Limasawa, a little island south of Leyte, has the unique -distinction of being the place where mass was first celebrated in the -Philippines. Toward the end of March, 1521, Magellan discovered this -little island, which then appeared to be a prosperous community. It -was here that Magellan met Raja Calambu and Ciagu, who feasted the -Spaniards and exchanged presents with them. The Island of Leyte itself, -then called Tandaya, was the first island of the Philippine Archipelago -to receive the name of "Felipina." - - - - -THE ISLAND OF MINDANAO.--This island is the second largest and -potentially perhaps the richest of the archipelago. It is divided -into seven provinces--Zamboanga, Misamis, Lanao, Bukidnon, Cotabato, -Davao, Agusan, and Surigao. - - -[Origin of Name] - -The term "Mindanao" or "Maguindanao" was originally given to the town -now known as Cotabato and its immediate vicinity. (See page 104.) The -word is derived from the root "danao" which means inundation by a -river, lake, or sea. The derivative "Mindanao" means "inundated" -or "that which is inundated." "Maguindanao" means "that which has -inundated." - - -[Islam] - -Islam was successfully introduced and firmly established in Mindanao by -Sharif Mohammed Kabungsuwan. He is believed to have established himself -in this region toward the end of the fifteenth century. He was also -the founder of the Sultanate so that today most of the inhabitants -of Mindanao are Mohammedans. The Christian population came from the -northern islands. They immigrated into Mindanao to exploit the rich -sections of the islands. They have built their homes along the river -basins and near the bays accessible to commerce. In many cases they -hold the important municipal positions such as tax-collectors and -teachers. The Moros who inhabit the interior valleys have acknowledged -the authority of their Christian brothers from the north and are -living peacefully with them. - - - - -THE PROVINCE OF ZAMBOANGA includes the whole of the western peninsula -of the island. The central portion is covered with dense forests -containing much valuable hardwood timber. Abaca and copra are the -principal products though sugar, cacao, hemp, and rice are cultivated -to some extent. Among the important forest products are guttapercha for -insulating cable wires and almaciga for varnish. Basilan Island nearby -is covered with forests, and lumber mills are in operation. There -are also plantations for the growing of rubber in this island. - -As a whole the interior of the province is not at present very -accessible, and most of the attractions center in the capital City -of Zamboanga at the extreme end of the peninsula, which is described -on page 65. - - - - -COTABATO PROVINCE is in the southwestern portion of Mindanao. The term -"Cotabato" signifies a "stone fort." Cotabato is the capital and is -located near the mouth of the river called Cotabato also. The Cotabato -River system, though not as swift as the Rhine River of Germany, -serves the same purpose to Cotabato as the Rhine to Germany in the -sense that it forms the chief means of communication and transportation -for conveying finished products and raw materials from the different -towns to the coast. - -On the valley of this river are some of the most fertile and productive -regions of the whole Philippine Archipelago, although due to the -scarcity of population and of laborers very little cultivation has -been done. - -On the eastern side of the valley are many extensive but shallow -swamps, such as the Liguasan and Libungan. Large lakes as Buluan and -Cebu, and many small ones abound. These natural basins yield an immense -wealth for the country. On the marshes, mangroves and nipa grow in -abundance, while the lakes teem with the rarest and choicest fish. - - -[Attractions] - -Sulphur is abundant near and around Mount Apo, an extinct volcano, -9,610 feet high, being the highest peak in the archipelago. The -difficult ascent and the lack of transportation facilities make -exploitation impossible at present. Mineral springs can be found near -the town of Cotabato. - -The land is well adopted to the cultivation of coconut and rice. The -mountains are densely wooded. With the exception of the small portion -around Sarangani Bay where logging is being carried on most of the -forested area is not yet exploited. The most important forest products, -which are at present exported in great quantities, are the candlenut, -almaciga, and guttapercha. - - - - -[Fertility] - -BUKIDNON PROVINCE occupies the great fertile plateau of Mindanao -immediately north of Cotabato. It contains immense areas of fertile -soil unsurpassed for grazing and general farming. There are at -least 300,000 hectares of open grass-covered land which would yield -rich returns under the plow. The Bukidnons themselves, learning to -use modern agricultural implements, are taking advantage of their -opportunities, this being clearly evidenced by the beautiful fields -of corn surrounding their settlements, by the increased plantings -of rice and camotes, and by the great increase in the exportation of -hemp and coffee. The lower levels of Bukidnon produce the best grade -of hemp in northern Mindanao. Corn grows to a height of 13 feet on -the Bukidnon plateaus, the stalks supporting two ears. Two crops may -be grown annually. - -There are some Manobos and a few Moros in the province, but the greater -part of the inhabitants are Bukidnons who are timid, peaceable farmers. - - - - -LANAO PROVINCE.--Between Bukidnon and Zamboanga is the Province -of Lanao which includes the region centering about the large Lake -of Lanao. It consists for the most part of a plateau (altitude, -about 2,200 feet), with an invigorating climate and fine stretches -of grazing land. The soil is in the main excellent and, at various -altitudes, produces a very great variety of crops, including the -usual staples, some fruits like the "durian," unknown or rare in the -northern islands, coffee, and a variety of wild rubber, for which -plant, in its cultivated form, the district is well adapted. - -For many years this valuable country has been the scene of the -lawlessness of the Lanao Moros, but after the institution of civil -government among them they have settled down and are living peacefully -side by side with the immigrants from the northern islands. The same -is true with the other provinces in the Island of Mindanao. - -Much of the scenery in the Lanao Province is said to be among the -finest in the world, while the Moros are extremely interesting and -manufacture many small articles of great artistic value, especially -brasswork and weapons. - - -[Attractions] - -Among the attractions is Lake Lanao, believed to have been formed as -a result of the subsidence of the land accompanying the eruption of -the volcanoes in the surrounding country. There are three of these -volcanoes, which are still active. The climate, especially around -Lake Lanao, is very cool. Dansalan nearby is the favorite resort of -the people in the lowlands of Mindanao and bears the promise of being -the Baguio of the southern islands. - -Other attractions are the Maria Cristina Falls about 191 feet high -and the Mataling Fall about 40 feet in height, both of which are on -the road to the lake. - - - - -DAVAO PROVINCE occupies the southeastern part of Mindanao. Though -perhaps less fertile for some crops than the neighboring Province of -Cotabato, Davao comprises the finest hemp land in the archipelago and -there is a considerable colony of Japanese, American, and Filipino -planters. - -More than half of the population, however, are pagans, the Mandayas -and Bagobos predominating in number. These two pagan tribes have the -best primitive civilization among all the non-Christian peoples of -the archipelago. Their women weave excellent cloth which is dyed in -curious and ornamental patterns and the men make daggers, spears, -and other articles of metal. - -The town of Davao is the capital and principal port. It is well laid -out and has a number of interesting monuments. - - - - -AGUSAN PROVINCE, north of Davao, occupies the whole northern Valley -of Agusan. The soil is of the greatest fertility, holding a constant -moisture. The rainfall is very evenly distributed throughout the year, -and there has been no drought or destructive typhoon recorded. Abaca -and coconuts thrive well in this region. A splendid rice crop is -produced without irrigation. Bananas, papayas, and other tropical -fruits are grown in great abundance, the famous Mindanao papaya -attaining its perfection in the region about Butuan. - -The numerous lakes and the extensive area of swampy land are sources -of incalculable wealth. Choicest fish abound in the lakes, while nipa -from which tuba and alcohol are obtained, and mangroves for fuel and -tanning purposes, grow wild in the fenlands. - -Gold deposits exist in abundance. Most of these deposits are found -in the mountains on the eastern side of the valley. The location of -these mines is favorable, being near rivers. There are several gold -mining claims at present under operation. - -Butuan, the capital and most important town of the province, is near -the mouth of the navigable Agusan River. This river port serves the -same purpose for the settlements built along Agusan River and its -tributaries, as the town of Cotabato to the well-scattered towns of -the Cotabato Valley. - - - - -SURIGAO PROVINCE, north of Agusan, occupies the whole northeastern -part of the Island of Mindanao. Abaca, copra, and corn are the -most important agricultural products. There is much fine timber -in the forests, the best obtainable equalling iron and concrete in -durability. Gold is at present mined in some parts of the province. - - - - -THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO.--The Sulu Province includes all of the islands of -the Sulu Archipelago, a region which is often visited by earthquakes, -the Sulu Sea being the seismic center. The climate of this region is -warm and moist, being near the equator. - -Fishing is the most important industry. Jolo is the center for most of -the pearling fleet. Sitanki, Omapui, Tumindao, Balimbing, Landubas, -Laja, and Siasi are other important fishing centers. The sea turtle, -fish of all kinds, and the trepang are caught. Beautiful trays and -combs and other articles are made from the back of the sea turtle, -and the fish and trepang are cured and exported. - -The Sulu Archipelago, especially Jolo, the capital and principal port, -trades with Zamboanga, Borneo, and Singapore. Chinese merchants traded -with Sulu long before the arrival of Legaspi in the Philippines. When -Manila and Cebu were yet small settlements, Jolo was already a city, -the most important in the Philippines. - - -[Introduction of Mohammedanism] - -Mohammedanism was introduced and firmly established in the Archipelago -by three men--Makdum, Raja Baginda, and Abu Bakr. Makdum was a noted -Arabian scholar who, after introducing Mohammedanism into Malacca, -visited almost every island of the Sulu Archipelago toward the end -of the fourteenth century and made numerous converts especially in -Bevansa and Tapul. Raja Baginda, soon after the arrival of Makdum, -came by way of Zamboanga and Basilan. He was of princely rank and is -believed to have come accompanied by ministers of state. He settled -in Bevansa and became the supreme ruler of Sulu. Abu Bakr, who seemed -to have been quite a learned man, arrived in Bevansa about the middle -of the fifteenth century. Here, he lived with Raja Baginda, teaching -the people the Mohammedan religion. He later married Parasimuli, the -daughter of Raja Baginda, and succeeded his father-in-law as sultan. - -The reign of Abu Bakr (1450-1480) was noteworthy not only because -of the firm establishment of Mohammedanism, but also because of the -governmental reforms then effected. Abu Bakr reorganized the government -of Sulu, dividing it into five main administrative districts, each -under a Panglima. He promulgated a new code of laws which became the -guide for all officials of the state. During his reign, Sulu's power -was felt not only in Mindanao and the Visayas, but even in Luzon. - -The administration of Governor-General Sande (1575-80) was the -beginning of a continuous state of warfare between Spain and Sulu -which lasted to within two decades before the end of the Spanish -rule. Sande wanted to reduce Sulu to a subject state, impose tribute -on its people, secure for the Spaniards the trade of the Archipelago, -and convert the inhabitants to Catholicism. To attain these ends, -he sent Captain Rodriguez de Figueroa to Sulu with a large army. This -expedition, however, accomplished nothing beyond the arousing of the -Sulus to hostility and the inception of numerous Moro raids on the -Visayas and Luzon. - - -[The Sultan and His Present Position] - -The whole Archipelago is still under the nominal sway of the Sultan -of Sulu, who lives in the Island of Jolo and enjoys pensions from -the Philippine Government and the British North Borneo Company. All -of the Moros in Mindanao and in Sulu have long ago recognized the -authority of the central Philippine Government in Manila, and the -hostility which has existed between the Moros and the inhabitants of -the northern islands during Spanish rule, has long passed away. The -policy of attraction inaugurated by the Philippine Government has -succeeded wonderfully. Disturbances among the Moros are now very few -and far between. They have their own senator in the Philippine Senate -and they have their own representatives in the House. - - -[Results of the Policy of Attraction] - -Considering the past history of these southern islands, it is -almost incredible that such results have become possible. Many of -the non-Christians in the interior of Mindanao-Sulu have even changed -their manner of dressing and have adopted the garb of the Christians, -whom they are endeavoring to imitate as much as possible, mingling with -them in their work, and assisting in maintaining law and order. The -Moros themselves have changed a great deal; the juramentado (running -amok) is practically a thing of the past; they show greater religious -tolerance and a high sense of responsibility; they cooperate in every -way possible with the Christians and the Government authorities in -the maintenance of a government of law and order, and do everything -they can to identify themselves with the inhabitants of the north. For -this reason more beneficial and lasting changes have been accomplished -in the last five years, in moral, social, and political respects, -as well as in the material development of the people, than had been -accomplished for several centuries past. This progress is principally -due to the efforts of the Philippine Legislature, which furnished the -Department of Mindanao and Sulu with large annual appropriations and -thus made the policy of attraction a success. - - -[The town of Jolo] - -The town of Jolo is the political and commercial center of the -archipelago and is reached from Manila direct. The trip through -island-studded Sulu Sea, is one of great scenic beauty. - -Jolo consists of a picturesque little walled city and a considerable -town outside. The population is cosmopolitan. The town is more -Malayan, more Arabic, and more Oriental than Zamboanga. Thus it has -many attractions for the traveler. - -The part within the walls has excellent streets and walks and is -adorned with parks, gardens, and fountains. One of the most curious -sights is furnished by the half-tame deer, which run at large about -the streets. The point of greatest interest in the outer town is the -"Chinese pier," a rickety affair, on which most of the merchants of -that nationality have their shops, both as a measure of safety and -for convenience in handling cargoes. These shops are the best places -to go to for Moro curios. - - -[Attractions] - -The town as a whole is an excellent place in which to see the daily -life and occupations of the Moro people in their most characteristic -forms. The fact that it is the chief center of the pearl fisheries -of the Islands puts the pearling boats when in port, the market where -the pearls and shell are sold, and the places of manufacture and sale -of the shell ornaments, among the principal sights. Leading from the -town to the barracks at Asturias is a fine coconut avenue, known as -"Ariolas' Walk." It is named after its builder, who was the Spanish -military governor of the place in the early years of the last century. - - - - -THE LANGUAGE FOR THE TOURIST.--Spanish and English are the languages -universally used in the archipelago. As a general rule, however, an -English speaking tourist can travel in the different places described -in this book without knowledge of any except his mother tongue. Almost -all of the officials and employees of the government speak English -and, if there is no one else, a school child can generally be found -to do the interpreting. - - -[English-Speaking Filipinos] - -Statistics show that there are at present more Filipinos who can -read, write, and speak the English language than those who can read, -write, and speak the Spanish language. The last Census (1918) gives -the following figures: - - Males Females - - Filipinos of 10 years of age or over who can 563,495 322,359 - read English. - Those who can read Spanish. 587,588 292,223 - Those who can both read and write English. 540,552 313,993 - Those who can both read and write Spanish. 454,052 210,270 - - -As a matter of fact the English language serves at the present time -as a common medium of communication among the inhabitants of the -Philippines who still speak their own dialects. Because of the work -of public schools during the last quarter of a century it is the -language which is most widely spoken in the whole Archipelago. - -Business between the central government and the provinces and -municipalities is transacted in English. The proceedings of the -Philippine Legislature although still in Spanish, are translated into -English. In commercial transactions the English language prevails -throughout the islands. It will not be very long before the language -will be the official language even in the courts and the language -which is more generally used in private life. The present leaders of -the people have a working knowledge of the language and many can read -and write it fairly. The younger generation has a thorough knowledge -of English and speaks and writes it in most cases. - -The spread of the language as the common language of the inhabitants is -assured, not only because it is the basis of instruction in the public -schools and in the universities, but also because it is essential to -the best interest and political future of the people. - - - - - - - - - -X. AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS, FOREST RESOURCES, MINERALS, AND -OTHER INDUSTRIES - - -The Philippines are eminently an agricultural country. Agriculture -is the principal source of the Islands' wealth, and the bulk of the -exports consists mostly of agricultural products. - - -[Hectares under cultivation] - -An estimate of the number of hectares under cultivation during the -year 1922, shows the following: - - - Hectares devoted to rice. 1,661,430 - Hectares devoted to abaca. 494,990 - Hectares devoted to sugar-cane. 240,820 - Hectares devoted to coconuts. 422,684 - Hectares devoted to corn. 549,960 - Hectares devoted to tobacco. 59,870 - Hectares devoted to maguey. 27,670 - Hectares devoted to cacao. 1,155 - Hectares devoted to coffee. 882 - --------- - Total. 3,459,461 - - -This is only about 10 per cent of the total area of the Islands. - -Extensive areas of agricultural lands which remain undeveloped are -the Agusan Valley in eastern Mindanao; the Cotabato Valley in central -Mindanao; sections of the plains of central Luzon and of the Cagayan -Valley; the central plain of Panay and the meadowlands of Palawan, -Samar, and Mindoro. There are also the coastal plains of Zamboanga, -Mindanao, Leyte, and Negros. - -The average area of farms in the Islands according to the Census of -1918 is 2.33 hectares, as against 3.47 hectares in 1903. - - -[Farms owned by Filipinos] - -Out of the 1,955,276 farms in the Islands today 1,946,580 or 96 per -cent, are owned by Filipinos, 2,678 by Americans, 949 by Europeans, -1,612 by Asiatics, and 3,457 by other nationalities. - - -[Exports] - -THE PRINCIPAL CROPS.--The principal crops produced by the islands -are rice, abaca (Manila hemp), coconut, sugar, and tobacco. All of -these except rice are articles of export. The following table shows -the respective values of these exports: - - - -------------------------+--------------------------- - | Value - Article +-------------+------------- - | 1921 | 1922 - -------------------------+-------------+------------- - | | - Abaca (Manila hemp). | P25,969,385 | P39,081,829 - Coconut oil. | 32,103,036 | 31,468,971 - Copra. | 26,146,913 | 28,206,146 - Sugar. | 51,037,454 | 51,165,110 - Tobacco products. | 16,564,434 | 17,340,236 - Maguey. | 1,848,794 | 2,973,203 - Cordage. | 918,544 | 1,099,375 - Fruits and nuts. | 239,060 | 532,632 - Rubber, crude. | 25,700 | ---- - Ilang-ilang oil. | 57,554 | 60,606 - -------------------------+--------------------------- - - -Rice is almost exclusively the staple foodstuff of the people; but -corn in some provinces constitutes an important part of the daily -diet. Although the production of rice has been increasing steadily -since 1910 the Philippines has had to import rice from other countries, -especially Indo-China, for a part of its supply. The government is -now exerting every effort towards solving the problem. Immense sums -are being appropriated for the construction of irrigation systems so -indispensable in the successful growing of rice. - - -[Fibers] - -Abaca (Manila hemp).--The Philippines is the only source in the -world for abaca, commercially known as Manila hemp. There are two -other commercial fibers, however, that grow in the islands. These -are sisal and maguey. Although other kind of fibers grow in other -countries especially in Mexico, the world must always use a certain -amount of the Manila hemp for binder twine and for high grade ropes. - - - HEMP EXPORTS, 1913-1922 - ---------------+---------------------------------------------+-------------------------------- - | To all countries | To the United States - +------------+-----------+---------+----------+----------+----------+---------- -Year ended | Quantity | Value | Average |Percentage| Quantity | Value |Percentage -December 31-- | | |value per| of total | | | of total - | | | 1,000 | export | | | hemp - | | | kilos | | | | ---------------+------------+-----------+---------+----------+----------+----------+---------- - | Kilos | Pesos | Pesos | | Kilos | Pesos | - | | | | | | | - 1913 | 119,821,435| 42,242,168| 352.54 | 44 |47,144,252|19,574,434| 46 - 1914 | 116,386,575| 38,389,630| 329.85 | 39 |50,140,193|19,238,752| 50 - 1915 | 142,010,431| 42,678,200| 300.53 | 40 |69,251,180|22,702,566| 53 - 1916 | 137,326,092| 53,384,593| 388.70 | 38 |66,344,154|27,279,018| 51 - 1917 | 169,435,204| 98,615,559| 552.51 | 49 |95,580,320 59,291,095| 63 - 1918 | 169,260,377|116,383,100| 687.60 | 43 |86,823,997 65,468,402| 56 - 1919 | 121,247,668| 53,703,052| 442.92 | 24 |65,509,134 32,390,957| 60 - 1920 | 141,485,785| 71,724,000| 506.93 | 24 |67,041,769 41,228,052| 58 - 1921 | 100,401,940| 25,969,385| 258.65 | 15 |34,558,262 10,914,117| 42 - 1922 | 172,026,591| 39,081,829| 227.18 | 20 |83,544,420 20,663,552| 53 ---------------+------------+-----------+---------+----------+---------------------+---------- - - -Coconuts.--In the production of coconut, the Philippines is the third -most important source in the world. It is excelled only by the Dutch -East Indies and the Federated Malay States. It is estimated that -there are some 84,536,710 trees in the islands which in 1922 produced -366,808,888 kilos of coprax, valued at P44,057,045. - -The traveler in Philippine waters always notices along the coast the -extensive groves of coconut palms which extend miles and miles into -the hinterland as far as the eye can reach. - - -[Uses of the Coconut] - -In the Philippines the coconut tree serves many ends. The meat is -eaten as a delicacy. The leaves supply roofing for houses. The shell -of the nut is used for dishes, cups, and spoons; the oil for soap and -illumination; in some sections the same oil is used as a frying fat -for cooking purposes. The fiber from the husk is used for ropes and -mats. The husk itself is used for fuel. The water inside the nut is -an ever-ready delicious drink. - -Oleomargarine comes from coconut oil fat, an industry which has -developed considerably in Denmark and Germany and also in the United -States. - -Copra, or coprax--Other by-products.--Copra, or coprax as it is -sometimes called, is the dried meat of the ripe coconut. It is -obtained by breaking the nut into halves and drying them in the sun or -artificially in kilns until the nut-meat is separated from the shell. - -The exportation of coconut oil from the Philippines since 1913 is -shown in the following table: - - - COCONUT OIL EXPORTED, 1913-1922 - ---------------+---------------------------------------------+--------------------------------- - | To all countries | To the United States - +------------+-----------+---------+----------+-----------+----------+---------- - | | | | | | | -Year ended | Quantity | Value | Average |Percentage| Quantity | Value |Percentage -December 31-- | | |value per| of total | | | of total - | | | 1,000 | export | | | coconut - | | | kilos | | | | oil ---------------+------------+-----------+---------+----------+-----------+----------+---------- - | Kilos | Pesos | Pesos | | Kilos | Pesos | - | | | | | | | - 1913 | 5,010,429| 2,292,678| 457.58 | 2.40 | 4,805,384| 2,190,876| 96.56 - 1914 | 11,943,329| 5,238,366| 438.60 | 5.38 | 11,896,975| 5,214,326| 99.54 - 1915 | 13,464,169| 5,641,003| 418.96 | 5.24 | 13,367,932| 5,609,263| 99.44 - 1916 | 16,091,169| 7,851,469| 487.94 | 5.61 | 15,307,429| 7,388,748| 94.11 - 1917 | 45,198,415| 22,818,294| 504.85 | 11.93 | 45,045,690|22,755,319| 99.72 - 1918 | 115,280,847| 63,328,317| 549.33 | 23.42 |113,524,729|62,198,528| 98.22 - 1919 | 139,942,612| 73,719,504| 526.78 | 32.59 | 85,376,904|45,797,329| 62.12 - 1920 | 77,571,405| 46,537,773| 599.93 | 15.40 | 71,944,801|43,366,086| 93.18 - 1921 | 90,292,242| 32,103,036| 355.55 | 18.22 | 80,504,458|27,907,379| 86.98 - 1922 | 107,208,191| 31,468,971| 293.63 | 16.46 |106,645,477|31,288,505| 99.43 ---------------+------------+-----------+---------+----------+-----------+----------+---------- - - -[Copra meal] - -Another by-product of the coconut oil is known as copra meal. It is -the meal remaining after most of the oil has been expressed. This is -used as cattle feed in Germany and Denmark. - - -[Soap] - -Recently, certain corporations in the Philippines have gone so far -as to use their oil to manufacture many of the varied products which -were formerly made only in the United States and Europe. Soap was the -first product to be manufactured locally. There are two companies now, -however, which manufacture lard substitutes under their own trade -names. There is an attempt also to manufacture coconut butter for -sale in the islands. - - -[Desiccated Coconut] - -The manufacture of desiccated coconut is an infant industry in the -Philippine Islands. The demand for this in Europe and particularly -in the United States is very large and is mostly filled by Ceylon or -by factories in the United States which import the whole nuts from -the West Indies. Last year, however, the desiccated coconut from the -Philippines gained a strong foot-hold in the United States and it -is expected that Ceylon will be ousted from this field in the near -future due to the free trade relations between the United States -and the Philippines. On desiccated coconut imported into the United -States from foreign countries, a duty of 3 1/2 per cent is levied. At -present there are six factories of desiccated coconut in the Islands. - - -[Coir] - -Another opportunity for development lies in the use of coir, the tough -fiber of the husk surrounding the nut. In other countries this is -worked up into door mats, rope, twine, etc., but in the Philippines -the husks are usually burned as fuel except in a few instances where -they are utilized for domestic purposes. It is also possible that -some day other minor parts of the palm may be used. At present the -midribs of the palm leaflets are used in making brooms and baskets, -but the demand for exports is still small. - -The exportation of copra from 1913 to 1922 is as follows: - - ---------------+---------------------------------------------+--------------------------------- - | To all countries | To the United States - +------------+-----------+---------+----------+-----------+----------+---------- - | | | | | | | -Year ended | Quantity | Value | Average |Percentage| Quantity | Value |Percentage -December 31-- | | |value per| of total | | | of total - | | | 1,000 | export | | | copra - | | | kilos | | | | ---------------+------------+-----------+---------+----------+-----------+----------+---------- - | Kilos | Pesos | Pesos | | Kilos | Pesos | - | | | | | | | - 1913 | 82,219,363 | 19,091,448| 232.20 | 19.98 |10,027,813 | 2,398,166| 12.56 - 1914 | 87,344,695 | 15,960,540| 182.73 | 16.39 |18,181,371 | 3,212,266| 20.13 - 1915 |139,092,902 | 22,223,109| 159.77 | 20.65 |21,217,754 | 3,520,090| 15.84 - 1916 | 72,277,164 | 14,231,941| 196.90 | 10.17 |35,470,438 | 7,079,128| 49.74 - 1917 | 92,180,326 | 16,654,301| 180.67 | 8.71 |68,253,929 |12,235,902| 73.47 - 1918 | 55,061,736 | 10,377,029| 188.46 | 3.84 |55,061,641 |10,377,011| 99.99 - 1919 | 25,094,027 | 8,839,376| 352.25 | 3.91 | 2,313,967 | 818,246| 9.26 - 1920 | 25,803,044 | 7,433,741| 288.10 | 2.46 | 1,433,311 | 382,409| 5.14 - 1921 |150,335,314 | 26,146,918| 173.92 | 14.84 |52,928,570 | 8,665,554| 33.14 - 1922 |173,051,980 | 28,206,146| 162.99 | 14.76 |89,358,118 |14,495,014| 51.00 ---------------+------------+-----------+---------+----------+-----------+----------+---------- - - -Until the production of copra in the Philippines is much higher -than at present, it will be impossible to keep all the expellers -and presses now installed working at full capacity. It is therefore -proposed to start a campaign for the planting of quick-growing crops -of oil-bearing seeds. Among the plants that were most popular at first -was the tangan-tangan, or castor bean. This grows very rapidly and -yields a very high percentage of castor oil, which was sold at high -prices during the war as a lubricant for aeroplanes and other delicate -machinery. At the present writing, however, it is generally thought -that the mills will do better if they can turn to the production of -peanut oil, using imported peanuts to begin with and enlarging the -return as the domestic yield increases. - - -Sugar.--Cane-sugar ranks first among the islands' agricultural exports. - -As early as 1795 the United States have been importing sugar from -the Philippine Islands; for that year 132 long tons were imported. - -Up to the middle of the nineteenth century, however, the production of -sugar-cane in the Philippines was confined largely to the provinces of -Luzon near Manila. But shortly after the Crimean war the demand for -sugar in Europe increased, and interest in the industry was greatly -stimulated in the Islands. This resulted in the extension of the -industry into the Visayan Islands, Occidental Negros becoming the -largest cane producing section of the Archipelago, and so continues -until the present day. - -As late as 1914 most of the sugar produced in the Islands was -muscovado. It was not until the establishment of modern sugar centrals -that centrifugal sugar was produced. The production of sugar became -so stimulated as a result, and in 1922, as many as 455,404,427 kilos -were produced. There are now 28 sugar centrals in the Islands as -against one in 1910, and several are in process of construction. - -The following table shows the growth of the sugar industry from 1913 -to 1922: - - - ------+------------+------------+------------ - Year | Area under | Production | Total value - |cultivation | of sugar | of sugar - | | | products - ------+------------+------------+------------ - | Acres | Short tons | - | | | - 1913 | 435,188 | 345,080 | $12,849,000 - 1914 | 418,676 | 408,343 | 14,314,000 - 1915 | 427,710 | 421,196 | 16,606,000 - 1916 | 444,189 | 412,278 | 17,068,000 - 1917 | 459,436 | 425,270 | 19,352,500 - 1918 | 507,818 | 474,750 | 20,579,500 - 1919 | 494,692 | 453,350 | 37,231,400 - 1920 | 487,783 | 466,917 | 79,648,600 - 1921 | 596,363 | 589,443 | 48,189,500 - 1922 | 595,066 | 533,194 | 29,974,125 - ------+------------+------------+------------ - - -The quantity and value of the exportation of this product is shown -below: - - ---------------+---------------------------------------------+--------------------------------- - | To all countries | To the United States - +------------+-----------+---------+----------+-----------+----------+---------- - | | | | | | | -Year ended | Quantity | Value | Average |Percentage| Quantity | Value |Percentage -December 31-- | | |value per| of total | | | of total - | | | 1,000 | export | | | sugar - | | | kilos | | | | export ---------------+------------+-----------+---------+----------+-----------+----------+---------- - | Kilos | Pesos | Pesos | | Kilos | Pesos | - | | | | | | | - 1913 |157,333,707 |14,065,778 | 89.40 | 14.72 | 30,716,886| 3,128,072| 22.24 - 1914 |236,498,001 |22,119,186 | 93.53 | 22.71 |168,530,115|16,483,706| 74.62 - 1915 |211,012,817 |22,620,430 | 107.20 | 21.02 | 82,841,168|10,283,159| 45.46 - 1916 |337,490,000 |37,175,185 | 110.12 | 26.58 |131,885,246|17,267,401| 46.45 - 1917 |205,908,492 |24,555,357 | 119.25 | 12.84 | 62,377,758|10,811,518| 44.08 - 1918 |273,258,396 |31,608,780 | 115.67 | 11.69 |106,080,676|16,559,780| 52.39 - 1919 |136,060,322 |30,415,701 | 223.55 | 13.44 | 32,159,363| 7,717,934| 25.37 - 1920 |180,340,670 |99,238,520 | 550.28 | 32.83 |123,947,209|78,697,869| 79.30 - 1921 |289,876,164 |51,037,454 | 176.07 | 28.96 |150,478,581|33,752,357| 66.13 - 1922 |362,071,661 |51,165,110 | 141.31 | 26.77 |244,851,617|40,020,490| 78.22 ---------------+------------+-----------+---------+----------+-----------+----------+---------- - - -Tobacco--The Manila cigar.--The Manila cigar is just as well known -to the world as the Manila hemp. It is among the few manufacturing -enterprises that have developed factory conditions in the Islands. - - -[History] - -For generations the Spaniards conducted the tobacco business in the -Philippines on the basis of Government monopoly. The monopoly came -to an end in 1882 when the Filipino workers defied both the Spanish -government and those directing the work in the factories because of -the harsh and cruel treatment they were getting. - -Thereafter, for many years, the tobacco business suffered extreme -depression, and it was not until American occupation that the industry -received anything of a stimulus. The Manila cigar, however, was then -at a disadvantage in comparison with cigars from other countries, -because the latter were allowed a discount from the tariff, while -the Manilas were required to pay the full customs duty. - -With the establishment of free trade, however, between the islands -and the United States the Manila cigar has been able to compete -with other cigars in the United States, by far the greatest market -therefor. This fact accounts for the unprecedented steady increase of -the amount of cigars exported from the islands. In 1904 the exports -amounted to 104,753,000 cigars, valued at P2,011,790. In 1919 the -exports had risen to 392,339,000 worth P18,157,707. - - -[The Tobacco Region] - -Although tobacco is grown in many parts of the islands, all that which -is exported comes from the Provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, and Nueva -Vizcaya, in northern Luzon. All grown elsewhere is consumed locally, -also exported to European and other countries. The tobacco growing -districts in these three provinces lie in the valley of the Cagayan -River, a stream which is about 160 miles long. The valley is from 2 -to 14 miles wide. During the rainy season, which is between the time -that one crop is harvested and the next one planted, the Cagayan River -rises to a height of 40 feet inundating all of the lowlands. This -overflow never fails, and it always leaves on the valley a deposit -of rich soil, renewing the fertility of the entire valley and making -the use of fertilizers unnecessary. On one field in Cagayan Valley, -crops have been produced without interruption and without fertilizer -for one hundred and thirty-five years. - - -[Government control and Guaranty] - -No cigar in the world today is produced under such carefully prepared -and rigidly enforced regulations as the Manila cigar. The Philippine -government has assumed control of the industry, has established -invariable standards of excellence, and has guaranteed the production -under its own official stamp. If you will examine the next box of -Manila cigars you see, you will find that it bears a label stating -that its contents are guaranteed by the Philippine government. One of -the regulations enforced provides that, under certain limitations, -cigars which reach the American dealer in a damaged condition may -be returned to the Philippines at the expense of the Philippine -government. Another regulation is to the following effect: - - - "To be up to the standard established by the Government, - Philippine cigars are required to be made from good, clean, - selected tobacco, properly cured and seasoned, exclusively the - product of the Provinces of Cagayan, Isabela, and Nueva Vizcaya, - well made with suitable spiral wrapper and with long filler from - which must have been removed all stems dust, scrap or sun-burned - tobacco; cigars to be properly assorted and packed in clean - receptacles of wood not before used, manufactured from native - wood known as Calantas or from imported cedar. No cigars made - between sunset and sunrise may be graded as standard." - - -[The Cigar Factories] - -The factories in which the Manila cigars are made are worth -visiting. They are counted among the show-places of the city. Visitors -are always welcome and given an opportunity to follow the entire -process of manufacture from the time the bales of tobacco reach the -warehouses until the finished cigars are packed in air-tight cases -for shipment to all parts of the world. - -In these factories every precaution is taken to guard against dirt -and disease. No one is employed except after a searching physical -examination and thereafter all the employees are regularly examined -twice a month. Every now and then, government inspectors visit the -factories, and these have a right to condemn a lot of cigars which -they do not think is up to the standard. - -No scraps of any kind are used in the making of Manila cigars. There -are no broken leaves and no dust. There is nothing in the cigar but -long, clean leaves of tobacco. The Manila cigar is the mildest made. It -is the most pleasant and satisfying smoke that can be had at any price. - - - CIGARS EXPORTED, 1913-1922 - -------+------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------- - | To all countries | To the United States - +------------+-----------+--------+--------+-------------------+-------------------+--------- - | | |Average |Per cent| Number | Value | Average - | | |value |of total+------------+------+-----------+-------+ value - Year | Number | Value |per |exports | | Per | | Per | per - | | |thousand| | Cigars | cent | Pesos | cent | thousand -------+------------+-----------+--------+--------+------------+------+-----------+-------+--------- - | | Pesos | Pesos | | | | | | - | | | | | | | | | - 1913 | 191,762,442| 6,024,468| 31.42 | 6.31 | 71,513,141| 37.29| 3,285,776| 54.54 | 45.95 - 1914 | 154,753,363| 4,630,318| 29.92 | 4.75 | 56,205,050| 36.32| 2,400,252| 51.84 | 42.71 - 1915 | 134,647,687| 4,114,605| 30.56 | 3.82 | 61,169,600| 45.43| 2,302,444| 55.96 | 37.64 - 1916 | 193,025,578| 5,688,751| 29.47 | 4.02 | 111,478,216| 57.75| 4,066,242| 71.48 | 36.47 - 1917 | 284,524,500| 9,588,192| 33.70 | 5.07 | 202,198,534| 71.07| 7,725,966| 38.20 | 38.29 - 1918 | 360,144,827| 14,252,637| 39.57 | 5.21 | 248,747,584| 69.07| 11,365,675| 79.85 | 45.69 - 1919 | 392,339,462| 18,157,707| 46.28 | 8.07 | 263,942,555| 67.27| 13,828,639| 76.16 | 52.39 - 1920 | 421,545,143| 25,442,276| 60.35 | 8.43 | 316,862,859| 75.17| 21,092,607| 82.90 | 66.57 - 1921 | 154,879,488| 6,454,886| 41.67 | 3.66 | 68,216,608| 44.04| 3,960,503| 61.36 | 58.06 - 1922 | 300,484,824| 11,602,219| 38.61 | 6.07 | 173,317,046| 57.68| 8,519,576| 73.43 | 49.16 -------+------------+-----------+--------+--------+------------+------+-----------+-------+--------- - - - - -SECONDARY FOOD PRODUCTS.--Corn leads in importance among the -secondary food products. In 1918 there were 1,035,067 acres grown to -corn producing 11,269,258 bushels valued at $10,686,061. The other -food crops worth mentioning under this heading are sweet potatoes, -cassava, sesame, mongoes, peanuts, bananas, mangoes, citrus, lanzones, -and a great number of tropical fruits and vegetables. Including the -edible algae and fungi there are more than 100 species of plants in -the Philippines, either wild or cultivated, that find a place in -the dietary system of the people. So rich is the country in food -producing plants. - - - - -PROSPECTIVE AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIES.--The plants from which the various -other tropical staple products in the world's markets are derived, -such as rubber, coffee, tea, cacao, pepper, cinchona, and cassava are -all known to thrive well in the Philippines, although the growing of -those enumerated is yet of comparatively little importance. Rubber -has the greatest future of these. The great Island of Mindanao, -which is outside the typhoon zone, has been found to be suitable -to the growing of rubber. All the large rubber plantations of the -Philippines are located on Mindanao or the adjacent Island of Basilan. - -During the early years of American occupation, when the acreage -planted to rubber in other countries increased by leaps and bounds, -the erroneous impression somehow gained ground that the Philippines -were unsuited to rubber. And it is not very many years ago that a -planter was able to demonstrate beyond doubt that rubber could be -grown in the Islands successfully. The company he heads now has some -80,000 rubber trees planted. The success of its operations has induced -others to plant rubber, and while the Philippine output of rubber is -still insignificant, it may be said that the rubber industry has come -to stay. - - - - -IRRIGATION.--Irrigation has been practiced in the Philippines in some -form for centuries, for, in general, it may be said that the certainty -of a rice harvest depends upon irrigation to supplement the natural -rainfall. When the rainfall is copious and well distributed during the -rice growing season, there is little demand for artificial irrigation -but in the event of a drought or irregular rainfall irrigation -has to be used to insure a normal rice crop. With irrigation it is -also possible to grow two crops of rice a year, whereas without it -the planting of one is often hazardous. Prior to 1908 very little -attention was given to the development of irrigation systems so that -the only irrigation works constructed were by private and communal -enterprise. These old systems are found in different parts of the -Islands, the most notable being the extensive systems with permanent -dams, tunnels, and ditches constructed by the friars and the remarkable -side hill terraces built by the mountain people in the subprovince -of Ifugao. - -Studies of irrigation possibilities have now advanced sufficiently to -warrant the Bureau of Public Works recommending a ten-year program for -the construction of 40 irrigation systems in 20 of the principal rice -producing provinces to water an area of approximately 750,000 acres. It -is estimated that these 40 systems will cost about $25,000,000. With -these systems completed and operating, there will be no further need -of importing rice from other countries. - - - - -[Rural Credit] - -RURAL CREDIT ASSOCIATIONS.--The Rural Credit Law has removed -the restriction in the Corporation Law requiring P200,000 paid-in -capital before a bank may be started. Under the new law, associations -may incorporate with a paid-in capital as low as P100 or as high as -P10,000. The Government does not furnish any financial help except that -the organizing staff is paid and maintained by it. To give security -to small investors the bonded municipal treasurer acts as treasurer -ex-officio of the association and Government auditors audit its books. - -The purpose of the Rural Credit Law is to encourage small farmers to -cooeperate and furnish their own capital. Only one association may be -incorporated in a municipality to avoid rivalry and factions. - -On October 19, 1916, the first rural credit association was -incorporated, and after practically six years, there are now 544 -incorporated associations with a paid-in capital of P807,178. - - - NUMBER OF RURAL CREDIT ASSOCIATIONS AND AVERAGE NUMBER OF STOCKHOLDERS, - AMOUNT OF CAPITAL STOCK PAID UP, AND LOANS MADE IN 1923, BY PROVINCES - AND SUBPROVINCES - -Province and Number of Number of Capital Loans -subprovince associations stockholders paid up - - Pesos Pesos - -Abra 11 908 5,766 17,749.72 -Agusan 3 222 4,185 4,595.00 -Albay 14 1,916 15,188 52,703.05 -Antique 12 2,095 35,596 95,237.75 -Bataan 8 1,425 20,972 52,535.85 -Batangas 15 2,180 31,428 112,678.59 -Bohol 34 7,208 6,175 138,243.37 -Bulacan 22 2,195 30,824 75,292.80 -Cagayan 14 1,355 14,404 41,618.50 -Camarines Norte 4 302 4,000 3,903.00 -Camarines Sur 20 2,311 27,628 101,468.92 -Capiz 24 2,362 34,882 125,913.76 -Cavite 17 1,924 28,856 108,447.54 -Cebu 14 1,188 20,637 68,348.34 -Cotabato 1 141 2,372 2,975.00 -Davao 5 527 9,005 9,520.50 -Ilocos Norte 16 4,569 18,952 57,974.10 -Ilocos Sur 20 3,101 19,726 50,654.86 -Iloilo 30 5,076 68,209 199,912.19 -Isabela 8 698 7,611 18,093.00 -Laguna 20 1,815 21,501 62,233.64 -Lanao 1 125 1,984 2,788.96 -La Union 14 2,774 21,382 62,891.56 -Leyte 10 937 6,711 19,306.70 -Masbate 2 98 2,491 2,580.00 -Misamis 14 1,415 18,455 26,744.79 -Nueva Ecija 19 1,698 30,209 98,095.31 -Nueva Vizcaya 6 703 5,189 12,737.76 -Oriental Negros 4 269 3,690 7,878.50 -Occidental Negros 4 384 11,378 23,295.50 -Palawan 2 154 3,544 7,710.00 -Pampanga 20 1,826 42,675 117,602.50 -Pangasinan 41 9,464 77,146 186,512.29 -Rizal 15 1,950 25,700 69,022.50 -Romblon 6 544 6,690 10,039.00 -Samar 12 1,104 13,759 47,620.35 -Sorsogon 9 737 7,724 24,956.10 -Surigao 5 386 5,655 15,824.00 -Tarlac 15 2,761 39,844 131,155.60 -Tayabas 19 2,023 41,898 86,637.99 -Zambales 13 2,095 13,028 47,327.59 -Zamboanga 1 149 1,114 850.00 - --- ------ ------- ------------ - Total 544 75,114 807,178 2,401,676.46 - - - - -FOREST RESOURCES - -[Area] - -The forests of the Philippines cover about 18,706,093 hectares, or -72,224 square miles, which is about 63.1 per cent of the total area of -the Archipelago. Of these number, 16,609,108 hectares or 64,127 square -miles, 88.6 per cent of the entire forest area are of a commercial -character. In addition, there are estimated to be about 2,096,985 -hectares, or 8,096 square miles of second growth forests which will -yield large quantities of fine wood and small size timber. It is -said that taken together, the virgin and second growth forests in the -Islands cover an area about equal to the area of the State of Nebraska. - - -[Ownership] - -More than 99 per cent of the timber belongs to the Philippine -government and is under the administrative control of the Bureau -of Forestry. Less than 1 per cent is held under title of private -ownership. - - -[Volume of Timber Resource] - -The volume of this timber resource of the Philippines is -192,000,000,000 board feet or 777,000,000 cubic meters. Most of -the timber belong to the dipterocarp family. The largest reach -about 200 feet in height and some specimens have a diameter of 7 -feet. The well-known woods of this family are tanguile, red lauan, -almon, apitong, guijo, and yakal. These woods have found favorable -acceptance in the markets of China and the United States. - -Next to the dipterocarp family is the molave family. Among the woods of -this family are aranga, dungon, and molave. There are about 1,036,000 -hectares of this timber with a total volume of 7,680,000,000 board -feet. These woods are appropriate for railway ties and for building -construction purposes. - - -[Timber Output and Export] - -The timber output of the islands was 184,628 cubic meters in 1911; -297,094 cubic meters in 1914; 385,150 cubic meters in 1918 and 630,973 -in 1922. It is said that this output can be trebled, even quadrupled, -without exhausting the supply for several hundred years. - -The export of timber in 1914 was 27,070 cubic meters valued at -P681,272; for 1916, 40,164 cubic meters worth P1,030,276; for 1919, -15,704 cubic meters worth P791,823 and for 1922, 43,008 cubic meters -worth P1,656,812. - -The lumber industry in the islands offers many advantages. The -government charges are nominal, ranging from P2.00 to P10.00 per -1,000 board feet according to class. Logging and sawmill equipment -and machinery enter free of duty if imported from the United States -and only 15 per cent duty, if bought from other countries. For fuel, -sawmill waste can be utilized. Water power is available from streams -in a number of places. - - -[Obtaining a Tract of Timber] - -The public forests of the Philippines are not sold, but are developed -under a license system. Small operators usually work under ordinary -yearly licenses for definite small areas. Exclusive licenses, or -concessions as they are popularly called, are generally in the form -of a twenty-year exclusive license to cut and extract timber and -other forest products from a specified tract. The land itself is in -no way affected by such a license. Only the timber and minor forest -products are included. - - -[Sawmills] - -At present there are about 50 sawmills of all sizes and descriptions -operating in the Islands. About 12 of these can be compared to the -average modern sawmills in the United States. The largest sawmills -are located on timber concessions, while the others are operated under -short-term licenses. The total cut of the sawmills of the Philippine -Islands is about 100 to 130 million board feet per year. - - - - -MINOR FOREST PRODUCTS.--This term includes all products of the forest -except timber or lumber. Many of the minor forest products of the -Philippines are at present almost unknown in the world's markets and -are largely confined to local use. - -The most important are nipa, sugar, and alcohol; rattan, used in -making furniture; Manila copal or almaciga, used in making high -grade varnish; lumbang, a nut-producing high grade oil for varnish; -dye-woods and barks; guttapercha and rubber; paper pulp; fibers -suitable for making baskets, hats, mats, ropes, etc.; soap barks; -pili nuts, declared by many as superior even to almonds; wax; and -different kinds of medicinal plants. - - - - -MINERALS - -The Islands are rich in mineral products, and it should not be long -before the working of minerals should constitute one of its basic -industries. The most important minerals are gold, silver, lead, -zinc, copper, iron, coal, petroleum, sulphur, asphalt, asbestos, -manganese, guano, mineral waters, gas, cement, and many others of -minor importance. - - -Gold.--There are a number of successful gold mines in the islands -today. One of them is the Colorado mine in Masbate which produces -P2,000 worth of gold a day at a cost of P1,000. Other successful mines -are those of Paracale, Ambos Camarines; Baguio, Mountain Province; -and Aroroy, Masbate. There are large areas of placer ground in Nueva -Ecija, Mindanao, and Misamis. - -According to an estimate of the Bureau of Science, there are in all -800 to 1,000 square kilometers of placer grounds in the Philippines -still undeveloped. The production of gold in 1916 was 2,265,789 fine -grams, worth P3,011,755; in 1918 the production was 1,937,941 fine -grams valued P2,575,970. - - -Silver.--Silver is found alloyed with the gold in all of the gold -deposits in the ratio of 1 to 4. No attempt has as yet been made -to develop the silver mines of the islands. There is no doubt, -however, that the silver deposits can be advantageously developed -on a commercial basis because the supply of silver in the world is -declining and because the neighboring countries, such as China and -Japan, are on the silver standard basis. - - -Iron.--Valuable deposits of high grade iron ores are found in the -eastern and southeastern cordilleras of Luzon. Extensive deposits are -available in Bulacan, Rizal, Camarines, and Surigao. The Surigao field -has a total area of 100 square kilometers with an average depth of -3 meters. The total estimated iron-ore deposit is about 500,000,000 -tons. This region is accessible from the coast. The Bulacan deposit -contains approximately 1,200,000 tons of ore. No survey has been -made of other fields, but it is estimated that at least another -500,000,000 tons of ore are dormant in them. If properly developed, -these deposits would yield sufficient ore to meet the local needs for -iron and steel products, perhaps with a surplus for exportation. As -a result of the economic development of the country, the importation -of iron and steel and their manufactures has shown an annual tendency -to increase, as may be seen from the following figures: - - - IMPORTATION OF IRON AND STEEL - AND MANUFACTURES THEREOF - - Year - - 1910 P11,118,916 - 1913 17,227,808 - 1918 24,507,970 - 1919 44,735,174 - 1920 43,759,204 - 1921 43,529,079 - 1922 15,208,761 - - -The demand for iron and steel goods in the Philippines is bound -to remain on the ascendant with the daily increase in the use -of structural iron and steel for Government buildings as well as -for private structures. Here again is another vast field awaiting -exploitation by enterprising men and capital. - - -Manganese.--Manganese deposits are found in Ilocos Norte, Pangasinan, -Bulacan, Tarlac, Masbate, and Benguet. Little, if anything, seems to -have been done in the way of developing them. This mineral product -is of great industrial value and has a sure demand on the world's -market. The United States in 1914 imported 288,306 tons of this -product, and in 1917, 656,088 tons, valued at P21,000,000. - - -Coal.--No other mineral deposits are as widely scattered in almost -every island of the Archipelago as coal. Extensive deposits which -would warrant investments of capital are found in Cebu, Polillo, -Mindanao, Masbate, and Mindoro. According to estimates made by the -Bureau of Science the probable minimum tonnage of the different grades -of coal found in this country is about 68,000,000 metric tons. Tests -made by the same bureau show the following figures on the comparative -calorific value of imported and local coal: - - - CALORIFIC VALUES OF VARIOUS COALS - - Source of sample Calories - - Australia 6,614-6,987 - Japan 6,691-7,127 - Borneo 6,664 - Philippines: - Bataan 4,753 - Uling, Cebu 6,733 - Polillo 5,925 - Negros 4,402 - Zamboanga 6,427 - Laguna 4,510 - Butong 7,779 - - -At present only the Cebu coal fields are extensively developed. The -latest data on coal production in the Philippines are 5,407 metric tons -for 1917; about 20,000 metric tons for 1918; 40,011 for 1921 and 36,939 -for 1922. [1] The importations from 1908 to 1922 were as follows: - - - IMPORTATIONS OF COAL INTO THE - PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1908-1922 - - Year Quantity Value - Metric ton Pesos - - 1908 504,244 2,884,764 - 1914 597,131 3,499,490 - 1919 400,537 7,781,307 - 1920 540,056 10,792,077 - 1921 461,889 6,987,004 - 1922 461,478 5,009,362 - - - - -OTHER INDUSTRIES - - -Fishing.--Philippine waters abound in food fishes of all -kinds. However, the amount of fish caught is not even enough to meet -the local demand. Fishing is mostly done in shallow water, the methods -employed not being adequate for deep-sea fishing. There is great need -for modern equipment for purposes of deep-sea fishing. The islands -are still a heavy importer of fish products. The City of Manila alone -consumes P4,000,000 worth of fresh fish a year. - -There are various sea products of the islands, which can be profitably -exploited, such as oysters and other shell fish. Raw materials for -canning purposes are available. Oil and tomatoes could easily be -procured that possess good preserving qualities. - - -Alcohol.--For the manufacture of alcohol the Philippines offer an -abundant supply of raw materials. There is the nipa sap from nipa -palms which are found in extensive groves in water swamps. There is -the discarded molasses from the sugar mills amounting annually to -7,000,000 gallons. There are fruits, especially bananas, which could -be grown in unlimited quantities and manufactured into alcohol. To -these, may be added wood-waste and sawdust from the lumber mills. - - -Cordage.--The manufacture of cordage is another profitable Philippine -industry with the promise of a constant world demand. The islands -have all the natural advantages for the extensive development of -the industry. Abaca, sisal, and maguey affording strong fibers can -be grown in abundance. At present the islands are an exporter of -cordage. In 1915, 454,621 kilograms were exported; in 1918 the export -rose to 2,209,064 kilograms valued at P1,733,968, in 1921 the export -2,631,953 kilos valued at P1,099,378. Most of this was exported to -British East Indies, Hongkong and the United States. - - -Paper and paper pulp.--The industry which for some time has interested -the Government and private individuals, and for the development of -which nothing substantial so far has been accomplished, is the paper -and paper pulp industry. There is at present a large demand for -paper pulp in America, Europe, and Japan. According to authorities -on the subject, the spruce wood, which forms at least two-thirds of -all the woods converted into pulp, is being exhausted. Very recently -newspapers in the United States gave accounts of plans to develop the -forest resources of Alaska to supply paper pulp for the production of -paper. The world's annual paper production is about 8,000,000 tons, -and it is estimated that for every ten years there is an increase in -demand amounting to 25 per cent. - -The Bureau of Science has made an exhaustive study of raw materials -available in the Philippines for the manufacture of paper pulp. The -investigation shows that there is an abundant supply of raw materials -for the manufacture of paper. Among these are bamboo (cana bojo -variety), cogon grass, and abaca waste. These materials contain all -the elements for the manufacture of an excellent pulp product. The -supply of bamboo and cogon grass is almost unlimited thruout the -Islands. Bamboo fiber is eminently fitted for the manufacture of pulp -used for the making of book papers and for certain grades of writing -and lithographic materials. - - -Cattle raising.--There are extensive grass lands suitable for cattle -raising in the islands. Seventy five per cent of the country is a -rolling expanse of upland territory to the foot-hills with an elevation -of 4,500 feet. Aside from forest areas, there are extensive pasture -lands such as the grass-covered hills of Nueva Vizcaya, the Mountain -Province, and the green plateaus of Bukidnon in Mindanao. There are -now cattle raising projects in those places but there is plenty of -room left elsewhere. - -Embroidery.--Hand embroidery in the Philippine Islands has been known -for over four centuries, having been introduced by Spanish, French, -and Belgian nuns, who taught this artcraft to the Filipino women -in their convents where exquisitely fine work was done, mainly for -Church altars and tapestries used for decorations. - -At the present time there are scattered over the Islands, but chiefly -in central Luzon, thousands of men, women and children engaged in -this enterprise, which is a means of adding to their income, but is -not considered the mainstay of their livelihood, as they work only -when they prefer to and not of necessity. - -France and Belgium, where the embroidery industry was crippled by -the war, are coming back into the field, but it is a question whether -they will ever again be able to compete with the Philippine Islands -in the quality and price of goods. The Filipinos also excel in fine -art work done on pina (pineapple fabric) and silk. - -In the Philippines, embroidery is a part of the curriculum of all the -schools, so that every girl student learns how to embroider from an -early age. - -The demand for Philippine embroideries greatly exceeds the supply. At -present the greatest demand is for ladies' underwear, but there is also -a tremendous demand for infants' and children's underwear and fine -frocks. The making of children's dresses, especially in the larger -sizes, is probably the most complicated of all handmade merchandise, -not only in the fine embroidery stitchery but also in the cutting -and sewing. This class of workmanship is finding favor by leaps and -bounds in the United States. - - -[Embroidery Factories] - -There are about forty embroidery factories in Manila, the entire output -of which is practically absorbed by the United States. Recently new -markets have opened up, notably India, Australia, and China, where -the dainty work of the Filipino women has been much admired. - -The following figures show the growth of the embroidery industry of -the Philippines during the years indicated: - - - Year Values of exports - - 1913 P352,338 - 1914 324,912 - 1915 735,303 - 1916 2,328,024 - 1917 3,929,318 - 1918 4,319,501 - 1919 6,913,004 - 1920 15,623,567 - 1921 10,696,207 - 1922 6,514,597 - - -Perfumes.--The Orient, since the most ancient times, has been famous -for perfumes, and in this regard the Philippines are not behind from -other oriental countries. Over two scores of aromatic oils from -plants have been studied by the Bureau of Science and found to be -available for perfumery and medicine; and, as exploration progresses, -undoubtedly others will become better known. - - -Ilang-ilang.--At least one Philippine essential oil, namely -ilang-ilang, has enjoyed a world-wide fame among perfumes for several -years. Although the oil is extracted also from the flowers of the -same tree in other oriental countries, the Philippine product always -has brought and still does bring the highest prices in the perfume -trade in Europe. - - -Patchouli oil.--Another oil that has been known in the Orient for -thousands of years and in Europe for centuries is patchouli oil. This, -while of no commercial importance in the Philippines at present, -has a peculiar interest to the botanist, for while the plant is -cultivated in many parts of the Orient in considerable quantities, -there is no record of its flowering except in the Philippines. - - -Rattan.--The thirty odd kinds of rattans, and the climbing members -of the palm family, furnish strips and reeds for the manufacture of -furniture. Considerable exports in rattan were made during the war; -and, should the rattan be prepared and graded in a manner similar -to what is being done in Singapore, this item of export alone would -not only be increased, but much higher prices would be received for -the product. Rattan strips are used in enormous quantities all over -the Islands as tying material for houses, bridges, wharfs, boats, -fish weirs, and so forth, besides being almost the only material -used for tying bales of Manila hemp, tobacco, sugar bags, and similar -commercial packages. - - -Shoes.--The shoe industry in the Philippines is in its infant -stage. The exportation during 1919 was only 2,368 pairs of leather -shoes and 674 pairs of canvas shoes, worth P20,695 and P2,351, -respectively. Shoes, however, that left the Islands through the -military, probably worth more than the amount given, are not -included. On the other hand over P5,000,000 worth of shoes of all -kinds were imported in 1919. - -There are two factories in the City of Manila manufacturing shoes by -machinery. Filipino laborers are employed and have proved competent to -undertake all phases of the manufacture of shoes. These factories are -making shoes that compare very favorably with the better-grade shoes -made in the United States, using only the best imported leathers and -other necessary materials from the United States. The two factories -have a capacity of about one thousand pairs of shoes per day. - -Besides the two factories mentioned, there is also a considerable -quantity of shoes manufactured in small shops throughout the City of -Manila and the provinces that make their shoes entirely by hand and -use a great deal of material produced in the Philippines, especially -sole leather and portions of the upper leathers. These small shops -turn out products of good quality and make most of their shoes on -individual orders. - - -Hats.--The making of Philippine hats is almost a household -industry. Hats manufactured here are as durable and as beautiful as -those produced in Panama. Philippine buntal, buri, hemp, and bamboo -hats make attractive and comfortable wear. The towns of Baliuag, -Bulacan, and Lucban, Tayabas, have become famous for the excellent -hats they produce. - -The hat industry in the Philippines, although exploited only to a -small extent, made it possible for the Islands to record exportation -on this product in 1919 amounting to 1,470,026 pesos as compared with -only 753,942 pesos worth of hats imported for the same year. - -Of the 1,470,026 pesos' worth of hats sent out of the Islands in -1919, 1,280,968 pesos' worth went to the United States. With the -increasing popularity which Philippine hats enjoy in the American -market, hat exportation to the United States is expected to reach -greater proportions. China, with its hundreds of millions of souls, -many of whom have already begun to wear hats, is also a big potential -market for this Philippine product. - -There is one large hat factory in the Philippines which manufactures -straw hats, wool hats, and also umbrellas. Its actual annual production -reaches half a million straw hats and half a million woolen hats. - - -Matches.--There is one match factory in the Philippines which -supplies a portion of the local need, averaging 70,000 to 80,000 -tins annually. One tin contains 1,440 small boxes. This factory has -been in operation since eighteen years ago. The Philippines imported -last year matches worth 949,205 pesos, while its exports of the same -product were only 33,207 pesos. - - -Pearls.--Pearls abound in Philippine waters, especially in the -neighborhood of Mindanao and Sulu. The Japanese go as far as Sulu to -fish for pearls. Merchants from Paris and London come to the Islands -to get their supply of pearls. - -Until 1910 the pearl industry of the Philippines was totally in -the hands of Moros and Chinese in Mindanao, who sent their pearls -directly to Singapore for sale. After that year jewelry houses in -England and France sent their representatives here to purchase pearls, -and since then large quantities have been shipped directly to those -countries. At present not even one per cent of the pearls fished in -Philippine waters remains in the Islands. The rest are shipped out of -the country to be manufactured into beautiful jewels, which are sent -back to the Islands to be sold at high prices. In 1919 the Islands -exported raw pearls valued at 152,543 pesos, while the manufacture -pearls that were imported were worth 155,150 pesos. - - -Buttons.--The raw materials used for the manufacture of shell buttons -are trocha, pearl shell, green snail, and the chambered-nautilus. The -Islands have an abundant supply of these shells. They are found in the -waters of Jolo and also in the vicinity of Sitanki, and the regions -farther north, such as the Tanon Strait and along the coasts of most -of the Visayan Islands; some are found along the coasts of Pangasinan -and Ambos Camarines. - -In 1918 the United States alone imported 2,500,000 pesos' worth of -buttons; the Philippine exports of this product showed only 251,144 -gross in quantity, valued at 231,811 pesos; while the Islands imported -buttons worth 119,787 pesos. Japan is supplying one-half of the button -importation of America. In 1922, imports were valued at P216,086. - -There are two button factories in the Philippines. These two companies -use only a very small portion of the suitable material that could be -obtained. The annual supply of shells which the Philippines produces -is 1,000,000 kilograms. The two local factories use less than 300,000 -kilograms a year. This limited local demand for shell and the better -prices offered abroad result in the Philippine supply of shells being -exported to other lands. - -It is estimated that a small button factory, destined only for the -local trade and capable of producing fifty gross of buttons daily, -would require an investment of about 20,000 pesos, exclusive of the -cost of buildings. - - - - -PUBLIC LANDS - -There are approximately 73,214,742 acres of public land in the -Philippine Islands. - -Of this area 41,029,900 acres are considered suitable for agriculture, -while the total area applied for as homesteads, lease, and sale -concession amounts to only 3,159,712 acres. There are still 37,870,188 -acres of agricultural domain that have not yet been appropriated. - -In the Province of Cotabato alone on the great Island of Mindanao, -there are still 3,578,169 acres of agricultural public land not -yet occupied nor applied for, and in the Province of Samar, one of -the Visayan group, 2,524,388 acres. In the Island of Mindanao and -the Sulu Archipelago may also be found some of the most suitable -agricultural lands for growing rubber, hemp, coconut, rice, tobacco, -and other staple products, which are available to the farmers at -practically no expense. The various modes of acquiring public land -are explained below. - - -Homestead.--Any citizen of the Philippine Islands or of the United -States, over the age of 18 years, or the head of a family, who does not -own more than 59 acres of land in the Philippines may enter a homestead -of not exceeding 59 acres of agricultural land of the public domain. - -Upon the filing of an application and approval thereof by the Director -of Lands, possession may be taken of the land applied for upon payment -of $5 as entry fee. - -The certificate or patent is issued after the land has been improved -and cultivated. The period granted by law to homesteaders for the -improvement and cultivation of their claims is from two to five years -from and after the date of the approval of the application. After an -applicant has complied with all the requirements of the law and the -regulations promulgated in accordance therewith, he will be entitled -to a patent upon payment of an additional amount of $5, thus making -the total homestead fee $10; and small as this amount is, the law -gives the homesteader the option to pay for it in annual installments. - - -Sale of public land.--Any citizen of lawful age of the Philippine -Islands or of the United States, and any corporation or association of -which at least 61 per centum of the capital stock or of any interest in -said capital stock belongs wholly to citizens of the Philippine Islands -or of the United States may purchase any tract of public agricultural -land of not to exceed 247 acres in the case of an individual and 2,530 -acres in that of a corporation or association. Citizens of countries -the laws of which grant to citizens of the Philippine Islands the -same right to acquire public land as to their own citizens, may, -while such laws are in force, but not thereafter, with the express -authorization of the Legislature, purchase any parcel of agricultural -land, not in excess of 247 acres. - -Lands sold in this way must first be appraised by the Director of Lands -with the approval of the Secretary of Agriculture and Natural Resources -and then sold at public auction. An individual may purchase as much -as 247 acres of land and a corporation 2,530 acres and, in addition, -lease 2,530 acres. - - -Lease of public lands.--Another manner of occupying public land -is by leasing it. The same conditions required for citizenship of -individuals and corporations for the purchase of public lands are -laid down regarding leasing public lands, the only exception being -that an individual may lease as much as 2,530 acres whereas under -the law he may purchase only 247 acres. - -The annual rental of lease must be at least equal to three per cent of -the appraised valuation of the land, which is subject to reappraisal -every 10 years from the date of the approval of the contract. Lease -contracts run for 25 years but may be renewed for another period of -not to exceed 25 years. In case the lessee shall have made important -improvements which, in the discretion of the Secretary of Agriculture -and Natural Resources, justify a renewal of the lease, a further -renewal for an additional period not to exceed 25 years may be granted. - - -Friar lands.--The Philippine Government has another kind of land -holdings commonly called "Friar Lands." These were formerly estates -belonging to the religious corporation which were acquired by the -Government for $7,239,784.16. - -Any person of legal age may purchase not to exceed 39 acres of the -"Friar Lands" estate. A corporation duly registered in the Philippine -Islands may purchase as much as 2,530 acres. - -Payment for the land may be made in full at the time of the purchase -or in annual installments. If purchased on the installment plan the -purchaser is allowed 12 years in which to pay the purchase price, -beginning January first of the year following the purchase, plus -interest of four per cent per annum on the unpaid balance. - -After the purchaser has paid for the land applied for by him in full -a deed is issued in his favor. - - - - - - - - - -XI. THE TRADE OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS - - -[Background] - -The Philippines are practically alone among tropical countries in -having, through a fortunate chain of historical circumstances, a -population advanced in civilization and able to become a part of the -complicated organization which modern commerce demands. The business -machinery of collecting the products from the plantations and getting -them to Manila has long been in the hands of Filipinos and in this -they are rarely assisted financially by Americans or foreigners. In -connection with man power, however, there is a problem very difficult -to solve--the scarcity of manual labor--the population of the Islands -being insufficient to till their fertile acres and get their products -ready for commerce. Probably only time can remedy this. - -The stability of the Government of the Islands during a time of -growing Filipino participation is a proof to the world that when -the time comes for the government to be entirely in the hands of -the Island's inhabitants, both as to internal and external affairs, -foreign commerce need not fear for loss of credit or trade, due to -any of the great political upheavals which have been so common in -other countries which were once colonies but are now independent. - - -[Trade Routes] - -ECONOMIC POSITION.--Lying within thirty-six hours' sailing from the -port of Hongkong, the Philippine Archipelago bears promise of being -an important distributing center for goods destined for the markets -of the Far East. The ports and harbors have exceptional advantages of -anchorage, and port facilities are easily obtained. The islands are -close to the main trade route between America and Europe, via the -Pacific. They are also close to the route from the extreme Orient -to Europe and to the route from the ports of southern Asia to the -two Americas. Furthermore, they lie on one of the most promising -trade routes between Australia and Asia. Manila, however, is in -competition with such ports as Hongkong, Singapore, Saigon, and -Batavia, which are in most respects better situated especially for -European trade. As regards American bound traffic, however, Manila has -the advantage. Feeder lines are actually operated from Singapore to -Manila and Zamboanga, and from Batavia to the ports of Mindanao. For -goods coming from the United States for the east, direct sailings are -conveniently made from the Pacific coast of Canada to the ports of -the Philippine Islands, where transhipments can be made for any of -the ports of Asia, Japan, India, Singapore, the Dutch East Indies, -and even Australasia. - - -[Filipino capital] - -The port of Manila has now a marine terminal that can compare favorably -with any in the Orient. There are three piers provided with modern -conveniences, and there is a good-sized basin inclosed with strong -breakwater. If the development of the Philippine resources, however, -should in the future proceed as rapidly as the development during -the last decade, and if shipping opportunities generally in the -East are taken advantage of, there will be need for a still larger -marine terminal and for efficient ship-repairing and dry-docking -facilities. But there will always be available sites on Manila Bay. - -To emphasize the importance of Manila as a trade center, attention is -drawn to the chart of page 146 where a circle, drawn with Manila as a -center and having a radius of 1,700 miles, will comprise within its -circumference no less than 20 cities of equal importance and would -reach a population of no less than 125,740,711, while a radius of -3,500 miles would make the circumference of the circle reach into the -interior of Siberia and China to the north, all of India and Colombo -to the west, and about two-thirds of Australia to the South. - - -[Filipino capital] - -THE PERSONNEL OF PHILIPPINE COMMERCE.--Before the coming of -the Spaniards, the Filipino people were known traders, their -interisland life leading naturally to a use of the sea as a means of -communication. During the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries trade was -controlled by the Spanish residents. The result of limited Filipino -participation was a disinclination, through lack of knowledge and -practice, to engage in trade, and it is only within the last few years -that Filipino business men have been an appreciable factor. Dozens -of enterprising and well-educated young men are now venturing into -business. Filipino capital has hitherto been invested in great -estates; the millionaires of the Islands with few exceptions have -obtained their incomes from rentals and produce. All that is rapidly -changing; oil companies, shipping firms, and importing houses are -now financed by Filipino capital and managed by Filipino brains; -but Filipino participation in the trade of their country has not yet -assumed commanding proportions. - - -[Foreigners] - -The people of all the great trading nations have established houses -in Manila and have a vital part of the Islands' commerce, transacting -a considerably greater proportion of the foreign trade. Of these, -Americans are, of course, the most numerous, having as a basis the -political bond between the two countries. A large part of these -are ex-Government employees, who saw the opportunities for business -development during their terms of service in the Insular Government. - -The British probably occupy second place, though the Spaniards and -their descendants in the Islands are important factors, their houses -handling every branch of import and export trade. The British firms -are for the most part long established, and their trade has the strong -aspect characteristic of British trade the world over. They specialize -in the export of the staples hemp, sugar, and tobacco. The French and -Swiss have houses, which were here prior to American occupation. The -Japanese are a new element; they have of late been invading every -branch of commerce, with increasing momentum. Millions of Japanese -capital are being invested in the basic industries of the Islands, -and each month sees the incorporation of new companies. The post-war -depression, however, has reduced their number and commercial activities -very materially. - - -AMERICA'S MONOPOLY IN PHILIPPINE TRADE.--The old saying that "trade -follows the flag" has held true in the Islands. At the time of the -American occupation a very small portion of the Islands' commerce was -with the United States; now it is about two-thirds, seven times that -of any other country. - -In the beginning, the growth was slow, and what growth there -was, was due to the increasing American civil population. The few -American houses were young and struggling with inexperience and lack -of capital. The older foreign houses, with their branches in the -provincial centers and established clientele, had a very strong hold -on import trade. - - -[Effect of Free Trade] - -In 1909 a tariff law providing for reciprocal free trade between the -United States and the Islands was passed, with a few limitations which -were removed in 1913. Immediately following the passage of this law -American goods sprang to the fore and trade increased threefold from -1909 to 1912, $24,000,000 worth having been imported in that year. - - - - -MEDIUMS OF TRADE.--Generally speaking, there are three methods by -which goods coming from foreign countries are brought to consumers -in the Archipelago. - -Some manufacturers establish branches throughout the Islands and -sell only their particular line. For others having a smaller volume -of trade various commission and indent houses stand ready to handle -their goods together with other lines. Still other manufacturers -having a large volume of business in the Islands transact business -thru a branch or agent direct without any intermediary. - - - - -TRADE WITH OTHER COUNTRIES.--The following table shows the volume -of trade between the Philippines and the other countries of the -world for the years 1917 to 1922: - - -Countries 1922 1921 1920 1919 1918 1917 - Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos - -United States 223,699,852 248,973,616 395,012,081 264,288,213 295,932,059 201,710,012 - Hawaii 1,199,666 2,404,761 4,310,625 4,584,195 958,872 968,859 - Porto Rico 159 - Guam 279,929 344,211 223,304 198,134 522,822 208,494 -United Kingdom 16,788,965 17,892,548 34,559,572 37,111,249 44,492,810 26,532,640 -Austria-Hungary 298,425 353,670 23,305 391 1,633 2,063 -Belgium 1,187,310 719,089 812,910 915,390 474 43,606 -Denmark 49,800 86,745 103,098 36,667 40,810 87,417 -France 4,519,468 7,812,258 5,828,482 11,423,798 4,097,446 4,506,617 -Germany 7,934,643 7,429,125 2,787,824 733,882 65,215 321,879 -Italy 984,018 469,804 663,707 337,104 378,305 427,312 -Netherlands 5,670,345 10,859,875 7,292,425 17,213,031 90,927 176,910 -Spain 7,467,255 9,548,425 12,878,951 9,728,135 7,860,335 4,881,013 -Norway 124,795 39,105 10,539 37,610 15,475 29,858 -Switzerland 1,510,333 1,875,403 1,890,888 1,347,920 1,215,741 1,120,127 -Canada 2,320,070 1,236,079 2,007,190 481,439 1,400,341 1,119,188 -China 17,786,205 24,054,116 25,915,481 21,884,855 19,652,486 12,839,167 -Japanese-China 748,000 317,378 90,597 435,731 221,431 339,971 -British East Indies 4,558,247 5,373,683 9,645,447 7,592,592 7,031,771 4,339,107 -Dutch East Indies 5,569,494 5,813,437 5,524,312 8,242,028 2,662,846 2,490,819 -French East Indies 6,191,832 6,516,898 10,226,884 10,456,432 16,560,839 11,309,048 -Hongkong 5,664,825 10,146,269 14,960,216 14,882,990 10,129,983 11,154,093 -Japan 28,964,902 35,094,966 47,064,272 37,285,086 42,144,920 31,088,379 -Siam 466,336 4,196,598 8,733,450 2,637,467 2,439,348 753,449 -Australasia 7,105,550 5,835,955 10,199,782 10,668,854 8,873,767 5,977,807 -British Africa 50,936 72,990 145,457 402,018 161,063 -French-Africa 35,975 -All other countries 348,663 249,812 845,106 384,283 213,776 - ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- - Totals 351,561,885 407,907,793 601,124,276 463,513,756 467,587,387 322,802,674 - - -The values of imports and exports and the trade balance for each year, -from 1913 to 1922, follow: - - - VALUES OF IMPORTS AND EXPORTS, AND TOTAL VOLUME OF TRADE, SHOWING - BALANCE FOR EACH YEAR, FROM 1913 TO 1922 - --------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------------------ - | | | | Balance of trade - | | | +------------+----------- - Year | Imports | Exports | Total trade |In favor of | Against - | | | | Islands | Islands --------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------+----------- - | Pesos | Pesos | Pesos | Pesos | Pesos - 1913 | 106,625,572 | 95,545,912 | 202,171,484 |----------- | 11,079,660 - 1914 | 97,177,306 | 97,379,268 | 194,556,574 | 201,962 |----------- - 1915 | 98,624,367 | 107,626,008 | 206,250,375 | 9,001,641 |----------- - 1916 | 90,992,675 | 139,874,365 | 230,867,040 | 48,881,690 |----------- - 1917 | 131,594,061 | 191,208,613 | 322,802,674 | 59,614,552 |----------- - 1918 | 197,198,423 | 270,388,964 | 467,587,387 | 73,190,541 |----------- - 1919 | 237,278,104 | 226,235,652 | 463,513,756 |----------- | 11,042,452 - 1920 | 298,876,565 | 302,247,711 | 601,124,276 | 3,371,146 |----------- - 1921 | 231,677,148 | 176,230,645 | 407,907,793 |----------- | 55,446,503 - 1922 | 160,395,289 | 191,166,596 | 351,561,884 | 30,771,307 |----------- --------+-------------+--------------+-------------+------------+----------- - - - - - VALUES OF PRINCIPAL ARTICLES EXPORTED, 1921-1922 - - Articles 1921 1922 - Pesos Pesos - - Beeswax 18,670 3,010 - Breadstuffs: - Rice 49,142 58,164 - All other 4,941 1,919 - Chemicals, drugs, dyes and - medicines: - Sapan wood 5,781 16,859 - All other 2,674 1,670 - Copra 26,146,913 28,206,146 - Copra meal 1,208,930 2,435,290 - Cotton, vegetable fiber and - manufactures of: - Unmanufactured-- - Canton 1,342 61,530 - Hemp (Manila) 25,969,385 39,081,829 - Maguey 1,848,794 2,973,203 - Pacol 9,662 1,489 - Sisal 28,151 52,585 - All other unmanufactured 47,697 133,060 - Manufactures of-- - Cloth 221,944 24,536 - Cordage 918,544 1,099,375 - Crochet 15 5,533 - Embroideries 10,696,207 6,514,597 - Knotted hemp 100,267 904,440 - Laces 30,057 17,082 - All other manufactures 28,998 103,950 - Fish and fish products 175,847 252,912 - Fruits and fruit nuts 239,060 532,632 - Gold and silver manufactures 4,644 3,787 - Gums and resins: - Copal 140,607 127,209 - Elemi 7,689 9,266 - Gutta-percha 13,466 8,460 - Rubber 25,700 ---- - All other ---- 110 - Hats 608,724 950,788 - Hides and skins 16,094 27,435 - Iron and steel, scrap and old 95,692 28,588 - Malt liquors 34,127 28,757 - Matches 15,360 33,207 - Mineral water 300 ---- - Oils: - Coconuts 32,103,036 31,468,971 - Ilang-ilang 57,554 60,606 - Lumbang or candlenut 161 56 - All other 565 220 - Pearls, unset 3,444 15 - Sesame seed 75,499 3,762 - Shells: - Unmanufactured 205,249 286,816 - Manufactures of-- - Pearl buttons 245,905 418,933 - All other 19,141 12,848 - Shoes 12,026 5,190 - Slippers 16,917 10,867 - Soaps 4,860 16,323 - Spirits, distilled 57,895 56,796 - Sponges 2,575 3,121 - Sugar: - Centrifugal 37,175,898 38,628,040 - Raw 13,854,586 11,398,580 - Refined 6,970 1,138,490 - Tobacco: - Leaf 9,522,812 4,546,234 - Cigars 6,454,886 11,602,219 - Cigarettes 87,530 165,880 - Smoking 328,853 674,948 - All other 170,353 350,955 - Vegetables 5,092 3,471 - Wood: - Timber 7,591 10,328 - Lumber 1,567,533 1,656,812 - Rattan and reeds 615 943 - Veneers 75,930 210,222 - Basketware 118,802 76,379 - Furniture 50,265 48,789 - All other 94,978 22,627 - All other domestic exports 722,335 635,919 - Exports of foreign merchandise 4,465,365 3,951,818 - ----------- ----------- - Total 176,230,645 191,166,596 - - - - - VALUES OF PRINCIPAL ARTICLES IMPORTED, 1921-1922 - -Articles 1921 1922 - Pesos Pesos - -Animals: - Carabaos 758,862 65,033 - Other cattle 3,315,863 1,596,156 -Brass, and its manufactures 932,637 454,049 -Breadstuffs: - Rice 6,649,395 4,604,315 - Wheat flour 7,017,174 5,783,194 - Other breadstuffs 1,358,513 1,043,708 -Cars, carriages, other vehicles, and - parts of: - Automobiles and parts of 7,459,214 1,406,965 - Other cars, carriages, etc., and parts 3,345,418 907,856 -Cement 2,005,264 1,587,383 -Chemicals, drugs, dyes and medicines 3,349,384 2,946,324 -Clocks and watches, and parts 508,305 261,504 -Coal 6,987,004 5,009,362 -Cocoa or cacao 797,527 713,839 -Coffee 760,593 880,135 -Copper and manufactures of 794,014 190,170 -Cotton, and its manufactures 37,648,201 47,229,720 - Cotton cloths 25,463,804 34,408,508 - Other manufactures 12,184,397 12,821,212 -Diamonds and other precious stones, unset 517,893 374,109 -Earthen, stone and chinaware 781,366 964,678 -Electrical machinery, apparatus, and - appliances 4,683,060 1,891,967 -Eggs 1,695,605 1,457,923 -Fibers, vegetable, and their manufactures 3,507,000 2,331,324 -Fish and fish products 2,965,912 2,834,949 -Fruits and nuts 2,115,644 1,576,678 -Glass and glassware 1,812,285 869,870 -Gold, platinum and silver, and their - manufactures 378,899 219,618 -Hats and caps and parts of 617,369 647,620 -India rubber, and its manufactures 3,511,910 2,534,399 -Instruments and apparatus: - Not electrical 1,279,204 509,802 - Motion-picture, and films for 574,275 600,948 -Iron and steel, and their manufactures 43,529,079 15,208,761 - Agricultural implements, and parts 700,421 30,572 - Machinery and parts 17,665,808 4,022,834 - All other iron and steel 25,162,850 11,155,355 -Leather, and its manufactures 1,786,461 1,563,939 -Meat and dairy products: - Meat products 6,255,609 4,623,158 - Dairy products 4,325,411 3,924,896 -Musical instruments, and parts 508,349 269,132 -Oils: - Crude 954,463 5,337,775 - Illuminating 9,014,714 3,476,158 - Lubricating and heavy paraffin 3,943,456 655,264 - Naphthas, including all lighter - products of distillation 8,832,227 3,804,003 - All other oils 1,060,068 1,004,899 -Paints, varnishes and pigments 966,845 882,485 -Paper, and its manufactures: - Books and other printed matter 3,013,988 1,407,916 - All other 6,066,029 3,511,832 -Perfumery and toilet preparations 1,530,011 1,026,213 -Photographic equipments and supplies 446,066 350,949 -Plateware, gold and silver 328,300 135,387 -Silk, and its manufactures 3,721,538 3,117,454 -Soap 710,879 718,802 -Spirits, wines and liquors 1,564,629 822,933 -Sugar and molasses 984,538 722,910 -Tobacco, and its manufactures 4,301,769 2,480,322 -Vegetables 2,825,998 2,665,212 -Wax 216,893 350,211 -Wood, and its manufactures 1,731,758 645,116 -Wool, and its manufactures 1,645,701 1,337,484 -All other imports 13,284,579 8,858,480 - ----------- ----------- - Total 231,677,148 160,395,289 - - -Because the products of the Islands are usually exported to the -countries where the imports come from, there have been established -firms which deal in exports and imports of every variety, and have -buying and selling organization both in the Islands and abroad. This -double business, so to speak, besides being very profitable, lends -itself to large scale enterprises and millions of capital have been -brought together under one managing head. - - - - -SHIPPING.--The foreign, as well as the domestic trade of the -Philippines, will always depend on an adequate supply of shipping. As -fast as the agriculture and industries of the Islands develop, the -supply of shipping must correspondingly increase, otherwise, the -commercial development of the Islands will be retarded. Hemp, oil, -and sugar are bulky and the surface they require when exported is -large in proportion to their value. Practically, all Philippine goods -are carried thousands of miles before they reach their destinations, -either to New York or London and the continent--half way around the -world. Because of this, reasonable wages and a regular supply of -surface for cargo in the ships calling at the ports of the Islands -are indispensable. Because of this, also, it is necessary for the -Islands to have a merchant marine of its own in order that products -therefrom can be easily transported to the markets of the world. - - - - -INTERISLAND TRANSPORTATION.--Water transportation is the key to the -interisland trade of the Islands. For hundreds of years before the -coming of the steamboat, the Philippine seas were dotted with small -sailboats of every description, made out of a log, or of rough hewn -planks surmounted by a sail made from abaca cloth. They were manned -by sturdy, courageous voyagers inured to hardships, who dared to go -forth even into strange oceans, through typhoon and tempest. - -The following table shows the entrances and clearances of vessels in -the Philippine Islands by nationalities during 1920-1923: - - - AGGREGATE VALUE OF MERCHANDISE CARRIED BY VESSELS ENGAGED IN - FOREIGN TRADE, BY NATIONALITY - - -------------+---------+----------------------------------------- - | Vessels | 1921 - | entered +-------------+-------------+------------- - Nationality | and | Imports | Exports | Total - of vessels | cleared | | | - -------------+---------+-------------+-------------+------------- - | | Pesos | Pesos | Pesos - Philippine | 170 | 3,379,522 | 484,817 | 3,864,339 - American | 336 | 74,809,502 | 64,206,170 | 139,015,672 - British | 740 | 109,387,341 | 60,335,999 | 169,723,340 - Chinese | 40 | 499,454 | 325,625 | 825,079 - Danish | 3 | ----------- | 1,750 | 1,750 - Dutch | 94 | 6,314,435 | 13,203,844 | 19,517,779 - French | 8 | 482,434 | ----------- | 482,434 - German | ------- | ----------- | ----------- | ----------- - Spanish | 13 | 1,304,940 | 5,011,874 | 6,316,814 - Swedish | 6 | 17 | 1,788,182 | 1,788,199 - Norwegian | 30 | 1,637,253 | ----------- | 1,637,253 - Japanese | 319 | 29,169,887 | 20,746,925 | 49,916,812 - Mail | ------- | 4,692,363 | 10,125,959 | 14,818,322 - +---------+-------------+-------------+------------- - Total | 1,759 | 231,677,148 | 176,230,645 | 407,907,793 - -------------+---------+-------------+-------------+------------- - - -------------+---------+----------------------------------------- - | Vessels | 1922 - | entered +-------------+-------------+------------- - Nationality | and | Imports | Exports | Total - of vessels | cleared | | | - -------------+---------+-------------+-------------+------------- - | | Pesos | Pesos | Pesos - Philippine | 194 | 2,811,668 | 1,344,485 | 4,156,153 - American | 367 | 48,873,151 | 83,313,550 | 132,186,701 - British | 704 | 79,488,095 | 56,090,093 | 135,578,188 - Chinese | 31 | 1,293,429 | 587,691 | 1,881,120 - Danish | 2 | ----------- | ----------- | ----------- - Dutch | 111 | 6,792,919 | 14,244,306 | 21,037,225 - French | 2 | 86,423 | 19,900 | 106,323 - German | 16 | 22,002 | 3,003,029 | 2,025,031 - Spanish | 12 | 1,272,832 | 1,993,246 | 4,266,078 - Swedish | 9 | 41 | 4,031,697 | 4,031,738 - Norwegian | 38 | 296,657 | 2,295,116 | 2,591,773 - Japanese | 315 | 14,809,799 | 17,520,311 | 52,330,110 - Mail | ------- | 4,648,273 | 6,725,172 | 11,371,445 - +---------+-------------+-------------+------------- - Total | 1,801 | 160,395,289 | 191,166,596 | 351,561,885 - -------------+---------+-------------+-------------+------------- - - -Not until the coming of the cargo steamer, however, could the bulky -products of the Islands be gathered together in large quantities and -become an important factor in the world's commercial necessities. Every -portion of the Islands is now covered by steamers, plying regular -routes. - - -[Interisland Lines] - -To the north a route leads to Aparri, the outlet from the fertile -Cagayan Valley, a tobacco country, where thousands of hectares of rich -unoccupied prairies await only the touch of capital. To the southward -are the main channels of trade. Cebu is the metropolis of the Southern -Islands, and to this port come the hemp and copra of all the Visayas, -there to be transferred to Manila. Some ocean liners load direct at -Cebu for the homeward voyage, saving the haul to Manila. Cebu harbor -accommodates vessels of 30-foot draft, which can anchor at the sea -wall, close to the warehouses of the principal commercial houses. From -Iloilo comes the sugar of Negros and Panay. Here, too, is a harbor of -sufficient depth to allow ocean vessels of fair tonnage to load. Ships -of the Spanish lines in particular are accustomed to procure their -cargoes here and omit Manila. Commercial routes encircle Mindanao, -drawing from it copra and hemp, and supplying in return cotton cloth, -canned goods, rice, and other commercial staples. Smaller vessels -ply between the Bicol provinces, Masbate, Leyte, and Manila, carrying -hemp principally. - - -[Control over Rates] - -The steamers of the Philippine Islands are not allowed to charge the -prices "the traffic will bear," without any recourse by shippers. The -Public Utility Commission fixes the maximum rates for all classes of -traffic and for all ports of the Islands. In this way the interests -of the producing and consuming public are protected, and destructive -rate wars between shipper and carrier and among the several companies -are avoided. - -The number and tonnage of vessels engaged in domestic shipping are -as follows: - - - NUMBER AND REGISTERED TONNAGE OF VESSELS ENGAGED IN - DOMESTIC SHIPPING, BY PORTS OF ENTRY, 1918-22 - - [Source: Bureau of Customs] - - MANILA - - Year Entered Cleared - - 1918. 3,782 630,980 3,858 644,831 - 1919. 3,359 709,980 3,474 723,986 - 1920. 3,266 845,227 3,452 975,448 - 1921. 3,210 888,238 3,410 1,090,668 - 1922. 3,570 1,006,556 3,741 1,293,564 - - ILOILO - - 1918. 4,770 357,641 4,755 320,441 - 1919. 5,317 447,272 5,355 456,308 - 1920. 6,830 687,828 6,818 625,746 - 1921. 6,699 755,521 6,708 667,506 - 1922. 6,822 878,074 6,843 806,642 - - CEBU - - 1918. 5,625 357,523 5,645 327,196 - 1919. 5,386 432,007 5,562 437,896 - 1920. 4,947 560,925 5,029 464,791 - 1921. 5,157 634,904 5,170 465,355 - 1922. 5,713 967,494 5,800 656,828 - - ZAMBOANGA - - 1918. 831 158,116 859 165,043 - 1919. 1,161 207,992 1,168 215,233 - 1920. 1,520 231,060 1,533 224,499 - 1921. 1,515 219,732 1,520 242,201 - 1922. 1,272 278,481 1,280 303,311 - - ALL OTHERS - - 1918. 138 31,430 137 30,983 - 1919. 185 49,787 182 47,578 - 1920. 175 36,665 179 36,365 - 1921. 153 42,893 150 42,577 - 1922. 177 50,093 182 50,218 - - TOTAL - - 1918. 15,146 1,535,690 15,254 1,488,494 - 1919. 15,408 1,847,038 15,741 1,881,001 - 1920. 16,738 2,361,705 17,011 2,326,849 - 1921. 16,734 2,541,288 16,958 2,508,307 - 1922. 17,554 3,180,698 17,846 3,110,563 - - - - - - - - - -XII. STRUCTURE OF THE PHILIPPINE GOVERNMENT - - -[Patterned after American system] - -The government of the Philippine Islands as it now exists and -functions resembles in structure the Federal and State governments of -the United States. It is reared on the same fundamental principles of -representative democracy which have made the United States government -the model for other states, so that the Philippine government is -just as much a republican government as that of the United States; -the will of the majority rules. - -The law of public officers as observed in the United States is -in effect in the Philippine Islands. The principle of division of -powers is recognized, and the functions of government are distributed -among three departments, the executive, the legislative, and the -judicial. The principle of checks and balances is likewise observed, -and the legislature and the courts are prohibited from delegating -their powers. The passage of irrepealable laws is forbidden. The -government is immune from suit at the instance of private individuals -except with its consent. - - - - -DEPARTURES FROM AMERICAN STANDARDS.--There have been several -departures, however, from the American standard of government that have -been made by the Filipinos. For instance, the budget system has been -adopted previous to its adoption in the United States to provide for -economy and certainty in expenditures. The Council of State was created -as a cooerdinating and advisory body to the Governor-General. It is -made up of the Governor-General as presiding officer, the six members -of the cabinet, the President of the Senate and the Speaker of the -House of Representatives. It also serves to bring the executive and -the legislative departments into close relationship. The creation -of the council seems to indicate a tendency to adopt in the future -a parliamentary or semi-parliamentary system of government. - -In addition to the foregoing departments there is the further -innovation conferring on either house of the legislature, the right to -call and interpellate the secretaries of departments before it. The -secretaries of departments in turn have the right to be heard in -the legislature. The chairmen of the appropriation committees are -also empowered to require the attendance of chiefs of bureaus and -offices, thus bringing the executive and legislative departments in -close harmony. - - -[Autonomy] - -All of the officials of the government are Filipinos with the exception -of the Governor-General and the Vice-Governor-General and the majority -of the members of the Supreme Court who are Americans, appointed by the -President of the United States. There is thus a practical autonomy, -the American chief executive having supervision and control of the -government in theory but in actual practice rarely acting on matters -of domestic concern except with the advice of the Council of State. - -Appointments made by the Governor-General are with the advice and -consent of the Philippine Senate. - - - - -THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL.--The Governor-General is appointed by the -President by and with the consent of the Senate and holds his office -at the pleasure of the President and until his successor is chosen -and qualified. Through the Secretary of War, he is responsible -to the President and the American people for his acts. He has a -more responsible position than that held by the Governors of the -several states of the union. He is paid a handsome salary from -the Philippine government and is given free quarters. As chief -executive of the Islands, he is in charge of the executive control -of the Philippine government; which he exercises either in person or -through the secretaries of departments. He can veto laws passed by -the Philippine Legislature. - - - - -THE VICE-GOVERNOR.--The Vice-Governor is also appointed by the -President of the United States with the consent of the Senate. He -acts at the same time as the Secretary of Public Instruction and may -be assigned such other executive duties as the Governor-General may -designate. In case of vacancy in the office of the Governor-General, -the Vice-Governor acts. - - - - -THE EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENTS.--There are six executive departments. At -the head of each is a department secretary, who, with the exception -of the Secretary of Public Instruction, must be a citizen of the -Philippine Islands. As Secretary he is assisted by an under-secretary -who temporarily performs the duties of department secretary in case -of vacancy. The executive departments and bureaus, offices, and boards -pertaining to each are given below: - - - Governor-General: - - Bureau of Audits. - Bureau of Civil Service. - All other offices and branches of the service not assigned - by law to any Department. - - Department of the Interior: - Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes. - Philippine General Hospital. - Board of Pharmaceutical Examiners. - Board of Medical Examiners. - Board of Dental Examiners. - Board of Optical Examiners. - Board of Examiners for Nurses. - Board of Dental Hygiene. - Executive Bureau. - Philippine Constabulary. - Public Welfare Commissioner. - - Department of Public Instruction: - - Bureau of Education. - Philippine Health Service. - Bureau of Quarantine Service. - - Department of Finance: - - Bureau of Customs. - Bureau of Internal Revenue. - Bureau of the Treasury. - Bureau of Printing. - General supervision over banks, banking transactions, coinage, - currency, and except as otherwise specially provided, over - all funds the investments of which may be authorized by law. - - Department of Justice: - - Bureau of Justice. - Courts of First Instance and Inferior Courts. - Philippine Library and Museum. - Bureau of Prisons. - Public Utility Commission. - - Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources: - - Bureau of Agriculture. - Bureau of Forestry. - Bureau of Lands. - Matters pertaining to colonies and plantations on public lands. - Bureau of Science. - Weather Bureau. - Matters concerning hunting, fisheries, sponges, and other - sea products. - - Department of Commerce and Communications: - - Bureau of Public Works. - Bureau of Posts. - Bureau of Supply. - Bureau of Labor. - Bureau of Coast and Geodetic Survey. - Bureau of Commerce and Industry. - - -The Executive Bureau and the Bureau of Non-Christian Tribes, both of -which are under the Department of the Interior, exercise supervision -over the provincial and municipal governments. The Executive Bureau -has charge of the so-called regular provinces, and the Bureau of -Non-Christian Tribes of those inhabited by the backward inhabitants -of the Philippines including the Moros in Mindanao and the Igorotes -of the mountain regions of Luzon. The functions of these two bureaus -are practically identical, the difference lying only in the degree -of civilization of the inhabitants over whom they have supervision. - - - - -THE LEGISLATIVE DEPARTMENT.--The legislative branch of the Philippine -government is vested in the Philippine legislature. It is made -up of two separate cooerdinate bodies, the Senate and the House of -Representatives. All the senators and representatives are elected by -direct popular suffrage with the exception of the representatives and -senators from the Mountain Province, the Province of Nueva Vizcaya, -and the provinces in Mindanao and Sulu who are appointed by the -Governor-General with no restriction as to residence or length of -office. The elective representatives hold their office for terms of -three years and the senators for terms of six years. - -Laws dealing with certain special subjects such as the tariff and the -mining laws require the approval of the President of the United States. - -The Senate has twenty-four members consisting of two senators from -each of the twelve senatorial districts. The lower house has ninety -members, determined by the population of each province. Appropriation -bills originate by custom in the House of Representatives. - - - - -THE JUDICIARY.--An independent judiciary system completes the -governmental structure. The administration of justice is entrusted -to the Supreme Court, the Courts of First Instance, the Municipal -Court of the City of Manila, and the courts of justices of the peace -in each municipality. - -The Supreme Court is the highest legal entity in the judiciary -system. It has an appellate jurisdiction in all actions and special -proceedings brought to it from the Courts of First Instance and from -other inferior tribunals from whose decision appeals to the Supreme -Court are allowed. The justices of the Supreme Court are appointed -by the President of the United States with the consent of the United -States Senate and serve during good behavior. It is made up of nine -justices, the chief justice and eight associate justices. The chief -justice has always been a Filipino. It seats in banc to transact -business. It also seats in divisions for the same purpose, and when -it so sits, four justices constitute a quorum so that two divisions -may sit at the same time. - -Appeals to the Supreme Court of the United States are allowed in -certain cases only. - -The judges of the Court of First Instance are appointed by the -Governor-General with the consent of the Philippine Senate and serve -practically for life, the only restriction being that they must retire -upon reaching sixty-five years of age. The justices of the peace are -also appointed by the Governor-General with the advice and consent -of the Philippine Senate. - - - - -PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENT.--The Philippine Archipelago is divided into -46 provinces, 34 of which are designated as regular provinces and -the remaining 12 as special provinces.--The chief executive of a -regular province is the provincial governor, who is an elective -official. He, together with two other elective members, form the -provincial board which constitutes the legislative branch of the -provincial government. In the special provinces, with the exception of -Mindoro, Palawan, and Batanes, the provincial governors are appointive -officials. - - - - -MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT.--As the name indicates, this branch of the -Government has charge of the municipalities or towns. The chief -executive of a municipality is called the municipal president. The -municipal council, which is the legislative branch of the municipal -government, consists of from 8 to 18 councilors, depending on the -size of the municipality. There is a vice-president who substitutes -the president during his absence or disability and who is ex-officio -member of the council. All these officials are elected by the people. - - - - -EXPENSES OF THE PHILIPPINE GOVERNMENT.--All the expenses of the -Philippine government are paid for from the Insular Treasury. The -United States government pays for nothing in the administration of the -Islands except for the army and navy and the salaries of the resident -commissioners from the Philippines who are stationed in Washington -and granted the privileges of members of Congress. - -An investigation into the expenses incurred by the United States for -the Philippine Islands, exclusive of the maintenance of her army and -navy, elicits the following facts: - -1. That the Philippines has always been a self-supporting country; -all expenditures have been drawn from ordinary revenues. - -2. That the sum of $267,663.26 pertaining to the former government of -Spain and seized by the United States, and therefore legally pertaining -to the latter country, was subsequently turned over into the general -fund of the insular government. - -3. That the Congress of the United States appropriated the sum -of $3,000,000, known as the "Congressional Relief Fund," for the -purchase, distribution and sale of farm implements, farm or draft -animals, supplies and necessaries of life, extermination of pests, -relief for sufferers due to fire and other calamities, etc. This -amount has been, at different times, appropriated by the Philippine -Commission for the purposes above mentioned. The unexpended balance -from this fund was subsequently turned over into the general funds. - -Aside, therefore, from the Spanish seized funds and the expenses -for the army and navy, the only amount expended by the United -States directly for the benefit of the Philippine Islands was the -Congressional Relief Fund. The Philippine government having always had, -at the end of every year, an excess of ordinary revenue over ordinary -expenditure, the United States could not have any other occasion to -give direct pecuniary aid for the maintenance of the Islands. - - -FINANCIAL STATUS.--The Philippine government today is on a solid -financial basis as any government in the world. It is self-supporting, -its taxation is adequate to its needs, the per capita tax of the -people is low. The Filipinos bear a smaller burden of taxation -than the natives of Great Britain, United States, Japan, Argentina, -and Brazil. The year, 1922, was presented with an aggregate surplus -of approximately $64,000,000 in central, provincial, and municipal -governments including the City of Manila. This goes to show that both -the central and local governments are on a sound financial basis. - -A clearer comprehension of the financial standing of the government -may be had from an inspection of the following tables: - - - STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS, EXPENDITURES, AND SURPLUS OF - THE INSULAR GOVERNMENT, 1921-1922 - -Items of revenue and expenditures 1921 1922 - Pesos Pesos -Revenue: - Licenses and business. 14,246,440 13,755,670 - Import duties. 12,778,791 11,362,250 - Excise Tax. 13,327,843 13,444,281 - Income tax. 4,880,370 1,943,716 - Wharfage tax. 1,473,627 1,852,095 - Franchise tax. 243,618 109,749 - Documentary stamp tax (customs and - internal revenue). 951,809 990,933 - Immigration tax. 237,040 239,152 - Tonnage dues. 254,515 276,130 - Inheritance tax. 210,303 121,812 - Revenue from public forests. 923,216 854,337 - United States internal revenue. 756,444 1,428,959 - Fines and forfeitures. 663,415 799,553 - Sales and rentals of public domain. 22,110 24,254 - Income from commercial and - industrial units. 12,771,068 11,130,403 - Income from operating units. 254,514 133,698 - Dividends on bank stock. 463,373 ---- - Interest repayments, railway companies. 192,716 387,785 - All other income [2]. 67,430,039 74,427,334 - Prior year adjustments. 1,282,547 531,826 - ----------- ----------- - Total. 133,363,798 133,813,937 - - Less apportionments of internal - revenue to local governments. 3,164,084 3,164,084 - =========== =========== - Total revenue. 130,199,714 130,649,853 - -Expenditures: - General administration [3] 2,046,646 2,272,591 - Legislation 1,413,541 1,547,683 - Adjudication 1,891,080 1,747,093 - Protective service [4] 5,783,904 4,866,840 - Social improvement [5] 13,084,682 13,709,846 - Economic development [6] 53,820,568 14,037,386 - Aid to local governments 14,305,267 15,561,867 - Expense of revenue collection 11,275,497 9,963,714 - Public debt 3,811,266 5,117,494 - Public works and purchase of - equipment 10,209,597 9,670,476 - Retirement gratuities [7] 521,226 397,886 - Pensions Acts 2909 and 2922 12,000 12,000 - Prior year adjustments 18,937 6,248 - ----------- ---------- - Total 118,194,211 78,911,424 - ----------- ---------- - Current surplus for the year 12,005,503 51,738,429 - Current surplus at the beginning - of the year 43,937,712 55,943,215 - Current surplus at the end of the year 55,943,215 107,681,644 - - - BUDGET ESTIMATES FOR THE INSULAR GOVERNMENT, 1918-1923 - -Items of revenue and expenditures 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 - Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos - -Income 45,511,037 70,957,757 73,977,000 84,289,932 63,051,435 65,952,560 - Revenue from taxation 30,220,916 48,463,600 47,012,230 56,036,000 42,867,320 42,925,310 - Incidental revenue 1,730,000 2,950,000 3,495,000 4,681,600 2,120,000 5,233,500 - Earnings and other credits 13,560,120 19,544,157 23,469,770 23,572,332 18,064,115 13,143,750 - Income from proposed legislation [8]4,650,000 - Current surplus at the beginning - of the year 18,996,477 33,470,664 10,560,300 11,964,152 - ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -Total available for expenditures 64,477,514 104,428,421 84,537,300 84,289,932 75,015,587 65,952,560 - -Expenditures 51,051,725 92,003,494 84,453,806 83,549,778 72,538,593 65,677,327 - Expense of revenue collection 1,138,904 1,835,078 1,741,202 1,688,370 1,564,726 1,611,533 - Operating expense of commercial - and industrial units 8,002,820 12,699,877 14,089,177 14,502,504 8,981,853 7,661,867 - Public debt 2,087,500 2,310,276 2,308,326 3,459,281 5,189,878 9,698,667 - General administration 3,911,100 8,083,832 5,114,677 5,202,098 4,995,090 5,170,217 - Protective service 8,261,259 9,696,100 11,185,108 10,373,411 9,284,643 9,393,072 - Social improvement 5,680,914 7,987,190 8,498,527 9,093,423 8,818,029 8,317,816 - Economic development 3,950,459 6,883,934 9,397,034 10,437,851 8,740,857 7,326,511 - Aid to local governments 9,618,425 11,992,281 13,163,155 15,347,095 17,883,667 13,287,409 - Retirement gratuities, Act 2589 700,000 800,000 750,000 600,000 500,000 300,000 - Emergency service 1,000,000 1,000,000 3,000,000 3,000,000 2,000,000 - Outlays and investments 6,700,344 14,102,181 15,206,600 9,845,745 4,579,850 2,910,235 - Appropriation balances for - public works [9]4,296,754 - Appropriation balances for - miscellaneous accounts [9]10,315,991 - -Current surplus at the end ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- - of the year 13,425,789 12,424,927 83,494 740,154 2,476,994 275,233 - - - - -CURRENCY.--At the time of the American occupation, the Mexican dollar -and the Spanish peso were in circulation in the Islands as a part of -the currency. The Mexican dollar had been introduced because of the -trade between the Philippines and Mexico, which was fostered by the -Spanish galleons. Besides the Mexican dollar and the Spanish peso, -there also circulated the silver peso or dollar of the various South -American countries. For fractional currency, however, the Spanish -coins predominated. The denominations were half peso, peseta, and -media peseta. Gold pieces were of P1, P2, and P4 denominations. - -The first mint in the Islands was installed during the reign of Isabela -II. It was then that the Philippine peso, both in gold and silver, -was first coined. - - -[Currency Legislation] - -America early decided to make the currency system more stable -and scientific. On March 2, 1903, Congress passed the Philippine -Coinage Act which established the conant or Philippine peso as the -official coin of the Islands. The effect of this Act was to drive -away all the previous coins in circulation, and it is the basis of -the present currency system in the Philippine Islands. The coins -provided for were of the denomination of the peso, half-peso, peseta, -media peseta, 5 centavos, 1 centavo, and one-half centavo, while the -silver certificates were in the denominations of P2, P5, P10, P20, P50, -P100, P500. The peso was issued on the basis of two Philippine pesos -(P2) to one dollar ($1) gold, United States currency. To maintain the -parity the Gold Standard Act was passed by the Philippine Commission in -October, 1903. There are gold deposits in the banks of the United -States to guarantee every Philippine Government certificate in -circulation. This places the Philippines practically on an actual -gold basis. - - -[Notes] - -The notes in circulation at the time the Americans came were those -issued by the Banco Espanol-Filipino. They were in 10, 25, 50, -100, and 200 Mexican denominations. After the introduction of the -Philippine peso, P1 notes were also allowed to circulate. In 1912, -this same Banco Espanol was allowed to change its name to that of -the Bank of the Philippine Islands, and thereafter, a new series of -notes were issued, having the same size as the certificates issued -by the Philippine Government, but of the denominations of P5, P10, -P20, P50, P100, and P200. - -When the Philippine National Bank was established in 1916, it was -authorized to issue notes to be known as circulating notes. In -accordance with this authorization, denominations of P1, P2, P5, -and P10 began to appear. - -The stability of the currency system in the Philippines depends -solely on the maintenance of the parity of the Philippine peso with -the gold dollar on the established basis of 2 to 1. This can be -easily accomplished by keeping always intact the gold deposits in -the United States. - - - TABLE OF CURRENCY IN CIRCULATION, 1913-1922 - - -----------+--------------+------------- - Year | Amount in | Per capita - | circulation | circulation - -----------+--------------+------------- - | Pesos | - | | - 1913 | 50,697,253 | 5.53 - 1914 | 52,575,118 | 5.63 - 1915 | 51,284,907 | 5.40 - 1916 | 67,059,189 | 6.86 - 1917 | 102,580,314 | 10.20 - 1918 | 131,151,883 | 12.67 - 1919 | 146,576,956 | 13.87 - 1920 | 124,589,240 | 11.56 - 1921 | 103,661,820 | 10.01 - 1922 | 97,217,468 | 9.03 - -----------+--------------+------------- - - -ELECTORS.--The total number of electors registered in the election -of June 3, 1919, was 717,295 and the votes cast was 672,722, -which is a very fine percentage when compared to the interest in -elections shown in other countries. In the elections of 1912, 248,154 -voters registered, of which 235,786 voted. Of the number of voters -registered in 1919, 407,346 possessed educational qualifications, -while only 81,916 were educationally qualified in 1912. It should -be noted that the Philippine voters must have either property or -educational qualifications, so that these figures show the progress -of the people in political matters and in education in general during -the last few years. In the elections of June, 1922, there were 824,058 -voters registered. - -The minority party has always accepted the decision of the majority, -unless it thinks that the election has been vitiated by some -illegal act, in which case it takes the matter up with the courts -for decision. The practice of revolutionary countries where defeated -minorities take the law in their own hands or use violence against -the triumphant party, or utilize every other means to hinder the -working of the government, has never been resorted to in the Islands. - - - - - - - - - -XIII. THE FILIPINOS IN CONTROL - - -[Original Policy] - -The Second Philippine Commission sent out to the Philippines by -President McKinley on March 16, 1900 were given the following -instruction, among others: - - - "That in all cases, the municipal officers who administer the local - affairs of the people are to be selected by the people and that - wherever officers of more extended jurisdiction are to be selected - in any way, natives of the Islands are to be preferred, and if - they can be found competent and willing to perform their duties - they are to receive the offices in preference to any others." - - -These instructions were confirmed by President Roosevelt when he -said that the Government of the Philippine Islands would cease to -be a government of Americans aided by Filipinos and instead would -be a government of Filipinos aided by Americans. And in 1908 after -the opening of the Philippine Assembly, President Roosevelt in his -message to Congress added: - - - "I trust that within a generation the time will arrive when the - Filipinos can decide for themselves whether it is well for them to - become independent or continue under the protection of a strong - and disinterested power, able to guarantee to the islands order - at home and protection from foreign invasion." - - -[Filipinization] - -In pursuance of all this policy the placing of Filipinos in government -offices was hastened from 1913 to 1921, the turning over of power into -Filipino hands having been virtually made complete by the passage -of the Jones Law in 1916. This law provided for the creation of an -elective Senate and House of Representatives and for the appointment -of heads of departments and other government officials. Appointments -made by the Governor-General were made to be with the advice and -consent of the Philippine Senate. - -The proportion of Filipinos to Americans in the Philippine Government -during the period 1914-1921 is shown in the following table: - - - -----+--------------------------------+----------------------- - | Number | Percentage - -----+-----------+-----------+--------+-----------+----------- - Year | Americans | Filipinos | Total | Americans | Filipinos - -----+-----------+-----------+--------+-----------+----------- - | | | | Per cent | Per cent - 1914 | 2,148 | 7,283 | 9,451 | 23 | 77 - 1915 | 1,935 | 7,881 | 9,816 | 20 | 80 - 1916 | 1,730 | 8,725 | 10,455 | 17 | 83 - 1917 | 1,310 | 9,859 | 11,169 | 12 | 88 - 1918 | 948 | 10,866 | 11,814 | 8 | 92 - 1919 | 760 | 12,047 | 12,807 | 6 | 94 - 1920 | 582 | 12,651 | 13,143 | 4 | 96 - 1921 | 614 | 13,240 | 13,854 | 4 | 96 - 1922 | 604 | 13,726 | 14,330 | 4 | 96 - -----+-----------+-----------+--------+-----------+----------- - - -[Instruments of Autonomy] - -The principal agencies that gave the Filipinos effective control -over domestic affairs in conformity with the spirit of the Jones Law, -were the following: - -1. The creation of a Council of State on October 16, 1918, to help -and advise the Governor-General on matters of public importance. In -this council many prominent leaders of the Filipino people have -figured prominently. - -2. The creation of the Philippine Cabinet by which the Government -Departments were organized and the work of the Executive Department -divided among them. The aim was to have them undertake the work -expressly entrusted to them, and to have in each branch of the -administration a head responsible for its policy and direction. Each -Secretary of Department assumes responsibility for all the activities -of the government under his control and supervision. To this end he -has the power to initiate, the power to regulate, the power to direct -and inspect, and the power to appoint and remove. - -3. The several laws that had given to the Council of State and to the -Chairmen of the two houses of the Legislature the power to supervise -and control the execution of the laws. - -4. The liberal policy followed by Governor-General Harrison in -accordance with the liberal tenor of the Jones Law, a policy really -preparatory for the independence of the Philippines. - -Speaking of this policy, Governor-General Harrison on September 1, -1916, said: - - - "I firmly believe that the Chief Executive should consult the - people through their representatives who are called upon to serve - them. This is the very life-blood of self-government. It should - never be possible for a Chief Executive--and it will now never - be possible here--to ride ruthlessly over the people he has been - sent here to govern, without taking into account their feelings, - and without due consideration to their desires." - - - - -ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE FILIPINO GOVERNMENT.--The outstanding achievements -of the Filipinized government are summarized below. - - - - -I. REORGANIZATION OF DEPARTMENTS.--The Reorganization Act, as finally -passed by the Philippine Legislature (Act No. 2666 as amended by -Act No. 2803), has provided the Philippine government with a more -logical and scientific grouping of bureaus and offices. It has given -the new department heads more authority and power over the offices -and bureaus under them. They are now empowered to promulgate rules, -regulations, orders, circulars, memorandums, and other instructions -for the harmonious and efficient administration of each and all of the -offices and dependencies of each department. Secretaries of departments -may be called by either of the two Houses of the Legislature for the -purpose of reporting on matters pertaining to their departments. In -this case they are also responsible to the two Houses. The six -departments created by the Reorganization Act correspond to the six -principal purposes of a fairly well organized government, to wit: - - -[Functions of the Departments] - -(1) The maintenance of order and political direction of local -administrative units, such as departments, provincial and municipal -governments, and special governments--the Department of Interior; - -(2) The guardianship of the State over the mental development and -physical welfare of the citizens--the Department of Public Instruction; - -(3) The collection of the public revenues and administration of the -finances and business of the government--the Department of Finance; - -(4) The enforcement of the law and safeguarding of the citizens and -their rights--the Department of Justice; - -(5) The guardianship in connection with the preservation of the -natural resources and the development of the country's sources of -wealth--the Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources; and - -(6) The carrying out of such work and services as cannot be performed -by private citizens, conducive to the common welfare and public -prosperity--the Department of Commerce and Communications. - - - - -II. ADOPTION OF A BUDGETARY SYSTEM.--A scientific budgetary system -has been adopted. Under the system the estimates are made under the -supervision and control of the department heads who have the power to -add or cut down items. These different estimates are then submitted to -the Secretary of Finance, who cooerdinates them. Any conflict between -a departmental head and the Secretary of Finance is submitted to the -Council of State for decision. Once the budget is definitely approved -by the Council of State the Governor-General submits it with a message -to the Legislature. - -The lower house is the first one to take up the budget. The -corresponding Department Secretary appears before it to explain the -details of the budget for his Department and to answer all questions -by the members. Once the budget is approved in principle it is sent -to the Committee on Appropriations with instructions to draft the -appropriation bill in accordance therewith. When the appropriation -bill is approved by the house, it is sent to the Senate and practically -the same procedure is followed. - - -[The Emergency Board] - -To make the budgetary system sufficiently elastic to meet changing -conditions, there has been created the so-called Emergency Board -composed of the Secretary of Finance as Chairman, two members of -the Legislature, the Insular Auditor and the Attorney-General as -members. In the general Appropriation Act, this board is given a -substantial amount with which to supply the additional funds that the -various units of the government may need for the purpose authorized -by the appropriation law. As an additional safe-guard, the actions -of the Emergency Board do not become operative until after approval -by the Governor-General and the presidents of both houses. - - - - -III. PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS.--In public improvements, the following was -the record of the Filipinos within the last nine years. The mileage -of first-class roads was more than doubled increasing from 2,172 -kilometers in 1913 to 4,782 in 1922, not to speak of the second -and third class; 7,562 permanent bridges and culverts are now in -existence; 725 permanent government buildings were built, including -schools, public markets, hospitals, provincial capitols, and large -and beautiful edifices for the university and the Insular government; -a network of wireless stations was erected throughout the provinces; -a vast program of improvements in port works was launched, and a bond -issue of ten million pesos was sold in the United States for harbor -improvements in Manila alone; irrigation works estimated to cost about -ten million pesos, and designed to benefit 150,000 acres of land in -sixteen different localities, were initiated; 949 artesian wells in -the different provinces, an average of one to each municipality, were -drilled at a total cost of nearly two and one-half million pesos, -and 55 new water-works systems were installed with 36 more under -active construction, to cost more than three million pesos. - - - - -IV. AGRICULTURE AND TAXATION.--The progress in agriculture was -remarkable. The chief point of interest here is that the placing of -Filipinos in control of the agricultural departments greatly enlarged -the power of the Government to influence the people to increased -production. Of rice alone, 1,285,385 acres more were planted during -the last nine years (1913-1922); 544 rural-credit societies were -established with a membership of 75,114 and cooeperation in agriculture, -a new spirit among the farmers, encouraged and explained. - -Taxation was revised and increased, and the government revenue -from this source which in 1913 had been only P39,236,007, rose to -P62,900,403 in 1919 and P64,259,776 in 1922; there are twelve banking -institutions in the Islands, now, instead of only six, and the money -in circulation has risen from P50,000,000 in 1914 to three times -that figure. - - - - -V. PUBLIC ORDER.--Public order, the first requisite of a stable -government, has been splendidly maintained through the agency of the -Philippine Constabulary and the municipal police. The Constabulary -has always been dependable and thoroughly efficient. There is hardly -any country in the world more peaceful than the Philippines. - - - - -VI. EDUCATION.--The present school system in the Philippines has been -one of the principal uplifting agencies in the colonial enterprise -undertaken by the United States as a result of the Spanish-American -war. Immediately after the capitulation of Manila, an army officer -acting as superintendent of schools opened schools. Everywhere the army -went afterwards a public school was established and put into operation. - -The school system is supported entirely from Philippine revenue. The -advance has been rapid, there now being about a million pupils in -the schools being taken care of by the Philippine government. The -attendance of almost a million is entirely voluntary, there being no -compulsory education law. - -The public school system has received the unstinted support of the -Filipino people. The first bill passed by the Philippine Assembly in -1907 was the appropriation of one million pesos for the building of -rural schools. In 1918 the thirty million-peso act was passed, which -provided that thirty million pesos be set aside, over and above the -regular annual appropriation, for school-housing and equipment. The -law is expected to provide school facilities for every boy and girl -of school age in the Islands by 1924. - -The head of the public-school system is the Vice-Governor-General who -is at the same time Secretary of Public Instruction. The executive -control is centered in the Bureau of Education headed by a director, -who is responsible for the conduct of public schools and has the -authority necessary to make his control effective. - - -School divisions.--The Islands are divided into forty-nine school -divisions, each division generally coinciding with the boundaries of -a province, except the City of Manila, and four Insular schools--the -Philippine Normal School, the Philippine School of Arts and Trades, -the Philippine Nautical School, and the Central Luzon Agricultural -School--each of which is considered as a distinct division. A -division is under the immediate charge of a superintendent who -is the representative of the Director of Education. The Division -Superintendent in the province is generally assisted by a provincial -industrial supervisor and an academic supervisor. Each provincial -division is divided into different districts consisting of one or -more municipalities and several barrios or villages, each under the -charge of a supervising teacher. - -There are 50 provincial high schools. There are 20 provincial -trade schools and 14 provincial shops, the principals of which are -responsible directly either to the principal of the provincial school -or to the Division Superintendent of Schools. - -The original feature of all school work was the academic. Soon the -Bureau of Education labored to make industrial work a part and parcel -of the curriculum. This was followed by making physical education a -vital part of the courses. And now the aim is to maintain a proper -balance in the academic, industrial, physical, and social work. - -The English language is the only medium of instruction. - -There are seven elementary grades--four primary and three -intermediate. The secondary courses take four years. There has been -built up an English-speaking Filipino teaching staff--a distinctive -achievement reflecting credit on Filipinos and Americans alike. - - -Vocational instruction.--Graded vocational instruction occupies an -important place in the school curricula. Approximately 14 per cent -of the total time in the primary grades and about 17 per cent of the -total time in the general intermediate course is devoted to this form -of instruction. The special intermediate vocational courses include -farming and trades for boys and housekeeping and household arts -for girls. The chief aims of industrial instruction are: first, -industrial intelligence; second, industrial skill; and, third, -industrial sympathy. The educational and economic values of industrial -education are kept in view. It may be of interest to mention that the -Bureau of Education annually receives orders amounting to $150,000 a -year from various firms abroad, especially from America, for handicraft -articles; that trade school production yearly is over $100,000 and that -the yearly agricultural production of the schools is over $281,000. - -Agricultural education.--The Philippines being essentially an -agricultural country, agricultural education is given considerable -attention. The Bureau of Education at present maintains 13 large -agricultural schools, 15 farm schools, and 162 settlement farm -schools. The agricultural school range in area from about 125 to -about 3,000 acres; the farm schools, from about 40 to 125 acres; -the settlement farm schools, from about 30 to about 100 acres. In -addition to these, the Bureau of Education has an extensive program -of school and home gardening and maintains numerous agricultural clubs -for boys and girls. Under the stress of the world-wide economic crisis -brought about by the World War, the general office appealed to the -country for increased productions, and in response to this appeal, -the schools now have over 4,000 school gardens and over 100,000 home -gardens. Annually there are held over 20,000 Garden Days where there -are over 143,000 pupils' exhibits and about 40,000 farmers' exhibits. - - -Athletics.--The system of physical education here compares favorably -with the best in the world. The temptation of developing only a -few "stars" has been valiantly resisted and the athletic slogan of -"Athletics for Everybody" has been stressed instead. As a result of -this policy over 96 per cent of the pupils enrolled in the elementary -and secondary schools take active participation in the program of -athletics and games during the year. - - -Primary and Secondary Curriculum.--In the seven years' course the -studies are principally language, reading, good manners and right -conduct, arithmetic, civics, hygiene and sanitation, writing, drawing, -music, and Philippine history and government, in addition to a definite -vocational training and organized play and athletics. Besides the -regular secondary course, specialized secondary courses such as -the normal, commercial, trade, agricultural, and domestic science -are offered. - -Number of pupils.--The enrollment of pupils in the public schools below -the University of the Philippines from the school year 1913-1914 to -1920-1921 is as follows: - - - -----------+-----------+------------------- - | | Increase over - | | previous year - Year | Enrollment|---------+--------- - | | Number | Per cent - -----------+-----------+---------+--------- - 1913-1914 | 621,114 | 180,980 | 41.0 - 1914-1915 | 621,114 | ------- | ---- - 1915-1916 | 638,548 | 17,434 | 2.8 - 1916-1917 | 675,997 | 37,449 | 5.8 - 1917-1918 | 671,398 | 4,699 | .7 - 1918-1919 | 681,588 | 10,290 | 1.5 - 1919-1920 | 791,626 | 110,040 | 16.0 - 1920-1921. | 943,364 | 151,736 | 19.0 - 1921-1922. | 1,077,342 | 133,978 | 13.0 - -----------+-----------+---------+--------- - - -Number of schools and teachers.--The number of schools rose from 2,934 -in 1913 to 7,670 in March, 1922, representing an increase of 128 per -cent. The average annual decrease in the number of schools from 1909 -to 1913 (5 years preceding Filipino autonomy) was 181, or 4.8 per cent, -while the average yearly increase from 1914 to 1920 was 416. - -The number of Filipino teachers increased from 7,671 in 1913 to 24,017 -in 1922, which means an increase of 16,346, or 213 per cent. The -number of American teachers dropped from 658 in March, 1913, to 347 -in March, 1922. - - -Number of school buildings.--The number of permanent school buildings -constructed up to 1913 was 624, which number rose to 1,301. In other -words, during nine years (1913-1922), 108 per cent more permanent -buildings were erected. - - -Universities.--Foremost among the universities in the Islands -is the University of the Philippines, which corresponds to a -state university. It gives courses in liberal arts, the sciences, -education, medicine and surgery, dentistry, pharmacy, agriculture, -veterinary medicine, engineering, law, forestry, music, and the -fine arts. Collegiate degrees are conferred upon graduates in all -the courses mentioned with the exception of the last two, for which -diplomas of proficiency are issued to the graduates. - -The enrollment in the University for the school year 1922-1923 is -4,839, so that in 10 years the attendance rose from 1,400 in 1911-1912 -to 4,839 in 1922-1923, representing an increase of 237 per cent. The -University has now 45 buildings of permanent materials. - -The Santo Tomas University was the first to be established. It has the -distinction of being the oldest university under the American flag, -having been founded a quarter of a century before Harvard. It gives -courses in law, medicine, pharmacy, civil engineering, philosophy -and letters, and theology, and has about 700 students. The medium of -instruction is the Spanish language. - -Besides these two universities there is the National University -with upwards of 4,500 students and the Manila University with almost -3,000. The presidents of the last two universities are Filipinos. - -The overwhelming majority of the faculty in all the institutions of -high learning in the Islands are Filipinos. - - - - -VII. SANITATION.--In sanitation the progress attained by the -Philippines during the Filipinized government has also been rapid. The -sanitary work is now controlled by a central bureau called the -Philippine Health Service. With this centralization of activities -health measures can be enforced more economically and more effectively -than in previous years. - -The municipalities are grouped into sanitary divisions, each of which -is in charge of a competent official. With few exceptions the men -in charge are qualified physicians. At the end of the year 1921, -there were 307 sanitary divisions comprising 792 out of the 846 -municipalities. In other words, nearly 94 per cent of the total -number of municipalities in the Philippines form a part of these -sanitary divisions. - -Some of the important functions of the Philippine Health Service are -as follows: - -1. Control and supervision of all hospitals for dangerous communicable -diseases, and the isolation of persons suffering from such diseases. - -2. Control of sanitation of schoolhouses and premises, prisons and -all other places for the detention of prisoners. - -3. Establishment and maintenance of internal quarantine in times of -epidemic and the systematic inoculation of the inhabitants with virus, -sera, and prophylactics. - - - COMPARATIVE DEATH RATE SCALE FOR 1917 - - Countries Death rate per - 1,000 inhabitants - - Oriental: - Egypt. 40.50 - China. 40.00 - India. 35.00 - Straits Settlement. 31.64 - Ceylon. 27.00 - Burma. 24.93 - Philippines. 22.29 - Anglo-Saxon: - United States. 14.70 - England. 13.70 - Canada. 12.70 - South Australia. 11.73 - Queensland. 11.00 - New Zealand. 10.35 - Latin: - Porto Rico. 28.50 - Mexico. 23.39 - Cuba. 19.70 - Italy. 18.20 - France. 17.70 - - - - -VIII. LOCAL AUTONOMY.--Greater autonomy has been extended to the -provinces and municipalities especially as regards local taxes, -education, sanitation, and permanent public improvements. - -One of the significant and substantial results of the new policy -is the remarkable improvement in the finances of the provinces and -municipalities. During the period 1914 to 1920 a general revision of -assessment of real properties was conducted in all the provinces. From -this assessment we find an increase of 1,703,449 in the number of lots -of taxable real property on December 31, 1920, as compared with the -corresponding figure on September 30, 1913, representing an increase of -about 100 per cent. The increase, of course, means increased revenue -from the real property taxes for the local government. - -A study of the revenues of the provinces and municipalities during 1914 -to 1920, as compared with the period 1909 to 1913, shows an increase -of 1,090 per cent, the average percentage of yearly increase being -155.5 per cent. In 1922 the revenues of the provinces were P19,264,264; -those of the municipalities were P32,486,068. - - - - -IX. PUBLIC WELFARE.--One of the first acts of the Philippine government -since control was turned over into the hands of Filipinos was the -creation of the so-called Public Welfare Board entrusted with the task -of cooerdinating the work of private and public welfare agencies. The -board acts as the agency for controlling the disbursement of public -charity funds to semi-public institutions like the Anti-tuberculosis -Society, the Gota de Leche, and the Women's Clubs. - -On February 23, 1916, an act was passed by the Legislature -appropriating P1,000,000 for the protection of early infancy and the -establishment of branches of the "Gota de Leche." Local organizations -were granted aid from this funds as much as what they raised. - -In 1917 the government established an orphanage for destitute and -dependent children from all over the islands, managed according to -the most modern methods. - - -[Public Welfare Commissioner] - -On February 18, 1918, the public welfare board membership was reduced -to five and its administrative control placed under the Department -of the Interior. The administration of the million-peso funds for -the protection of early infancy and the establishment of maternity -and child-welfare centers were also placed under the control of the -Secretary of the Interior on March 22, 1920. Later these activities -were all grouped together by Act 2988, enacted February 24, 1921, -into one office--the office of the public welfare commissioner--which -started operation on May 1, 1921. - -The aim of the office is summarized thus: To promote all work directed -towards the early reduction of infant mortality in the Philippines -by employing adequate means for this purpose and for carrying out -other activities intended to bring about the general welfare of the -community, especially that which concerns children. - -A central executive office is maintained in Manila. It investigates -social conditions and compiles sociological information for -distribution. Social centers are being established throughout the -Islands. On December, 1922, 183 puericulture centers were in existence -as against 80 on December, 1921. - - -X. ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE.--The Supreme Court of the Philippine -Islands presided over by a Filipino has always enjoyed the respect -and confidence of every citizen. It is above all influence, being -composed of men of integrity and of exceptional talent. - -The Courts of First Instance have also a comparatively good record -as is evident from the number of decisions affirmed, reversed, and -modified by the Supreme Court. The figures are as follows: - - ------------------+-------+--------------+-------------+------------- - | | Affirmed | Reversed | Modified - Period |Total +-------+------+------+------+------+------ - |number | Number| Per |Number| Per |Number| Per - | | | cent | | cent | | cent ------------------+-------+-------+------+------+------+------+------ -August 31, 1911 | | | | | | | - to September, | | | | | | | - 1, 1913. | 1,454 | 910 | 62.5 | 365 | 25.1 | 179 | 12.2 - | | | | | | | -March 3, 1919 to | | | | | | | - March 4, 1921. | 1,782 | 1,194 | 67.0 | 372 | 20.8 | 216 | 12.1 ------------------+-------+-------+------+------+------+------+------ - - -The foregoing figures indicate that there was a larger percentage of -decisions affirmed and smaller percentage of decisions reversed by -the Supreme Court during the time when the Filipino people were given -substantial autonomy proving that the administration of justice has -been considerably improved with the Filipinos in control. - -In 1913 there were 12,000 pending cases disposed of; in 1921 the -number rose to 16,874; in 1922, 20,632. - -From 1907 to 1913, for a period of seven years before Filipino -autonomy, the average yearly number of decrees of titles to land -issued by the Philippine courts was only 1,935; while from 1914 to -1920, during seven years of Filipino self-government, the average -yearly number of land titles settled was 12,396, six times more than -the preceding period. - - - - -XI. GOVERNMENT ENTERPRISES.--In order to hasten the economic progress -of the Islands, the Philippine government has been compelled to -organize and engage in certain business enterprises of national -importance that private initiative and capital have so far failed to -develop. There are now four of these government owned enterprises--the -Philippine National Bank, the Manila Railroad, the National Coal -Company, and the National Development Company. The underlying motives -behind these ventures are: - -(1) To conserve the resources of the Islands for Filipinos; (2) to -protect the people against exploitation; (3) to safeguard against -profiteering; (4) to facilitate the extension of credit to private -concerns. - - -The Philippine National Bank.--The need for a national bank in the -Islands has long been felt. Previous to its establishment, Filipino -farmers and merchants had to go to foreign banks in order to secure -the necessary capital. The Philippine government had also to deposit -its money with foreign banking institutions which gave a very low -rate of interest. All the foreign banks made very little investments -in the Islands, preferring to deal almost exclusively with export -and import trade. - -To remedy these conditions the Philippine National Bank was -organized. From a modest beginning the bank grew by leaps and bounds, -especially during the war. - - -[Constructive Service] - -In spite of the many criticisms hurled against it, the constructive -service that the bank has rendered to the community stands out in -bold relief--the financing of the liberty loans, the handling of -the sale of alien property, the financial assistance extended in -time of dire need to two banks doing business in the islands, the -financing of sugar centrals, the giving of loans to agriculturists, -and the extension of banking facilities to merchants and manufacturers. - -The post-war depression caught the bank unprepared to meet the -emergencies and it suffered heavy losses. The bank, however, is now -in a fair way to sound footing. But as an institution, despite its -reverses, it has come to be part and parcel of Philippine financial -life. The Filipino people regard the bank as indispensable in the -economic development of the islands. - - -The Manila Railroad.--The Philippine railroads were taken over -by the government in 1916. They were bought from an old English -company. The principal motive that impelled the purchase of the lines -from the English owners was the failure of the owners to operate -the lines with profit. This failure resulted in the imposition of -greater burden on the taxpayers in the way of payment for interest -on railroad bonds guaranteed by the government from the early days -of American administration. The secondary motive was of course to -nationalize this most important medium of communication and to put -it at government disposal in case of emergency. - -From 1914 to 1916 the aggregate net deficit of the company was about -$600,000. Under government management the railroad has been gaining -steadily. In 1917 the gain was $400,000; in 1918, $130,000; in 1920, -$120,000; and in 1921 $148,000, with the added advantage that the -government has not been called upon to pay any interest on the bonds. - - -The National Coal Company.--During the war the coal shortage was one -of the great problems that the government had to solve. The Philippine -Islands are rich in coal deposits, but very little private capital -has been invested in its exploitation. The Philippine Legislature, -therefore, chartered the National Coal Company and supplied it with -a capital of $1,700,000. The company is now ready to furnish at least -the coal needed by the government, which is about 120,000 tons a year, -heretofore imported from foreign countries. - - -The National Development Company.--The company was organized for the -purpose of financing isolated commercial, industrial or agricultural -enterprises that the government may desire to establish for the general -welfare of the country, the motive being that whenever or wherever -there was profiteering the government should enter into competition -with the profiteer and compel him to reduce the cost of his goods. - -The stock of the company is controlled, as in other government -companies, by a committee of three, composed of the Governor-General, -the President of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of -Representatives. - -Other development companies which have been established by law, some of -which have not yet begun to function, are the National Cement Company -(2855), the National Coal Company (2705), the National Iron Company -(2862), and the National Petroleum Company (2814). - - - - - - - - - -XIV. THE INDEPENDENCE MOVEMENT - - -The sporadic but persistent agitation for reform which ultimately -evolved into the organized movement for independence since 1892, -began soon after the discovery of the Islands. In the beginning, -dissatisfaction manifested itself in more or less unimportant and -localized uprisings against the oppressive measures which the Spanish -rulers sought to impose upon the inhabitants. - -Some of these uprisings, in outline form, were the following: - - -[Uprisings against Spain] - -1574.--The first governor in Manila ordered the residents to supply his -troops food, and took two of the leading Filipinos as hostages. After a -time the Filipinos refused to submit any longer to the imposition. The -governor ordered the hostages to be shot. The Filipinos revolted. - -1585.--The Province of Pampanga was a center of revolts. - -1588.--A conspiracy against Legaspi and against the principal officials -of the city. The idea in this revolt was to expel the Spaniards from -the Philippine Islands. - -1589.--Popular revolt in the Provinces of Cagayan and Ilocos Norte. - -1622.--Like Pampanga, Bohol became a center of revolts. This year -saw a strange revolt which had a religious cause but later gained -national importance. It also developed leadership in the person of -one Tamblot. He was executed but his memory lived to inspire another -rebellion. - -This same year saw an uprising in the Province of Leyte. - -1643.--Ladia led a revolt in Bulacan. His plan was easily discovered -and he was put to death. - -1645.--An uprising against the tax system in the Province of Pampanga, -the second revolt in that province. - -1649.--The most widespread revolt the Spanish government had yet -seen against the system of conscripting labor whenever a Spaniard -needed it. Starting in Leyte the uprising spread from one province -to another and would not have been suppressed had not the governor -incited Filipinos against Filipinos. - -1660.--Miniago led a rebellion in Pampanga against the system of -forced labor. At this time the Filipinos had already learned the -Spanish way of making promises which were never fulfilled, thus -instilling hatred in the Filipinos. - -This same year witnessed another revolt in Pangasinan following the -Miniago revolt. The leader by the name of Malong gave the Spanish -government an almost unbearable trouble. He proclaimed his province, -Pangasinan, independent and started to set up a government of its -own. His army swept everything before it, but at last suffered defeat -by the hands of Spaniards. The Filipinos were gradually developing -military men, and at this time, one General Pedro Gumapus had been -recognized. He was arrested, however, and put to death with many of -his comrades. - -1661.--A revolt in Ilocos, an aftermath of the Malong rebellion. - -1686.--A conspiracy in Manila, but soon suppressed. - -1719.--The riot in which Governor Bustamante and his son were -killed. This was the result of the long discord between the government -and the church. - -1744.--Another rebellion in Bohol. This time the leader was Dagohoy -and under his leadership his army was able to drive the Spanish troops -away. Dagohoy set up a government in Bohol. - -1762.--Pangasinan revolted again, but again unsuccessful. - -1762.--A revolt occurred during the war with Great Britain. Silan -offered his services to raise troops against the British. In reply -the government sent him to prison for a spy. The Filipinos revolted -and broke jail, letting the prisoner out. Silan was later murdered -by an assassin whom the Spaniards hired. His widow who continued the -revolt was arrested and hanged. - -1762.--The Provinces of Cagayan, Laguna, and Batangas revolted against -the tax system. - -1785.--Nueva Ecija revolted. - -1807.--A rebellion in Ilocos in which the Filipinos demanded -constitutional rights. The rebels captured the town of Piddig and -overcame the Spanish forces. - -1811.--The Igorots plotted to annihilate all the Spaniards. The plan -was betrayed to the authorities and was nipped in the bud. - -1812.--For the first time in the history of Spain the demand for -reforms was met with constitutional concession. The Filipinos were -to have representation in the Cortes of Spain. The constitution -was later discarded by King Ferdinand VII and upon hearing this the -Filipinos revolted. - -1814.--A rebellion against the oppressive tax system. - -1820.--An uprising during a cholera epidemic, as the people believed -that the government had been neglecting its duty. It was quelled, -and a frightful massacre followed. - -1823.--A mutiny at Novales led by a mestizo army officer. - -1827.--This year the rebels of Bohol were temporarily subjugated -after an independence of about eight years. - -1840.--An extensive revolt in southern Luzon led by Apolinario de -la Cruz, a student in theology. Cruz organized a Brotherhood of San -Juan and asked for the cooeperation of the church. In reply, De la -Cruz was arrested for working seditiously. Revolt followed in which -the leader was arrested and shot. - -1843.--An uprising in Manila as a resentment against the treatment -of De la Cruz. - -1872.--This revolt was different from any other previous revolt as it -was no longer a protest against specific injustice but a revolt based -upon idealistic basis. The leaders came from the educated class. The -victims included such harmless men as Father Burgos, Father Zamora, -and Father Gomez who were executed. - -1883, 1888.--These years saw various revolts against oppressive -treatments. - -1892.--This year marked the beginning of the long and constructive -struggle which changed the history of the Filipino people. It was -characterized by a systematic campaign for freedom, culminating in -the execution of Jose Rizal and the successful Revolution of 1896. - - - - -THE ORGANIZED MOVEMENT.--The leadership and the national ideals which -these uprisings developed, became apparent in the Revolution of 1896 -when the masses rose in arms against Spain and demanded separation -and freedom. General MacArthur said of this Revolution: - - - "When I first started in against these rebels, I believed that - Aguinaldo's troops represented only a faction. I did not like to - believe that the whole population of Luzon--the native population, - that is--were opposed to us and our offers of good government. But - after having come this far, after having occupied several towns and - cities in succession, and having been brought much in contact with - both insurrectos and amigos, I have been reluctantly compelled - to believe that the Filipino masses were loyal and devoted to - Aguinaldo and the government which he heads." - - -Upon the cessation of hostilities and after the organization of -the civil government in the Islands under the American regime, the -Philippine Commission passed an act which virtually prohibited all -agitations for Philippine independence. Under these circumstances, the -movement had to go on in an unorganized manner against the opposition -of the Federal Party which indorsed annexation of the Philippines -to the United States. The party, however, never had any substantial -support, and soon lost the little it had. Another party had appeared -on the scene, having immediate independence for its slogan and the -multitude rallied around its standard. - -As an organized and systematic movement, the agitation began with -the institution of the Philippine Assembly in 1907. The Philippine -Assembly was then the popular branch of the Philippine Legislature, -the upper house being the Commission of which the majority were -Americans. The issue in the general elections was independence for -the Islands, and the Nacionalista Party, which championed the cause, -gained an overwhelming majority in the Assembly over the Federal -Party. At the close of the first session of this representative body, -the Speaker, Hon. Sergio Osmena, declared: - - - "Permit me, gentlemen of the chamber, to declare solemnly before - God and before the world, upon my conscience as a deputy and - representative of my compatriots, and under my responsibility - as president of this chamber, that we believe the people desire - independence, and that we believe ourselves capable of leading - an orderly existence, efficient both in internal and external - affairs, as a member of the free and civilized nations." - - -The cause of Philippine independence has been paramount in Philippine -affairs since then, but the Filipino people have been striving for -that national objective in the most peaceful manner. After the war -the movement was resumed, and since 1919 two delegations have been -sent to the United States to present pleas for independence to the -President and Congress. The first went in 1919, the second in 1921. - - - - -AMERICA'S POLICY AND PROMISE TO THE FILIPINO PEOPLE.--The plea for -freedom is based on two contentions. First, that it is the right of -all nations to be free; second, that independence has been promised -by the United States. Both of which premises are admitted. The only -question is when independence will be granted. - -The Filipino people are one in their appeal for independence. All -political parties have this as a common objective. There is not one -discordant note in the age-long desire. The people are willing to -stake their all--take all the chances attendant upon an independent -existence. They want their freedom now. - -On the other hand, America's policy toward the Islands has been -consistent. The pronouncements of her executive officials as well as -Congressional legislations all point to one conclusion: It has never -been the intention to make of the Philippines a perpetual possession; -independence is to be granted as soon as a stable government "can -be established." - -PRONOUNCEMENTS OF AMERICAN PRESIDENTS.--In January 30, 1899, eight -months after the battle of Manila Bay, President McKinley dispatched -the First Philippine Commission to the Islands with the assurance -that the Commission would bring "the richest blessings of a liberating -rather than a conquering nation." Later on he added: "The Philippines -are ours, not to exploit but to develop, to civilize, to educate, -to train in the science of self-government." - -In 1903 Mr. Taft, as Civil Governor of the Philippine Islands, -eloquently expressed himself thus: - - - "From the beginning to the end, the state papers which were - circulated in these Islands as authoritative expressions of the - Executive had for their motto that 'the Philippines are for the - Filipinos,' and that the government of the United States are here - for the purpose of preserving the 'Philippines for the Filipinos' - for their benefit, for their elevation, for their civilization, - again and again appears." - - -And again, in 1907, he said: - - - "The policy looks to the improvement of the people, both - industrially and in self-governing capacity. As the policy - of extending control continues, it must logically reduce and - finally end the sovereignty of the United States in the Islands, - unless it shall deem wise to the American and Filipino peoples, - on account of mutually beneficial trade relations and possible - advantages to the Islands in their foreign relations, that the - bond shall not be completely severed." - - -In his message in 1908 President Roosevelt said: - - - "I trust that within a generation the time will arrive when the - Filipinos can decide for themselves whether it is well for them - to become independent or to continue under protection of a strong - and disinterested power, able to guarantee to the Islands order - at home and protection from foreign invasion." - - -And in his autobiography Mr. Roosevelt remarked: - - - "As regards the Philippines my belief was that we should train - them for self-government as rapidly as possible and leave them - free to decide their own fate." - - -On October 6, 1913, President Wilson, in a message for the Filipino -people, formulated America's policy thus: - - - "We regard ourselves as trustees not for the advantage of - the United States, but for the benefit of the people of the - Philippine Islands. Every step we take will be taken with a view - to ultimate independence of the Islands and as a preparation for - that independence." - - -THE JONES LAW.--All these official declarations at last found -Congressional sanction and expression in the Jones Law passed in 1916 -which in the opinion of the author, Congressman William Atkinson Jones, -is "the everlasting covenant of a great and generous people speaking -through their accredited representatives that they (the Filipinos) -shall in due time enjoy the incomparable blessings of liberty and -freedom." The preamble of the Law reads: - - - "Whereas it was never the intention of the people of the United - States in the incipiency of the War with Spain to make it a war - of conquest or territorial aggrandizement; and - - "Whereas it is, as it has always been, the purpose of the people - of the United States to withdraw their sovereignty over the - Philippine Islands and to recognize their independence as soon - as a stable government can be established therein; and - - "Whereas, for the speedy accomplishment of the purpose, it is - desirable to place in the hands of the people of the Philippines - as large a control of their domestic affairs as can be given them - without in the meantime impairing the exercise of the right of - sovereignty by the people of the United States in order that by - the use and exercise of popular franchise and government powers - they may be better prepared to fully assume the responsibilities - and enjoy all the privileges of complete independence; - - "Therefore...." - - -This law is the first formal pronouncement of the American people, -through their accredited representatives, on the purpose of the United -States as regards the Philippine Islands. It is the formal pledge -that Independence will be granted. The only condition required is -that a stable government be first established in the Islands. - -Executive recommendation for the fulfillment of America's -promise.--That there is now such a stable government in the Islands -is the claim of the Filipinos, and America is being asked to perform -her part of the covenant. In this claim of theirs, the Filipinos -are supported by the official representatives of the American people -themselves. - -In his last message to Congress, December 2, 1920, President Wilson -made this recommendation: - - - "Allow me to call your attention to the fact that the people of - the Philippine Islands have succeeded in maintaining a stable - government since the last action of the Congress in their behalf, - and have thus fulfilled the condition set by the Congress as - precedent to a consideration of granting independence to the - Islands. - - "I respectfully submit that this condition having been fulfilled, - it is our liberty and our duty to keep our promise to the people - of those islands by granting them the independence which they so - honorably covet." - - -Governor-General Harrison also testified before the Joint Committee of -Congress in 1919 that a stable government had already been established -in the Philippine Islands, to wit, "a government elected by the -suffrages of the people, which is supported by the people, which -is capable of maintaining order and of fulfilling its international -obligations." - - - - -MISSIONS TO UNITED STATES.--Soon after the termination of the world -war, it was decided to push the campaign for freedom with greater -vigor than ever before. - -There was need, besides, of centralizing the campaign if it was to be -more effective. Accordingly, the Philippine Legislature, on November 1, -1918, created a "Commission of Independence," composed of the presiding -officers and members of both houses of the Legislature. The Commission -was for the purpose of considering and reporting to the Legislature: - -(a) Ways and means of negotiating immediately for the granting and -recognition of the Independence of the Philippines. - -(b) External guarantees of the stability and permanence of said -independence as well as of territorial integrity. - -(c) Ways and means of organizing in a speedy, effectual and orderly -manner a constitutional and democratic internal government. - - -The First Mission.--One of the first actions of the Commission was -to recommend the sending of a special mission to the United States -to present the plea for freedom in a formal manner. The Legislature -approved this recommendation, and in May, 1919, a delegation arrived -at Washington, composed of forty prominent Filipinos representing the -two houses of the Legislature as well as the commercial, industrial, -agricultural, and labor interests of the Islands. - -About the time it sailed, the Legislature adopted a "Declaration of -Purposes" for the guidance of the Commission of Independence and the -Philippine Mission. This declaration recited, among other things: - - -Declaration of Purposes.--* * * "In applying the principles enunciated -in documents and utterances on the Philippines to the conditions now -existing in the Islands, the Commission of Independence will find -the following facts: - - - "That there exist likewise in the Philippines all the conditions - of stability and guarantees for law and order that Cuba had to - establish to the satisfaction of America in order to obtain her - independence, or to preserve it, during the military occupation of - 1898-1902 and during the intervention of 1906-1909, respectively. - - "That the 'preparation for independence' and the 'stable - government' required by President Wilson and the Congress of the - United States, respectively, contain no new requisite not included - in any of the cases above cited. - - "That these prerequisites for Philippine Independence are the - same as those virtually or expressly established by the Republican - administration that preceded President Wilson's administration. - - "That during the entire time that the Filipino people have been - with America, they have been living in the confidence that the - American occupation was only temporary and that its final aim - was not aggrandizement or conquest, but the peace, welfare, - and liberty of the Filipino people. - - "That this faith in the promises of America was a cardinal factor - not only in the cooeperation between Americans and Filipinos during - the years of peace, but also in the cooeperation between Americans - and Filipinos during the late war. - - "That the condition of thorough development of the internal - affairs of the country and the present international atmosphere - of justice, liberty, and security for all peoples, are the most - propitious for the fulfillment by America of her promises and - for her redemption of the pledges she has made before the world. - - "Therefore, so far as it is humanly possible to judge - and say, we can see only one aim for the Commission of - Independence--independence; and we can give only one - instruction--to get it. * * *" - - -The Mission proceeded to Washington to confer with President Wilson and -to make known their desires. It happened, however, that the President -was in Paris, at the Peace Conference, and could not receive the -mission in person. He delegated Secretary of War Baker to represent -him and to read for him to the Mission a letter in which he expressed -sentiments of sympathy and good will. In that letter, the President -said in part: - - - "I am sorry that I cannot look into the faces of the gentlemen - of this Mission from the Philippine Islands and tell them all - that I have in mind and heart as I think of the patient labor, - with the end almost in sight, undertaken by the American and - Filipino people for their permanent benefit. I know, however, - that your sentiments are mine in this regard and that you will - translate truly to them my own feelings." - - -And Secretary Baker, on his part, said: - - - "I know that I express the feeling of the President--I certainly - express my own feeling; I think I express the prevailing feeling - in the United States--when I say that we believe the time has - substantially come, if not quite come, when the Philippine Islands - can be allowed to sever the mere formal political tie remaining - and become an independent people." - - -Hearing Before Congressional Committee.--Because of the absence of -President Wilson, the mission had to return to the Islands with its -object unattained. The members, however, had visited many cities of the -United States and delivered speeches pleading for independence. They -also succeeded in getting a hearing before a joint-committee -of Congress, presided over by the then Senator Harding. But the -committee was adverse to any action being taken at the time on the -issue of Philippine independence and so stated. The Mission then -presented a memorial "to the Senate and House of Representatives of -the United States," wherein it submitted the case of the Filipinos -in substance thus: - - -1. That as defined and established in the Act of Congress of August - 29, 1916, the purpose of the Government of the United States is - to withdraw its sovereignty over the Philippine Islands as soon - as a stable government can be established therein. - -2. That in accordance with the terms and provisions of said law, - the people of the Philippines have organized a government that - has been in operation for nearly three years and which has - offered complete evidence that conditions are ripe for the - establishment of an independent government that will be fully - capable of maintaining law and order, administer justice, promote - the welfare of all the inhabitants of the islands, and discharge - as well its international obligations. - -3. That the Filipino people desire their independence at this time, - and along with that independence, they confidently hope to - preserve the bonds of good understanding and friendship which bind - them to the United States, and to foster the free development of - commercial relations between the two countries. - - -The Second Mission.--The first Mission failing to get independence, -a second one was dispatched in 1922, with identically the same -purpose--to negotiate for independence. It was designated a -Parliamentary Mission, presided over by the Speaker of the House and -the President of the Senate, and was composed of 14 members. Arriving -at Washington, it presented a memorial to President Harding, which, in -point of logic, force, earnestness, and diction, must stand unique in -the annals of peoples aspiring to be free through peaceful methods. It -is the case of the Filipinos in a nutshell. It recites in part: - - - MEMORIAL OF JUNE 16, 1922 - - "Mr. President: With the deepest sense of loyalty and confidence - in the American people, the Philippine Legislature has decided to - send the present Parliamentary Mission to the United States. The - Mission brings a message of good-will and friendship from the - Filipino people to the people of the United States, and is charged - to resume the negotiations for the independence of the Philippines - begun by the first Mission sent in 1919. - - - MCKINLEY AND ROOT'S DEFINITION OF STABLE GOVERNMENT - - "There are, in President McKinley's estimate, two main elements - in a stable government: First, ability to maintain order and - insure peace and tranquility, and the security of citizens; - second, ability to observe international obligations. To those - two elements, Mr. Root in his instruction for the Cuban people, - added the following: It must rest upon the peaceful suffrages of - the people and must contain constitutional limitations to protect - the people from the arbitrary actions of the Government. All - these elements are to be found in the Philippines today. - - - PRESENT PHILIPPINE GOVERNMENT SATISFIES ALL CONDITIONS - - "It is admitted by the Wood-Forbes Mission that order has been - properly maintained and that our Insular police or constabulary, - "has proved itself to be dependable and thoroughly efficient. * - * * They are naturally an orderly people." - - "The Filipino people are by nature and tradition hospitable - and courteous to foreigners. There has been no anti-foreign - agitation or outbreak. The business of foreigners has been amply - protected and will continue to be so protected under an independent - Philippines. During the short-lived Philippine Republic prisoners - of war were treated according to the law of nations, and there - was security for foreigners. - - - ORDERLY ELECTIONS - - "The Insular, provincial, and municipal governments of the - Philippines rest on the free and peaceful suffrage of the - people. The people elect members of the Insular legislature, - provincial governors, members of the provincial boards, municipal - presidents, and members of the municipal councils. Interest in - the elections is widespread and election day passes without any - serious disturbances. There was a general, quiet acceptance by - the minority of the results of the popular vote. * * * - - - CONSTITUTIONAL GUARANTEES - - "The structure and workings of our government also conform - to the standard defined by Mr. Root in that it is "subject - to the limitations and safeguards which the experience of - a constitutional government has shown to be necessary to the - preservation of individual rights." The Filipino people fought for - such constitutional safeguards during the Spanish regime. A modern - bill of rights was inserted in the Constitution of the Philippine - Republic. Our present constitutional limitations and safeguards - have been in operation since 1900 when President McKinley in - his instructions to the second Philippine Commission set down - as inviolable rules the fundamental provisions of the American - Bill of Rights. These provisions with slight modification were - later included in the Organic Act of 1902, and again set forth - in the Jones Law of 1916. For more than twenty years, therefore, - the Philippine Government has been subject to constitutional - practices. They are imbedded in the political life of the people, - and no matter what political change may occur in the Philippines - they will find no material alteration. An impartial judiciary is - there to enforce them. - - - COMPETENT JUDICIARY - - "The Supreme Court has the respect and confidence of the Filipino - people. The courts of First Instance, mostly presided over by - Filipinos ever since 1914, have maintained a standard which, - in general, compares favorably with the state courts of the - Union. From August 31, 1912, to September 1, 1913, during the - last two years of Governor Forbes' administration, only 25.1 per - cent of the decisions appealed from these courts were reversed by - the Supreme Court. From March 3, 1919, to March 4, 1921, another - period of two years with Filipinos in control, the percentage - of reversals decreased to 20.8 per cent. The number of cases - disposed of by the Courts of First Instance for the eight years - (1906 to 1913, inclusive) was as many as 82,528. The total number - of cases disposed of for the same length of time, with Filipinos - in greater control (1914 to 1921, inclusive), was 117,357 or an - increase of 34,829, or 42 per cent. - - - GENERAL PROGRESS - - "Philippine autonomy has also increased the agencies of social - and political progress, such as schools, roads, public buildings, - hospitals, etc. In 1913, when the Filipino people had even less - share in the government than they have now, there were enrolled - in public schools 440,050 pupils, in 1921 there were nearly a - million (943,422). In 1913, there were only 2,934 public schools; - in 1920 there were 5,944. In 1913, there were 2,171 kilometers of - first-class roads in operation, in 1921 the figure was 4,698.8 - in addition to about 5,000 kilometers of second-class roads. In - 1913, there were no dispensaries where the poor could be given - medical treatment; in 1921, there were over 800. In 1913 the - appropriation for medical aid to the poor was P1,548,371.25; - in 1921 the sum was P3,153,828.00. - - "Social and economic progress has also been tremendous during - this period. In 1913 there were hardly a dozen women's clubs, - in 1921 there were 342 in active work. In 1913, the volume of - Philippine commerce was only P202,171,484, in 1920 it swelled to - P601,124,276. The cultivated area in 1913 was 2,361,483 hectares - as compared with 3,276,942 hectares in 1920, or 38.7 per cent - increase. The present conditions in the Philippines compare - favorably with those existing in many nations whose right to - national sovereignty is not in the least questioned. - - - THE FAVORABLE INTERNATIONAL SITUATION - - "Three years ago the impression of the members of the first - Philippine Mission was that the main objection in the minds of - many Americans to the immediate independence of the Philippines - was the danger of foreign aggression. While this is entirely - outside of the question as to whether we have complied with the - requirements of the Jones Law, it may not be amiss to call the - attention of those Americans to the great change in international - affairs which has taken place since the visit of the last Mission. - - - THE WASHINGTON CONFERENCE - - "Wholesome relationship has especially been established in the - Pacific area. The recent Washington Conference has cleared away - many doubts and misgivings. - - "In the words of the President of the United States that conference - was called 'to provide some means whereby just, thoughtful, - righteous peoples, who are not seeking to seize something which - does not belong to them can live peaceably together and eliminate - cause of conflict.'" - - - IRELAND, EGYPT, AND INDIA - - "To the favorable international atmosphere may be added the fact - that the first of colonial powers is already reversing her former - policies. She has granted recognition of freedom and equality to - peoples hitherto held as subjects and vassals. Egypt has regained - her independence. The Irish people have been asked to enter into - an agreement with England, looking to the establishment of a free - state. Liberal institutions are now being established in India. - - - TRIUMPH OF AMERICAN IDEALS - - "We see in all these events the gradual triumph of American ideals, - especially of that fundamental American principle that declares - that governments derive their just powers from the consent of - the governed. - - "Hence we come to America in the full expectation that the - United States can do no less than other nations have done to - their dependencies; that she cannot now refrain from practicing - those principles which were initiated by her and followed by her - sister nations; that she cannot now refuse specific realization - of those purposes and ideals, which found eloquent expression - in her spokesmen both in times of war and in times of peaceful - reconstruction; and that she will make the Filipino people a - determining factor in the relationship that should exist between - the United States and the only unincorporated and subject country - now under the American flag. - - - MISSION HAS FULL POWERS - - "We, therefore, submit our case, with faith and confidence, - frankly and without evasion. It is the case of the Filipino - people whom in fact and in law we represent, for certainly - under the present circumstances no other agency can speak or - act with as much authority on what the Filipino people want or - on Philippine conditions in general, as their duly accredited - representatives. That is the very essence of representative - government." - - -President Harding replied after due deliberation, stating that he -was not yet ready to recommend the concession of independence to -Congress, but assured the members of the Mission and, thru them, the -Filipino people, that there would be no backward step taken during -his administration, and that the autonomy now enjoyed by the Filipinos -would remain unimpaired. - -Petition for a constitutional convention.--The second Mission, -failing in its object like the first, the Philippine Legislature at -its next session in 1922, set about to devise other means whereby -action on the question of independence could be hastened. After days -of stirring debate, it was decided to ask Congress for permission -to call a Constitutional Convention to draft a Constitution for a -Philippine Republic, and the following resolution was passed: - - - "Whereas, the people and government of the United States have - solemnly promised to grant independence as soon as a stable - government can be established in the Philippines; and - - "Whereas, a stable government now exists and is now in operation - with the necessary guarantees that insure success, permanency, - and security; and - - "Whereas, preparation and approval by legitimate representatives of - the Filipino people of a political constitution for the Philippines - is, in the sense of the legislature, a proper and efficacious - step for the securing of Philippine independence; therefore, be it - - "Resolved, by the Philippine Senate, with the concurrence of the - House of Representatives, that the United States Congress be asked, - as it is hereby asked, to authorize the Philippine Legislature - to make arrangements for the holding of a general election for - the selection of delegates to a constitutional assembly which - shall have the duty of preparing, discussing, and adopting a - political constitution for an independent Philippine Republic; of - determining, with the government of the United States, what kind - of relationship, if any, should exist between said government of - the United States and the Philippines; and finally of prescribing - the election by the people of the Philippines of officials that - shall exercise the authority and functions prescribed by the - constitution to be adopted and to whom the present government of - the Philippines shall be transferred as soon as they have legally - assumed their posts." - - -This resolution is now before the Congress of the United States, -awaiting action by that body. - - - - - - - - - -XV. APPENDICES - - -WHERE TO GO IN MANILA - - -LIST OF HOTELS - -There is generally a hotel in the principal towns and cities, conducted -on the American plan. - -The following are the principal hotels in Manila: - - - The Delmonico Hotel, 278 General Luna, Intramuros. - The Imperial, 118 Real, Intramuros. - The Oriente Hotel, 121 Real, Intramuros. - The Luneta Hotel, 38-40 San Luis. - The Manila Hotel, Luneta. - Banahaw Hotel, 104 Postigo. - Bayside Hotel, 121 Alhambra. - Chicago Hotel, 219 Real. - Cosmopolitan Hotel, 504 Rizal Avenue. - Hotel de France, 35 Plaza Goiti. - Hotel Dimas-Alang, 525 Magdalena. - Hotel Mecca, 323-31 P. Gomez. - Hotel Mignon, 119 T. Pinpin. - Japanese Hotel, 335 Regidor. - New Paris Hotel, 135 Plaza Santa Cruz. - New Washington Hotel, 207-9 Echague. - Elite Hotel, 300 Echague. - Palma de Mallorca, Intramuros. - Park Hotel, 1099 R. Hidalgo. - San Sebastian Hotel, 103-105 Legarda. - Stag Hotel, 300 Echague. - Vallejo's Hotel, 165 Solana. - Windsor Hotel, 4 Nebraska. - - - - -GARAGES AND STABLES - -(Note.--There are no "taxis" in the Islands. The traveler either has -to hail a car marked "PU" (Public Utility) or telephone for a garage -car, marked "G." They are paid by the hour depending on the make of -the car.) - - - Banner Garage, 55 Echague. - Bulakena Garage, D. Mistica, prop., 1312 F. Huertas. - Cosmopolitan Garage and Stables, 677 Legarda. - Estrella Auto Palace, 560 Gandara. - Iberia Garage, Branch Office 126 Plaza Goiti. - La Palma de Mallorca Garage, 154 Real, Intramuros. - Luneta Motor Co., Inc., 54 San Luis. - Malate Stables, Garage & Car Works, 767 Dakota. - Manila Garage, 1423 Herran. - N. & B. Port Stables, 22d Street. - National Garage, 3158 Azcarraga. - One-Two-Three Garage, 159 Plaza Santa Cruz. - Paco American Stables, 723 Kansas. - Paco Stables and Garage, 723 Kansas. - Pedro's Garage and Livery Stables, 141 Real. - Real Stables and Garage, 118 Real. - Rosenberg's Garage, 473 A. Mabini. - San Jose Garage, 212 Perdigon. - Waldorf Stables, 731 Rizal Avenue. - - - - -STEAMSHIP AGENCIES - - - Admiral Line, The, 24 David. - American and Manchurian Line, Smith, Bell & Co., agents, Hongkong - Shanghai Bank Building. - Atkins Kroll & Co., 324-326 Pacific Building. - Australian Oriental Line, 503-511 Echague. - Barber Steamship Lines, Admiral Line, agents, 24 David. - China Navigation Co., Smith, Bell & Co., agents, Hongkong-Shanghai - Bank Building. - Canadian Pacific Railway, Roxas Building, Escolta. - Columbia Pacific Shipping Co., 321 Roxas Building. - Compania Trasatlantica de Barcelona, El Hogar Filipino Building. - Dollar Co., The Robert, 406-410 Uy Chaco Building. - Eastern & Australasian Steamship Co., Smith, Bell & Co., agents, - Hongkong-Shanghai Bank Building. - Ellerman Line, W. F. Stevenson & Co., agents, El Hogar Filipino - Building. - Hamburg-Amerika Linie, Viegelman, Inc., agents, 90 Rosario. - Holland-East Asia Line, 979 Muelle de la Industria. - Hugo Stinnes Lines, 132 Juan Luna. - Indo-China Navigation Co., Smith, Bell & Co., agents, - Hongkong-Shanghai Bank Building. - Isthmian Line, McCleod & Co., agents, Uy Chaco Building. - Lloyd Triestino, S. N. Co., Wise Building. - Messageries Maritimes, 540 Sales Street. - Nippon Yusen Kaisha, Warner Barnes & Co., agents, El Hogar - Filipino Building. - Osaka Shosen Kaisha, Stevenson & Co., agents, El Hogar Filipino - Building. - Pacific Mail Steamship Co., 104 Nueva. - P. & O. S. N. Line, Stevenson & Co., agents, El Hogar Filipino - Building. - Prince Line, Ltd. Warner Barnes, agents, El Hogar Filipino - Building. - Struthers & Barry, San Francisco-Los Angeles, direct service, - Pacific Building. - Tampa Inter-Ocean Steamship Co., Pacific Mail, agents, 104 Nueva. - The Blue Funnel Line, London Service, Smith, Bell & Co., agents, - Hongkong Bank Building. - The Blue Funnel Line, New York Service, W. F. Stevenson & Co., - agents, El Hogar Filipino Building. - Toyo Kisen Kaisha, Uy Chaco Building. - United States Shipping Board, Masonic Temple. - - - - -FOREIGN CONSULATES - - - Argentine Republic.--J. F. Fernandez, consul, 109 Juan Luna. - Belgium.--M. Verlinden, acting consul, 205 El Hogar Filipino. - Brazil, United States of.--Jean M. Poizat, consul, El Hogar - Filipino Building. - Chili.--Antonio Malvehy, consul, 212 Marques de Comillas. - China.--Chow Kwo Hsien, consul general, 62 M. H. del Pilar, - Ermita; C. F. Pan, vice-consul; C. C. Chu, deputy consul. - Denmark.--W. V. Caddel Kauffeldt, consul, 15 Cristobal. - France.--A. Valentini, consul, 443 A. Mabini, Ermita. - Germany.--Swiss consul, in charge. (See Switzerland.) - Great Britain.--Thomas Harrington, consul general, Manila, 231 - General Solano; E. H. de Bunsen, acting vice-consul, Manila; - H. Walford, acting vice-consul, Iloilo; Guy Walford, acting - vice-consul, Cebu; H. Thompson, Zamboanga, acting vice-consul. - Italy.--C. G. Ghezzi, 256 Calle David. - Japan.--Tsunezo Sugimura, consul general; Mitsuo Hamaguchi, - vice-consul, 213 Roxas Bldg. Detached office in Davao; Mikaeru - Shibasaki, vice-consul. - Liberia.--R. Summers, consul, 792 Santa Mesa. - Mexico.--Teodoro R. Yangco, honorary consul, 421 Muelle de la - Industria. - Netherlands.--P. K. A. Meerkamp van Embden, consul general; - T. Bremer, vice-consul, 979 Muelle de la Industria. Guy Walford, - vice-consul, Cebu; H. Walford, vice-consul, Iloilo. - Nicaragua.--T. R. Lacayo, consul (absent), 7 Magallanes; Dr. Carlos - Gelano, acting consul, 1919 Herran. - Norway.--Capt. N. C. Gude, consul general, Uy Chaco Bldg., Cebu; - Guy Walford, vice consul, Iloilo; H. Walford, acting vice-consul. - Peru.--Antonio M. Barretto, consul, Hotel de France. - Portugal.--J. W. Ferrier, consul, 12 Escolta. - Russia.--(See France.) - Spain.--Juan Potous y Martinez, consul general; Jose Ledesma y - Reina, vice-consul, Casa de Espana, Taft Avenue; Jose de Reguera, - acting consul, Iloilo; Cristobal Garcia Gimenez, vice-consul, Cebu. - Sweden.--Carl Orton, consul general, Connell Bros., Lack & - Davis Bldg. - Switzerland.--Albert Sidler, consul, 936 Raon, Quiapo. - Venezuela.--Albert P. Delfino, consul, 546 Calle Sales. - - -Note.--The Governments of Belgium, China, France, Great Britain, -Japan, and Spain are represented by consuls of career. - - - - -CABLE OFFICES - - - Eastern Extension, Australasia and China Telegraph Co., El Hogar - Filipino Building. - Commercial Pacific Cable Co., El Hogar Filipino Building. - - - - -LIST OF BANKS DOING BUSINESS IN 1923 - - - The International Banking Corporation. Head office in New York; - Branch in Manila, Plaza Moraga; local branches in Cebu and Iloilo. - The Chartered Bank of India, Australia and China. Head office - in London; branch in Manila, Plaza Cervantes; agencies in Cebu, - Iloilo, and Zamboanga. - The Bank of the Philippine Islands. Head office in Manila, Plaza - Cervantes; agencies in Iloilo and Zamboanga. - The China Banking Corporation, Manila. - The Philippine Trust Company, Manila. - The Monte de Piedad and Savings Bank, Manila. - El Hogar Filipino, Manila. - The Manila Building and Loan Association, Manila. - The Zamboanga Building and Loan Association, Cebu. - The Cebu Mutual Building Association, Zamboanga. - The Philippine National Bank, Head Office in Manila; branches - in Cebu, Iloilo, Lucena, Aparri, Legazpi, Dagupan, Naga, Davao, - and Cabanatuan. - - - - -CHAMBERS OF COMMERCE - - - Alliance Francaise, 445 A. Mabini. - American Chamber of Commerce, 2 T. Pinpin. - Chamber of Commerce of the Philippine Islands, 12 Escolta. - Chambre de Commerce Francaise, 445 A. Mabini. - Chinese Chamber of Commerce, 175 Juan Luna. - Camara de Comercio Espanola, Taft Avenue. - - - - -CINEMATOGRAPHS AND THEATRES - - - Amor Theatre, 254 Cabildo. - Zorilla Theatre, Azcarraga. - Cine Magdalo, 973 Magdalena. - Empire Theatre, The, 212 Echague. - Grand Opera House, Rizal Avenue. - Fraternidad, Inc., 729 Dart. - Gaiety Theatre, The, 630 M. H. del Pilar. - Ideal Cinematograph, 417 Rizal Avenue. - Lux Cinematograph, 149-51 Plaza Santa Cruz. - Lyric Theatre, 81-83 Escolta. - Rivoli Theatre, 123 Plaza Santa Cruz. - Savoy Theatre, 57 Echague. - Cine Star, Azcarraga, Tondo. - Cine Plaridel, Madrid, San Nicolas. - Cine Madrid, Madrid, San Nicolas. - Cine Royal, Potenciana, Walled City. - Cine Magallanes, Magallanes, Walled City. - Cine Paz, Herran, Paco. - Cine Paco, Dart, Paco. - Cine Obrero, Castanos, Sampaloc. - Cine Kami-Naman, Anak ng Bayan, Malate. - Cine Katubusan, Moriones, Tondo. - Cine Dimasalang, Azcarraga, Tondo. - Cine Moderno, Legarda, Sampaloc. - - - - -CLUBS - - - Army and Navy Club, South Boulevard. - Bohemian Sporting Club, 428 Rizal Avenue. - Cantonese Club, 459 Dasmarinas. - Casino Espanol, Taft Avenue. - Che Yong Club, 470 Juan Luna. - Che Lon Pit Sui, 424 Soler. - Chin Poo Tong, 245 Carvajal. - Chinese Merchants Club, 1377 General Luna. - Chinese Reading Club, 522 Benavides. - Club Filipino, 1012 Rizal Avenue. - Club Libertad, 826 Magdalena. - Club Nacionalista de Chinos, 276 M. de Binondo. - Columbia Club of Manila, 573 Isaac Peral. - Coon Woo Club, 522 Misericordia. - Deutscher Club, Inc., and German Club, 1034 Isaac Peral. - Elks Club, South Boulevard. - Rotary Club, Manila Hotel. - - - - -BOOKSELLERS AND STATIONERS - - - Libreria de P. Sayo Vda. de Soriano, Rosario. - Agencia Editorial, 200 Carriedo. - Escolta Bazar and Book Store, Inc., The, 139-141 Escolta. - Martinez, J., 108 Plaza Calderon de la Barca. - Oriental Commercial Co., Inc., 684 Rizal Avenue. - Philippine Education Co., Inc., 34 Escolta. - Frank & Co., Escolta. - Manila Filatelica, Carriedo. - Libreria de I. R. Morales, Plaza Miranda, Quiapo. - - - - -EMBROIDERIES - - - Art Embroidery Co., The, 2641 Herran. - Ackad & Co., E., 435 Juan Luna. - Bardwill Brothers, 252 Plaza Guipit. - Blanca Nieve, 209 Ongpin. - Blanco & Reyes, 1018 Herran. - Brown Louise P. Retail, 12 San Luis. - Cacho, Jusi and Pina, 233 General Luna. - Daisy Philippine Underwear, 1515-23 General Luna. - Elser, H. W., 600 M. H. del Pilar. - Feltman Bros. and Hermel Inc., 1103 Herran. - Filipino Hand Embroidery and Hat Co., 33 Aviles. - Mallouk & Brother, E. G. Orfaley Manager, 562 Legarda. - Manila A B C Embroidery Co., 694 A. Mabini. - Manila Lingerie Corporation, 2915 Herran. - Marshall Field & Co., 72 Gastambide. - Miller Embroidery Co., The Alic M., 155 M. de Comillas. - Philippine Handicraft Export, 20 Divisoria. - Phil. "X L Ent" Embroidery Co., 1445 California. - Philippine Underwear Co., 228 Alonso. - Powis-Brown Co., 2957 Herran. - Reyes, Rafaela Tolentino de, 267 Lavanderos. - Salamy & Baloutine, 426 San Luis. - Schulz Embroideries, 20 Divisoria. - Waddington & Co., 1234 A. Mabini. - Woolf Alex. L., 60 San Luis. - - - - -PHILIPPINE HATS - - - Aguado Hermanos, 103 Balmes. - Alonso, H., 169 Escolta. - Ang Manggagawa, 487 Juan Luna. - Ang Tondena, 175 Rosario. - Austria, P., 247 Carriedo. - Baliwag Hat Store, 82-84 Real. - Bazar Remedios, 982 Juan Luna. - Hat Store S. Pacheco & Co., 71 Real. - Ideal Sombreria, 481 Juan Luna. - Jureidini & Bros., A. N., 205 David. - Koch & Co., A., 333 Azcarraga. - La Bulakena, 205 Rosario. - La Minerva, 45-47 Escolta. - Largest Baliwag Hat Store, The, 409 M. H. del Pilar. - Manila Hat Store Factory, 319 M. H. del Pilar. - Philippine Hat Co., Inc., 424 Azcarraga. - Philippine Hat Factory, 73 Real, Intramuros. - Reyes Hat Store, 415 Rizal Avenue. - San Marcelino Hat Store, 84 San Marcelino. - Sombreria Bagong Araw, 735 Legarda. - Sombreria Ideal, 481 Juan Luna. - Sombreria J. Tolosa, 404 Carriedo. - Syyap & Co., 21 Escolta. - Veloso & Co., J., 89-91 Real. - Vicente & Co., R., 411 R. Hidalgo. - White Star Hat Store, The, 152-4 Villalobos. - - - - -LIST OF CHURCHES HOLDING SERVICES IN ENGLISH - - - Cathedral of Saint Mary and Saint John, corner Isaac Peral and - San Antonio, Ermita (Protestant Episcopal). - Cathedral of the Immaculate Conception, Plaza McKinley, Intramuros - (Roman Catholic). - Central Methodist Episcopal Church, 120 Nozaleda, Ermita. - Christian Church, Azcarraga, Santa Cruz. - Christian Science Society of Manila, 272 Nueva, Ermita. - First Presbyterian Church, Padre Faura, Ermita. - - - - -RATES OF FARE FOR PUBLIC VEHICLES - -The rates of fare for use of each public carriage shall be computed -from the time the same is engaged until dismissed, in accordance with -the following schedule: - - - FIRST CLASS PUBLIC VEHICLES - -----------------------------------+-------+--------+--------+-------- - |First |First |First |Each - |one |one |hour |succeeding - |fourth |half | |hour - |hour |hour | | -----------------------------------+-------+--------+--------+-------- -Motor vehicle of five-passenger | | | | - capacity or less. |P 2.00 | P 3.00 | P 5.00 | P 4.50 -Motor vehicle of more than | | | | -five-passenger capacity. | 2.50 | 4.00 | 7.00 | 6.00 -Four-wheeled vehicle, two horses. | .60 | 1.00 | 1.60 | 1.20 -Four-wheeled vehicle, one horse. | .40 | .60 | 1.00 | .80 -Two-wheeled vehicle, one horse. | .40 | .70 | 1.00 | .80 -----------------------------------+-------+--------+--------+-------- - - - SECOND CLASS PUBLIC VEHICLES - -----------------------------------+-------+--------+--------+-------- - |First |First |First |Each - |one |one |hour |succeeding - |fourth |half | |hour - |hour |hour | | -----------------------------------+-------+--------+--------+-------- -Four-wheeled vehicle, two horses. |P 0.30 |P 0.50 | P 1.50 | P 0.70 -Four-wheeled vehicle, one horse. | .20 | .40 | .70 | .60 -Two-wheeled vehicle, one horse. | .30 | .40 | .70 | .60 -----------------------------------+-------+--------+--------+-------- - - -Double fare may be charged between one and five o'clock -antemeridian. Drivers shall not be compelled to carry passengers -beyond the city limits. - -In the smaller towns and in the country the hiring of a vehicle, -like most commercial transactions, is a matter of bargain. The proper -fare depends very largely on the state of the road and the chance of -securing a return passenger, and therefore varies very greatly. The -customary rate over a frequently traveled route can usually be learned -by consulting some disinterested person, preferably an American. In -every case the amount to be paid should be settled in advance. - - - - -POSTAL, TELEGRAPH, AND CABLE RATES - -(a) Rates on mail addressed for delivery in the Philippine Islands: -First class, P0.02 for each half ounce or fraction; no limit of weight; -post cards, P0.02. - -Second class (newspapers and periodicals), when mailed by publishers, -P0.02 per pound or fraction; when mailed by others, P0.02 for each -four ounces or fraction; no limit of weight. - -Third class (printed matter), P0.02 for each two ounces or fraction, -except single books weighing more than that amount; limit of weight, -four pounds. - -Fourth class (merchandise), P0.02 per ounce or fraction; limit of -weight, four pounds, except single blank books. - -(b) Rates on Mail addressed for delivery in the United States -(including Hawaii and Porto Rico), Guam, Tutuila, the Canal Zone, -the Shanghai Postal Agency, Canada, Cuba, Mexico, and Panama: - -First class, P0.04 for each ounce or fraction; weight limit, four -pounds. - -Second, third, and fourth classes same as (a) above. - -(c) Rates on mail addressed for delivery in all other countries: -Letters, P0.10 for each half ounce or fraction; no limit of weight; -post cards, P0.04 each. - -Printed matter (within certain limits of size), P0.02 for each two -ounces or fraction; limit of weight, four pounds six ounces. - -Samples of merchandise (within certain limits of size), P0.04 for -first four ounces or less; and P0.02 for each additional two ounces -or fraction; limit of weight twelve ounces. - -(d) Rates on mail specially addressed via the Trans-Siberian Railway; -letters, P0.20 for each half ounce or fraction; post cards, P0.08 each. - -(e) Rates on registered mail, P0.16 in addition to ordinary -postage. All classes of mail may be registered. - -(f) There are parcels post arrangements between the Philippines and -a considerable number of foreign countries. Details in regard to the -size, weight, and value of parcels, and the rates may be obtained on -application at the Bureau of Posts. - -(g) Money orders are now issued in the Philippines to be paid in -the United States and its possessions, Cuba, Mexico, and most of the -British dominions in the Western Hemisphere, at the following rates: - - -----------------------------------+-----------+-----------+---------------- - | | Payable | Payable - | | in the | in the - | (U.S. | Philippine| other countries - Amount of order | currency) | Islands | named above - | | (U.S | (U.S - | | currency) | currency) -----------------------------------+-----------+-----------+---------------- -For orders for sums not exceeding | $2.50 | $0.05 | $0.05 -Over $2 and not exceeding | 5.00 | .70 | .07 -Over 5 and not exceeding | 10.00 | .10 | .10 -Over 10 and not exceeding | 20.00 | .12 | .16 -Over 20 and not exceeding | 30.00 | .14 | .24 -Over 30 and not exceeding | 40.00 | .17 | .31 -Over 40 and not exceeding | 50.00 | .20 | .38 -Over 50 and not exceeding | 60.00 | .22 | .45 -Over 60 and not exceeding | 75.00 | .27 | .58 -Over 75 and not exceeding | 100.00 | .32 | .75 -----------------------------------+-----------+-----------+---------------- - - -Money orders may also be purchased, payable in some thirty-five other -foreign countries and dependencies. Information regarding the fees -will be furnished by the post-master at any money-order office. No -order is issued for a sum greater than one hundred dollars ($100), -United States currency. - -(h) Under the present customs laws, all goods which are the growth, -product, or manufacture of the United States, the Philippine Islands, -or of both, or which do not contain foreign materials to the value -of more than 20 per cent of their total value, are, with certain -exceptions, admitted free of duty when mailed from the Islands to -the United States. The only exceptions of importance to travelers are -cigars and cigarettes, which are subject to a fine equivalent to the -duty, if sent by mail. In order to assure the free entry of other -mail shipments, every package worth less than P20 should have its -true value and the fact that it comes within the limits just defined, -certified to by the sender on the wrapper. Packages whose value is -P20 or more require a certificate of origin, which can be issued only -by the Collector of Customs at a port of entry. In Manila, however, -a customs official is on duty at the central post office at certain -hours to issue these documents. The certificate must be pasted in the -wrapper or be placed in an envelope to the package. If the shipment -is valued at P50 or more, a fee of P2 is charged for the certificate. - -(i) Rates for telegrams over the government lines: - -For ordinary message, P0.06 per word, including address and signature. - -For rush messages, P0.12 per word. - -For repeated messages, one-half more than the regular rate. - -(j) Rates for cablegrams over the most important private lines -from Manila: - -To the United States (Continental): Eastern Extension, Australasia, -and China Telegraph Company, P3.48 to P3.66 per word, according -to locality. - -To Honolulu: Commercial Pacific Cable Company, P1.70 per word. - -To Hongkong: Eastern Extension, Australasia and China Telegraph -Company P0.42 per word. - -Commercial Pacific Cable Company, P0.42 per word. - -To Shanghai: Eastern Extension, Autralasia and China Telegraph Company, -P0.74 per word. - -Commercial Pacific Cable Company, P0.74 per word. - -To Japan: Eastern Extension, Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, -P1.56 per word. - -Commercial Pacific Cable Company, P1.56 per word. - -To Europe: Eastern Extension, Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, -P1.42 to P2.54 per word, according to locality. - -To the Visayas (Iloilo, Cebu, and Bacolod): Eastern Extension, -Australasia, and China Telegraph Company, P0.22 per word. - - - - -INTERISLAND SHIPPING SCHEDULE - - - MANILA-ILOILO - - From Manila Vessel From Iloilo - - Tuesdays. VENUS (Inchausti & Co.) Fridays. - Wednesdays. ROMULUS (Compania Maritima) Saturdays. - Saturdays. VIZCAYA (Inchausti & Co.) Tuesdays. - - - MANILA-CEBU - - From Manila Vessel From Cebu - Wednesday. CEBU (Compania Maritima) Mondays. - Saturdays. BELGIKA (Compania Maritima) Tuesdays. - - -MANILA-JOLO-COTABATO via Cebu, Iloilo, Zamboanga, 15 days round trip. - -Vessels: Fernandez Hermanos, Islas Filipinas, and Panglima all owned -by Compania Maritima. - - -MANILA-DAVAO via Cebu or Iloilo, Pulupandan, Zamboanga, and Cotabato, -30 days round trip. - -Vessels: Luzon, Albay, and Neil Maccleod all owned by Compania -Maritima. - - - - - VALUES OF FOREIGN COINS EXPRESSED IN TERMS OF PHILIPPINE MONEY - -Country Legal Monetary unit Value in - standard terms of - Philippine - money - -Argentine Republic. Gold Peso P1.9296 -Austria-Hungary. ,, Krone .4052 -Belgium. Gold and silver Franc .3860 -Bolivia. Gold Boliviano .7786 -Brazil. ,, Milreis 1.0924 -British Colonies in ,, Pound sterling 9.7330 -Australasia and Africa. -Canada. ,, Dollar 2.0000 -Central American states: - Costa Rica. ,, Colon .9306 - British Honduras. ,, Dollar 2.0000 - Nicaragua. ,, Cordoba 2.0000 - Guatemala. } Silver Peso 1.8542 - Honduras. } -Salvador. Gold Colon 1.0000 -Chile. ,, Peso .7300 - / / Amoy. 3.0382 - | | Canton. 3.0292 - | | Cheefoo. 2.9058 - | | Chin Kiang. 2.9680 - | | Fuchau. 2.8104 - | | Haikwan (customs). 3.0914 - | | Hankow. 2.8426 - | Tael < Kiaochow. 2.9442 - | | Nankin. 3.0066 -China. Silver. < | Niuchwang. 2.8492 - | | Ningpo. 2.9212 - | | Peking. 2.9620 - | | Shanghai. 2.7752 - | | Swatow. 2.8066 - | | Takau. 3.0574 - | | Tientsin. 2.9442 - | \ Yuan. 1.9910 - | { Hongkong. 1.9982 - | Dollar { British. 1.9982 - \ { Mexican. 2.0130 -Columbia. Gold Dollar 1.9466 -Cuba. ,, Peso 2.0000 -Denmark. ,, Krone .5360 -Ecuador. ,, Sucre .9734 -Egypt. ,, Pound - (100 piasters) 9.8862 -Finland. ,, Markka .3860 -France. Gold and silver Franc .3860 -Germany. Gold Mark .4764 -Great Britain. ,, Pound Sterling 9.7330 -Greece. Gold and silver Drachma .3860 -Haiti. Gold Gourde .5000 -India (British). ,, Rupee .6488 -Indo-China. Silver Piaster 2.0016 -Italy. Gold and silver Lira .3860 -Japan. Gold Yen .9970 -Liberia. ,, Dollar 2.0000 -Mexico. ,, Peso .9970 -Netherlands. ,, Guilder (Florin) .8040 -Newfoundland. ,, Dollar 2.0000 -Norway ,, Krone .5360 -Panama ,, Balboa 2.0000 -Paraguay ,, Peso (Argentine) 1.9296 -Persia { Gold Archrefi .1918 - { Silver Kran .3412 -Peru Gold Libra 9.7330 -Portugal ,, Escudo 2.1610 -Roumania ,, Leu .3860 -Russia ,, Ruble 1.0292 -Santo Domingo ,, Dollar 2.0000 -Serbia ,, Dinar .3860 -Siam ,, Tical .7418 -Spain Gold and silver Peseta .3860 -Straits Settlements Gold Dollar 1.1355 -Sweden ,, Krona .5360 -Switzerland ,, Franc .3860 -Turkey ,, Piaster .0880 -United States ,, Dollar 2.0000 -Uruguay ,, Peso 2.0684 -Venezuela ,, Bolivar .3860 - - - - - BANKING: COMBINED CONDITION OF ALL THE COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE - PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, IN PESOS - - 1921 1922 - RESOURCES - - Loans and discounts P131,507,519 P149,717,446 - Overdrafts 70,753,659 45,609,527 - Stock, securities, etc. 10,407,808 9,519,139 - Real estate, furniture, and fixtures 1,915,883 2,242,125 - Other real estate and mortgages owned 650,371 4,613,756 - Due from head office and branches 67,650,248 40,458,548 - Due from other banks 2,862,073 3,850,498 - Due from agents and correspondence 6,407,068 5,323,482 - Bill of exchange 19,497,053 15,747,964 - Cash on hand 15,915,519 14,968,282 - Checks and other cash items 1,011,653 1,533,338 - Profit and loss account 7,877,758 23,881,482 - Resources other than those above 44,046,038 8,737,874 - Suspense accounts ---- ---- - ----------- ----------- - Total 380,502,650 326,203,461 - - LIABILITIES - - Capital stock P49,393,814 P48,695,900 - Reserve fund 12,007,373 5,119,795 - Bank notes in circulation 42,237,752 41,391,580 - Undivided profits 477,326 38,567 - Due to head office and branches 90,812,907 69,386,521 - Due to other banks 2,291,346 2,091,166 - Due to agents and correspondents 4,916,581 2,823,688 - Dividends due and unpaid 103,160 2,683 - Demand deposits 428,875 6,092,342 - Time deposits 26,151,621 62,063,047 - Savings deposits 16,359,041 13,296,858 - Current accounts 46,582,381 52,821,970 - Profit and loss accounts 7,613,172 1,506,626 - Bills payable: - Domestic 119,766 7,348,386 - Foreign 224,593 336,032 - Cashier's check outstanding 939,336 398,971 - Certified checks 104,978 670,617 - Suspense accounts ---- 185,704 - Liabilities other than those above 25,062,967 11,933,088 - Government funds 54,675,662 ---- - ----------- ----------- - Total 380,502,650 326,203,461 - - - - - THE AMOUNT OF CURRENCY IN CIRCULATION AND THE PER CAPITA - CIRCULATION IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS FROM 1906 TO 1922 - - ---------------+---------------+------------- - Year | Amount in | Per - | circulation | capita - | | circulation - ---------------+---------------+------------- - June 30-- | | - 1906 | P30,030,411 | P3.72 - 1907 | 42,814,315 | 5.21 - 1908 | 40,337,982 | 4.82 - 1909 | 41,528,608 | 4.88 - 1910 | 48,155,587 | 5.62 - 1911 | 48,155,587 | 5.45 - 1912 | 52,055,893 | 5.79 - 1913 | 52,034,389 | 6.68 - December 31-- | | - 1913 | 50,697,253 | 5.53 - 1914 | 52,575,118 | 5.63 - 1915 | 51,284,907 | 5.40 - 1916 | 67,059,189 | 6.86 - 1917 | 102,580,314 | 10.20 - 1918 | 131,151,883 | 12.67 - 1919 | 146,576,956 | 13.87 - 1920 | 124,589,240 | 11.56 - 1921 | 103,661,820 | 10.01 - 1922 | 97,217,468 | 9.03 - ---------------+---------------+------------- - - - - - TABLE SHOWING THE ASSESSED VALUATION OF REAL PROPERTY IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS - (EXCEPT THE CITIES OF MANILA AND BAGUIO), BY PROVINCES - --------------------+------------------------------+------------------------------+----------------------------- - | December, 1921 | December, 1922 | March, 1923 - +----------------+-------------+----------------+-------------+----------------+------------ - Provinces | Taxable | Exempt | Taxable | Exempt | Taxable | Exempt --------------------+----------------+-------------+----------------+-------------+----------------+------------ - | | | | | | -Abra. | P6,827,320 | P732,010 | P6,686,460 | P746,620 | P6,649,470 | P776,230 -Albay. | 30,985,290 | 6,085,870 | 30,620,610 | 6,655,970 | 30,615,200 | 6,653,070 -Antique. | 10,013,680 | 580,890 | 9,783,590 | 746,260 | 9,792,320 | 746,420 -Bataan. | 8,485,270 | 981,560 | 9,152,240 | 1,008,960 | 9,179,560 | 1,008,970 -Batanes. | 1,492,050 | 154,800 | 1,460,830 | 155,730 | 1,463,790 | 155,730 -Batangas. | 45,598,330 | 2,384,650 | 37,839,750 | 2,364,360 | 37,263,760 | 2,372,500 -Bohol. | 25,817,920 | 4,124,890 | 29,526,900 | 4,367,660 | 29,537,810 | 4,374,300 -Bulacan. | 45,545,640 | 6,106,600 | 45,692,580 | 6,219,540 | 46,182,320 | 6,220,180 -Cagayan. | 22,583,840 | 594,550 | 22,210,960 | 6,153,810 | 21,887,060 | 6,368,170 -Camarines Norte. | 14,155,290 | 462,150 | 13,356,900 | 458,480 | 13,331,750 | 458,420 -Camarines Sur. | 28,912,970 | 3,057,690 | 26,800,210 | 3,177,820 | 26,796,940 | 3,181,140 -Capiz. | 38,692,980 | 3,174,380 | 35,427,240 | 3,237,770 | 34,924,320 | 3,238,300 -Cavite. | 17,676,350 | 2,912,180 | 17,857,950 | 2,893,960 | 18,086,150 | 2,935,890 -Cebu. | 59,659,580 | 12,712,200 | 59,360,360 | 14,785,210 | 59,372,120 | 14,790,560 -Ilocos Norte. | 31,680,880 | 2,210,430 | 32,248,000 | 1,689,710 | 31,619,610 | 1,647,460 -Ilocos Sur. | 25,183,610 | 2,726,700 | 24,800,120 | 2,777,580 | 24,808,400 | 2,797,200 -Iloilo. | 76,006,720 | 15,694,720 | 75,995,250 | 15,788,350 | 75,826,940 | 15,787,250 -Isabela. | 19,611,879 | 1,588,580 | 19,757,289 | 1,607,630 | 19,847,500 | 1,612,250 -Laguna. | 52,514,740 | 2,765,180 | 46,299,570 | 2,997,079 | 46,077,720 | 2,980,879 -La Union. | 20,109,110 | 1,920,050 | 19,314,180 | 2,409,719 | 19,336,510 | 2,370,000 -Leyte. | 40,262,600 | 4,911,800 | 42,946,880 | 5,598,440 | 43,469,340 | 5,630,190 -Marinduque. | 9,247,290 | 694,740 | 9,315,340 | 753,040 | 9,324,240 | 754,760 -Masbate. | 5,653,280 | 885,750 | 6,946,630 | 925,140 | 6,956,885 | 924,400 -Mindoro. | 9,542,955 | 366,530 | 9,216,237 | 495,690 | 9,131,137 | 619,790 -Misamis. | 40,275,740 | 2,454,160 | 38,615,660 | 2,456,650 | 38,546,184 | 2,456,650 -Nueva Ecija. | 55,157,610 | 2,609,430 | 55,593,930 | 2,871,460 | 54,777,700 | 2,965,410 -Occidental Negros. | 80,710,280 | 3,049,390 | 81,279,000 | 3,296,020 | 81,266,630 | 3,306,870 -Oriental Negros. | 24,111,890 | 2,891,630 | 24,671,890 | 3,004,890 | 24,300,200 | 2,004,780 -Palawan. | 3,256,700 | 755,030 | 3,905,320 | 788,600 | 3,905,320 | 778,600 -Pampanga. | 55,940,550 | 4,357,730 | 53,784,310 | 4,348,370 | 53,752,530 | 4,346,550 -Pangasinan. | 50,894,810 | 5,469,050 | 50,188,090 | 5,556,680 | 82,768,990 | 7,191,040 -Rizal. | 45,610,750 | 8,500,700 | 47,062,340 | 8,543,580 | 47,430,060 | 8,545,280 -Romblon. | 8,779,010 | 550,340 | 8,698,790 | 580,310 | 8,698,790 | 580,310 -Samar. | 24,662,030 | 3,930,740 | 24,706,880 | 3,912,730 | 24,748,410 | 3,828,060 -Sorsogon. | 22,759,780 | 4,658,040 | 22,865,480 | 4,615,630 | 22,796,620 | 4,589,900 -Surigao. | 12,263,780 | 1,421,820 | 12,306,570 | 1,424,320 | 12,351,320 | 1,431,220 -Tarlac. | 25,980,990 | 2,440,600 | 36,994,920 | 2,492,340 | 37,046,860 | 3,346,550 -Tayabas. | 69,530,480 | 9,287,190 | 70,166,080 | 9,572,060 | 70,930,150 | 9,573,420 -Zambales. | 9,283,060 | 659,470 | 9,051,480 | 758,520 | 9,062,330 | 774,840 - | -------------- | ----------- | -------------- | ----------- | -------------- | ----------- - Total. | 11,457,730,340 | 131,409,220 | 11,725,068,160 | 149,002,759 | 12,038,634,420 | 145,123,539 --------------------+----------------+-------------+----------------+-------------+----------------+------------ - - - - - GROWTH OF THE PUBLIC SCHOOL SYSTEM - ---------+---------+------------+------------+------------+------------- - | No. of | Annual | Average | Average | Percentage -Year-- | schools | enrollment | monthly | daily | of - | | | enrollment | attendance | attendance ---------+---------+------------+------------+------------+------------- - | | | | | - 1907 | 3,624 | 479,978 | 346,245 | | 85 - 1908 | 3,932 | 486,676 | 339,243 | 270,732 | 80 - 1909 | 4,424 | 570,502 | 405,478 | 321,415 | 79 - 1910 | 4,531 | 587,317 | 427,105 | 337,307 | 86 - 1911 | 4,404 | 610,493 | 446,889 | 355,722 | 80 - 1912 | 3,685 | 529,665 | 395,075 | 329,073 | 83 - 1913 | 2,934 | 440,050 | 329,756 | 287,995 | 87 - 1914 | 4,235 | 621,030 | 489,070 | 428,552 | 88 - 1915 | 4,187 | 610,519 | 493,763 | 441,742 | 89 - 1916 | 4,538 | 638,543 | 523,272 | 471,195 | 90 - 1917 | 4,702 | 675,998 | 567,625 | 514,263 | 91 - 1918 | 4,747 | 671,398 | 569,744 | 521,377 | 92 - 1919 | 4,962 | 681,588 | 569,744 | 501,989 | 88 - 1920 | 5,944 | 791,626 | 678,956 | 618,392 | 91 - 1921 | 6,904 | 943,364 | 836,281 | 774,882 | 93 - 1922 | 7,670 | 1,077,342 | 976,093 | 909,947 | 93 ---------+---------+------------+------------+------------+------------- - - - - - PRIVATE SCHOOLS: ANNUAL ENROLLMENT, - NUMBER OF TEACHERS AND SCHOOLS, 1918-1922 - -----------+-------------------------------------------+-------+----------- - | Number of schools | Total | Total - +-------------------------------------------+ | enrollment - School |Primary|Intermediate| High |College| Other | | - year | | |school| |schools| | -----------+-------+------------+------+-------+-------+-------+----------- - | | | | | | | -1917-1918 | 129 | 77 | 34 | 77 | | 257 | 35,907 -1918-1919 | 152 | 90 | 36 | 19 | | 297 | 38,716 -1919-1920 | 169 | 104 | 38 | 19 | | 330 | 45,947 -1920-1921 | 190 | 113 | 42 | 19 | 18 | 382 | 57,281 -1921-1922 | 245 | 150 | 86 | 20 | 24 | 525 | 64,835 -----------+-------+------------+------+-------+-------+-------+----------- - - - - - ANNUAL EXPENDITURES FOR PUBLIC EDUCATION, 1918-1922 [10] - ------+------------+-----------+-----------+------------+------------+---------------+------------ -Year | Insular | Provincial| Municipal | Total | Voluntary | Total | Per capita - | | | | |contribution| | expenditure - | | | | | | |on education ------+------------+-----------+-----------+------------+------------+---------------+------------ - | | | | | | | -1918 | P6,067,277 | P431,018 | P3,614,515| P10,112,810| P617,400 | P10,730,210| P1.04 -1919 | 10,087,450 | 468,125| 3,715,552| 14,271,127| 682,550 | 14,953,677| 1.45 -1920 | 12,802,247 | 1,050,492| 4,358,800| 18,211,540| 799,538 | 19,011,078| 1.82 -1921 | 14,313,825 | 3,278,606| 4,709,287| 22,301,718| 1,347,124 | 23,648,842| 2.23 -1922 | 14,884,238 | [11]| [11]| [11]| 1,498,110 | [12]16,382,348| [12]1.52 ------+------------+-----------+-----------+------------+------------+---------------+------------ - - - - - TOTAL RECEIPTS, EXPENDITURES, AND ACCUMULATED SURPLUS - OF THE PHILIPPINE GOVERNMENT, 1901-1922 IN PESOS - --------------+-------------+------------+------------+------------+------------ - | Surplus at | | | |Accumulated - |the beginning| | | | surplus of -Year ended-- | of the year | Receipts | Total |Expenditures| the year --------------+-------------+------------+------------+------------+------------ - | | | | | - | Pesos | Pesos | Pesos | Pesos | Pesos -June 30: | | | | | - 1901 | (14,395,583)| 21,419,118| 17,023,535| 12,200,907| 4,822,628 - 1902 | 4,822,628 | 19,072,978| 23,895,606| 15,314,006| 8,581,600 - 1903 | 8,581,600 | 22,006,141| 30,587,741| 21,078,373| 9,509,368 - 1904 | 9,509,368 | 19,066,227| 28,575,595| 23,924,104| 4,651,491 - 1905 | 4,651,491 | 25,368,818| 30,020,309| 25,256,215| 4,764,094 - 1906 | 4,764,094 | 24,685,769| 29,449,863| 22,047,029| 7,402,834 - 1907 | 7,402,834 | 26,424,817| 33,827,651| 31,014,693| 12,812,958 - 1908 | 12,812,958 | 28,359,502| 41,172,460| 27,035,532| 14,136,928 - 1909 | 14,136,928 | 30,050,729| 44,187,657| 31,830,224| 12,357,433 - 1910 | 12,357,433 | 36,741,964| 49,099,397| 35,090,828| 14,008,569 - 1911 | 14,008,569 | 42,977,123| 56,985,692| 39,805,578| 17,180,114 - 1912 | 17,180,114 | 42,922,030| 60,102,144| 43,136,104| 16,966,040 - 1913 | 16,966,040 | 41,818,182| 58,784,222| 44,392,124| 14,392,098 -December 31: | | | | | - 1913 | 14,392,098 | 18,274,064| 32,666,162| 22,496,962| 10,169,200 - 1914 | 10,169,200 | 35,334,625| 45,503,825| 36,944,597| 8,559,228 - 1915 | 8,559,228 | 41,428,010| 49,987,238| 39,753,121| 10,234,117 - 1916 | 10,234,117 | 45,704,856| 55,938,973| 40,906,813| 15,032,160 - 1917 | 15,032,160 | 54,781,241| 69,813,401| 45,408,718| 24,404,683 - 1918 | 24,404,683 | 68,690,105| 93,094,788| 57,496,044| 35,598,744 - 1919 | 35,598,744 | 79,686,923| 115,285,667| 86,742,589| 28,543,078 - 1920 | 28,543,078 | 99,404,913| 127,947,991| 84,010,279| 43,937,712 - 1921 | 43,937,712 | 130,199,714| 174,137,426| 118,194,211| 55,943,215 - 1922 | 55,943,215 | 130,649,853| 186,593,068| 78,911,424| 107,681,646 --------------+-------------+------------+------------+------------+------------ - -Note.--Figures in parentheses are overdrafts. - - - - - FIRE, MARINE, AND MISCELLANEOUS INSURANCE COMPANIES DOING ACTIVE BUSINESS IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, - DURING THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1922 - -Name of company Kind of business Home office - -Alliance Assurance Co., Limited. Fire, motor car. London, England. -Atlas Assurance Company. Fire. London, England. -British and Foreign Marine Insurance - Company, Limited. Marine. Liverpool, England. -British Traders' Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire, marine, typhoon, flood, - and earthquake. Victoria, Hongkong. -Canton Insurance Office, Limited. Marine. Victoria, Hongkong. -China Mutual Life Insurance Co., Ltd. Life. Shanghai, China. -China Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire and marine. Victoria, Hongkong. -Commercial Union Assurance Co., Ltd. Fire, marine, accident, and - motor car. London, England. -East India-Sea & Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire, marine, and motor car. Amsterdam, Holland. -Employers' Liability Assurance Corporation. Fire, accident, motor car, plate - glass, and bond. London, England. -Fidelity and Surety Company of the Surety, fire, marine, typhoon, - Philippine Islands. flood, and earthquake. Manila, P.I. -"Filipinos" Compania de Seguros. Fire, marine, life, and - accident. Manila, P.I. -Fire Association of Philadelphia. Fire and marine. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. -Fireman's Fund Insurance Company. Fire and Marine. San Francisco, California, U.S.A. -Fuso Marine Insurance Co., Ltd. Marine. Tokyo, Japan. -Great American Insurance Company. Fire. New York, New York, U.S.A -Guardian Assurance Co., Ltd. Fire and marine. London, England. -Hongkong Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire and marine. Victoria, Hongkong. -Insular Life Assurance Co., Ltd. Life, health, and accident. Manila, P.I. -Insurance Company of North America. Fire and marine. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. -Law Union and Rock Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire. London, England. -Liverpool and London and Globe Insurance - Company, Limited. Fire, marine, and motor car. Liverpool, England. -London Assurance Corporation. Fire. London, England. -L'Union Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire. Paris, France. -L'Urbaine Fire Insurance Company. Fire. Paris, France. -"Manila" Compania de Seguros. Marine, fidelity, and surety. Manila, P.I. -Manufacturers' Life Insurance Company. Life. Toronto, Canada. -Marine Insurance Co., Ltd. Marine. London, England. -National Insurance Co. Incorporated. Fire and marine. Manila, P.I. -National Surety Company. Fidelity, surety, burglary. New York, New York, U.S.A -Netherlands Fire and Life Insurance Co. - of the Hague. Fire. The Hague, Holland. -New York Life Insurance Company. Life. New York, New York, U.S.A -Niagara Fire Insurance Company. Fire. New York, New York, U.S.A -North British and Mercantile Insurance Co. Fire, marine, accident, and - casualty. London, England. -North China Insurance Co., Limited. Fire and marine. Shanghai, China. -Northern Assurance Co., Limited. Fire. London, England. -Norwich Union Fire Insurance Society, - Limited. Fire and marine. Norwich, England. -Orient Insurance Company. Fire and marine. Hartford, Connecticut, U.S.A -Phoenix Assurance Company. Fire and marine. London, England. -Royal Insurance Company, Limited. Fire, marine, and motor car. Liverpool, England. -Scottish Union and National Insurance Co. Fire. Edinburgh, Scotland. -Shanghai Life Insurance Co., Limited. Life. Shanghai, China. -South British Insurance Co., Limited. Fire and marine. Auckland, New Zealand. -Springfield Fire and Marine Insurance Co. Fire and marine. Springfield, Mass., U.S.A -Saint Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Co. Fire. St. Paul, Minn., U.S.A -State Assurance Co., Limited. Fire. Liverpool, England. -Sun Insurance Office. Fire. London, England. -Sun Life Assurance Co. of Canada. Life. Montreal, Canada. -Thames and Mersey Marine Insurance Co., Ltd. Marine. Liverpool, England. -The Continental Insurance Company. Fire. New York, N.Y., U.S.A -The Philippine Guaranty Co., Incorporated. Fire, marine, fidelity, and - surety. Manila, P.I. -Tokio Marine and Fire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire and marine. Tokio, Japan. -Union Insurance Society of Canton, Ltd. Fire marine, typhoon flood, and - earthquake Victoria, Hongkong. -Union Guarantee Company, Limited. Fidelity and surety. Manila, P.I. -Yangts-ze Insurance Association. Fire and marine. Victoria, Hongkong. -Yek Tong Lin Fire and Marine Insurance - Company, Limited. Fire and marine. Manila, P.I. -Yokohama Fire, Marine, Transit, and Fire, marine, transit, and 70 Honcho Gochome, Yokohama, - Fidelity Insurance Company. fidelity. Japan. -Yorkshire Insurance Co., Ltd. Fire and motor car. London, England. -West Coast-San Francisco Life Insurance - Company. Life and accident. San Francisco, California, U.S.A. - - - - - AMERICANS AND FILIPINOS IN THE PHILIPPINE SERVICE - ON JULY 1, 1921 [13] - - Office Americans Filipinos - - Legislative. [14]302 - Executive. 535 8,208 - Judicial. 9 1,158 - Provincial service. 9 2,651 - Municipal service of Manila 61 1,371 - Total. 614 13,690 - - - - - NEWSPAPERS AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS IN THE PHILIPPINES, AS PER REVISION MADE UP TO JUNE 18, 1923 - - Names and addresses Language Frequency - of issue - - 1. Advertiser, The, Cebu, Cebu. English-Spanish-Visayan. Daily. - 2. American Chamber of Commerce, The, Manila. English. Monthly. - 3. Ang Kabus, Dumaguete, Oriental Negros. English-Visayan. Fortnightly. - 4. Ang Kahayag, Cebu, Cebu. English-Visayan. Monthly. - 5. Ang Katarungan, Cagayan, Misamis. Spanish-Visayan. Weekly. - 6. Ang Mabuting Balita, Manila. Tagalog. Fortnightly. - 7. Ang Paraluman, Manila. Tagalog. Fortnightly. - 8. Ang Sulo, Manila. Panayan-Visayan. Quarterly. - 9. Ang Tanglaw, Manila. Tagalog. Monthly. - 10. Ang Watawat, Manila. Tagalog. Daily. - 11. Ateneo Monthly, The, Manila. English. Monthly. - 12. Babalang Kristiano, Manila. Tagalog. Monthly. - 13. Bagong Lipang Kalabaw, Manila. Tagalog. Weekly. - 14. Bagong Kusok, P. O. B. 121, Cebu, Cebu. Visayan. Weekly. - 15. Benedicto's Weekly, Iloilo, Iloilo. English-Visayan. Weekly. - 16. Bituen Ti Amianan--North Star, P. O. B. 39, - Laoag, Ilocos Norte. English-Ilocano. Fortnightly. - 17. Boletin Eclesiastico de Filipinas, Manila. Spanish. Monthly. - 18. Boletin de la Iglesia de San Ignacio, Manila. Spanish. Monthly. - 19. Boletin Oficial de la Camara de Comercio de - Filipinas, Manila. Spanish. Monthly. - 20. Cable Tow, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly. - 21. Cabuhi Sang Banua, Jaro, Iloilo. English-Visayan. Monthly. - 22. Chinese Commercial News, P. O. B. 452, Manila. Chinese. Daily. - 23. Clarion, The, 884 O'Donell, Manila. English-Spanish-Visayan. Monthly. - 24. Community--Comunidad, 102 P. Faura, Manila. English-Spanish. Thrice a month. - 25. Cultura Social, Manila. Spanish. Monthly. - 26. Daguiti Naimbag a Damag, San Fernando, La Union. English-Ilocano. Weekly. - 27. Dalan ti Cappia--Way of Peace, Manila. English-Ilocano. Weekly. - 28. Damag a Nacristianoan, Manila. Ilocano. Monthly. - 29. Damag ti Pagarian, Manila. Ilocano. Monthly. - 30. Diocesan Chronicle, Manila. English. Monthly. - 31. Eco de Samar y Leyte, Calbayog, Samar. Spanish-Visayan. Weekly. - 32. Ecos, 1223, Vergara, Manila. Spanish. Monthly. - 33. El Adalid, Iloilo, Iloilo. Spanish. Daily. - 34. El Boletin Catolico, Cebu, Cebu. English-Spanish-Visayan. Weekly. - 35. El Centinela, Iloilo, Iloilo. Spanish. Daily. - 36. El Comercio, 432 P. Gomez, Manila. Spanish. Daily. - 37. El Debate, Manila. Spanish. Daily. - 38. El Democrata, Magallanes-N. America, Cebu. Spanish-Visayan. Twice a week. - 39. El Feniz, Zamboanga, Zamboanga. Spanish. Twice a week. - 40. El Heraldo Ilocano, Vigan, Ilocos Sur. English-Spanish-Ilocano. Weekly. - 41. El Mercantil, Manila. Spanish. Daily. - 42. El Norte, Baguio, Mt. Province. English-Spanish-Ilocano. Monthly. - 43. El Noticiero de Negros, Bacolod, Occidental Negros. English-Spanish-Visayan. Thrice a week. - 44. El Precursor, P. O. B. 101, Cebu, Cebu. Spanish-Visayan. Twice a week. - 45. El Pueblo, Iloilo, Iloilo. Spanish. Daily. - 46. Estudio, Manila. Spanish. Weekly. - 47. Excelsior, 442 A. Mabini, Manila. Spanish. Thrice a month. - 48. Far Eastern Free Mason, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly. - 49. Freeman, The, P. O. B. 318, Cebu, Cebu. English-Visayan. Weekly. - 50. Gazette, The, Manila. English. Fortnightly. - 51. Health Educator, The, Manila. English-Spanish-Tagalog. Monthly. - 52. Heraldo Bicol, Legaspi, Albay. English-Spanish-Bicol. Twice a week. - 53. Ilocano Pagadalan a Maipaay ti Escuela Dominical, - San Fernando, La Union. Ilocano. Quarterly. - 54. Ideales, P. O. B. 55, Dagupan, Pangasinan. Spanish. Fortnightly. - 55. Independent, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Weekly. - 56. Ing Catala, San Fernando, Pampanga. Pampango. Weekly. - 57. Ing Daclat ning Catutuan, San Fernando, Pampanga. Pampango. Weekly. - 58. Ing Katipunan, San Fernando, Pampanga. Pampango. Weekly. - 59. Intelligencer, The, Dagupan, Pangasinan. English. Weekly. - 60. Journal of the Philippine Islands Medical Ass'n, - Manila. English-Spanish. Bimonthly. - 61. Juan de la Cruz, Naga, Camarines Sur. English-Spanish-Bicol. Twice a week. - 62. Khaki and Red, Manila. English-Spanish. Fortnightly. - 63. Kong Li Po, The, Manila. Chinese. Daily. - 63a. Kusug Sang Imol, Bacolod, Occidental Negros. Spanish-Visayan. Weekly. - 64. La Defensa, Manila. English-Spanish. Daily. - 65. La Lucha, Manila (P. O. B. 996). English-Spanish-Ilocano. Weekly. - 66. La Nacion, 131 Legarda, Sampaloc, Manila. Spanish. Daily. - 67. La Prensa, Iloilo, Iloilo. Spanish. Daily. - 68. La Vanguardia, 334 Carriedo, Manila. Spanish. Daily. - 69. La Revolucion, Cebu, Cebu. Spanish-Visayan. Daily. - 70. La Verdad, Tuguegarao, Cagayan. Spanish-Ibanag. Weekly. - 71. La Voz del Pueblo, Zamboanga, Zamboanga. Spanish. Twice a week. - 72. Level, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly. - 73. Leyte Educational News, The, Tacloban, Leyte. English. Monthly. - 74. Lioaoa, Manaoag, Pangasinan. Pangasinan-Ilocano. Weekly. - 74a. Liwayway, Manila. Tagalog. Monthly. - 75. Makinaugalingon, 62 Iznart, Iloilo. Visayan. Twice a week. - 76. Man Ho Po, The, Manila. Chinese. Daily. - 77. Manila Daily Bulletin, Manila. English. Daily. - 78. Manila Times, The, Manila. English. Daily and Sunday. - 79. Manila Young Men, The, Manila. English. Monthly. - 80. Manogbantay, Iloilo, Iloilo. Visayan. Twice a week. - 81. Manugbantala, Iloilo, Iloilo. Visayan. Monthly. - 82. Marayo, Pontevedra, Occidental Negros. Visayan. Weekly. - 83. Mindanao Herald, The, Zamboanga, Zamboanga. English. Weekly. - 84. Mizpa, Manila. Tagalog. Monthly. - 85. National Forum, The, Manila. English. Monthly. - 86. Official Gazette--Gaceta Oficial, Manila. English-Spanish. Thrice a week. - 87. Pearl of the Orient, The, Iloilo, Iloilo. English. Quarterly. - 88. Peng Min Daily News, P. O. B. 1478, Manila. Chinese. Daily. - 89. Philippine Agricultural Review, Manila. English-Spanish. Quarterly. - 90. Philippine Agriculturist, Los Banos, Laguna. English. Monthly. - 91. Philippine Christian, The, Manila. English. Quarterly. - 92. Philippine Education, The, Manila. English. Monthly. - 93. Philippine Collegian, The, Manila. English. Weekly. - 94. Philippine General Hospital Alumni Quarterly, The, - Manila. English. Quarterly. - 95. Philippine Islands Sunday School Journal, The, - Manila. English. Monthly. - 96. Philippine Journal of Education, Manila. English. Monthly. - 97. Philippine Journal of Science, Manila. English. Monthly. - 98. Philippine Observer, Manila. English. Monthly. - 99. Philippine Presbyterian, Manila. English. Quarterly. -100. Philippine Resume, The, Manila. English. Weekly. -101. Philippine Survey, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Quarterly. -102. Philippines Free Press, Manila. English-Spanish. Weekly. -103. Philippines Herald, The, Manila. English. Daily and Sunday. -104. Post-Telegraph Review, The, Manila. English. Monthly. -105. Progreso Economico de Filipinas, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly. -106. Public Opinion, The, Cagayan, Misamis. English-Visayan. Weekly. -107. Revista de la Camara de Comercio de las Islas - Filipinas, Manila. Spanish. Monthly. -108. Revista Economica, Manila. Spanish. Monthly. -109. Revista Filipina de Medicina y Farmacia, Manila. Spanish. Monthly. -110. Rising Filipina, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Fortnightly. -111. Rizal Review, The, Manila. English-Spanish-Tagalog. Fortnightly. -112. Rural Credit--Credito Rural, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly. -113. Say Abigado Cristiano Pangasinan, Lingayen, - Pangasinan. Pangasinan. Fortnightly. -114. School News Review, The, Manila. English. Fortnightly. -115. Sillimanian, The, Dumaguete, Oriental Negros. English. Fortnightly. -116. Sinceridad, Tuguegarao, Cagayan. English-Spanish-Ibanag. Weekly. -117. Sports, Manila. English. Weekly. -118. Sugar Central and Planters News, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly. -119. Taliba, Manila. Tagalog. Daily. -120. Surat Habar Sing Sug, Zamboanga, Zamboanga. Moro. Monthly. -121. Telembang, Manila. Tagalog. Weekly. -122. Telembang na Bicol, Manila. Bicol. Weekly. -123. Ti Bagnos, Laoag, Ilocos Norte. English-Ilocano. Weekly. -124. Ti Silaw--The Light, Manila. English-Spanish-Ilocano. Fortnightly. -125. Trabajo, Manila. Spanish. Monthly. -126. Unitas, Manila. Spanish. Monthly. -127. Way of Peace--Ang Daan ng Kapayapaan, Manila. English-Tagalog. Weekly. -128. Woman's Journal, The, Manila. English. Monthly. -129. Woman's Outlook, The, Manila. English-Spanish. Monthly. - - - - - LIST OF SUGAR CENTRALS IN THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS - - CENTRALS COMPLETED - - Name Location Built Capacity; - tons of - cane per - day - - Calamba Sugar Estate Canlubang, Laguna 1913 1,800 - Pampanga Sugar Central Floridablanca, Pampanga 1919 1,500 - San Carlos Milling Co San Carlos, Occidental - Negros 1914 1,200 - Mindoro Sugar Co San Jose, Mindoro 1910 1,000 - Isabela Sugar Central Isabela, Occidental - Negros 1919 600 - North Negros Sugar Co Manapla, Occidental - Negros 1918 600 - Bearing Central Cabancalan, Occidental - Negros 1914 500 - Phil. Sugar - Development Co Calamba, Laguna 1914 300 - De la Rama Sugar - Central Bago, Occidental Negros 1913 300 - Guanco Central Hinigaran, Occidental - Negros 1913 300 - San Isidro Central Cabancalan, Occidental - Negros 1917 250 - Carmen Central Calatagan, Batangas 1914 200 - Palma Central Ilog, Occidental Negros 1916 200 - San Antonio Central La Carlota, Occidental - Negros 1913 150 - Dinalupihan Factory Dinalupihan, Bataan 1913 125 - Talisay Central Talisay, Occidental - Negros 1913 125 - Canlaon Factory Canlaon, Occidental - Negros 1913 125 - Muntinlupa Factory Muntinlupa, Rizal 1912 100 - Saint Louis Oriental - Factory Manaoag, Pangasinan 1912 90 - Look Factory Nasugbu, Batangas - - - CENTRALS UNDER CONSTRUCTION - - Hawaiian-Philippine Co Silay, Occidental Negros 1920-21 1,500 - Ma-ao Sugar Central Ma-ao, Occidental Negros 1920-21 1,500 - La Carlota Sugar La Carlota, Occidental - Central Negros 1919-20 1,000 - Bais Sugar Central Bais, Occidental Negros 1919-20 1,000 - - - PROJECTS DEFINITELY PLANNED FOR DEVELOPMENT - - Talisay-Silay Sugar - Central Talisay, Occidental Negros 1,000 - Bacolod-Murcia Sugar - Central Bacolod, Occidental Negros 1,000 - Pampanga Development - Co San Fernando, Pampanga 1,200 - - - SMALL FACTORIES USING OPEN TRAIN EVAPORATORS AND VACUUM PANS - - Pampanga Sugar Factory Floridablanca, Pampanga 1916 100 - Bernia Factory Dinalupihan, Bataan 1918 90 - Kennedy Factory Isabela, Occidental - Negros 1918 90 - De la Vina Factory Vallehermosa, Occidental - Negros 1918 90 - Tubigon Sugar Factory Tubigon, Bohol 1917 90 - - - - - - - - - -NOTES - - -[1] Not complete report. - -[2] Includes income incidental to functional activities, sales of fixed -property, Friar Lands estates and San Lazaro estate, proceeds of loan -from currency reserve fund, and sales of agricultural bank loans, etc. - -[3] Executive direction and control. - -[4] Includes expenditures on law and order, national defense, -suppression of animal diseases and plant pests, protection against -forces majeures and other protective service. - -[5] Includes expenditures on public health, public education, public -corrections, public charities, and other social improvements. - -[6] Includes expenditures on conservation of natural resources, -development of commerce and agriculture, regulation of public -utilities, Philippine publicity, development of industrial arts and -sciences, operation of commercial and industrial units, corporate -investments, advances to railway companies under guaranty contracts -and exchange on advances to railway companies, etc. - -[7] Act No. 2589, amended by Act No. 2796, provides for a gratuity -by reason of retirement to officers and employees of the Philippine -Government who have rendered satisfactory service during six continuous -years or more. - -[8] Proceeds of proposed luxury tax to cover probable deficit. - -[9] Unexpended balances from appropriations for public works and for -cadastral survey, construction of irrigation systems, etc. - -[10] Excluding expenditures for the University of the Philippines -and Government scholarships in foreign countries. - -[11] Data not yet available. - -[12] Insular and voluntary contributions only. - -[13] The following employees are not included: Temporary and emergency -employees; enlisted men of the Philippine Constabulary; semiskilled -and unskilled laborers; and persons compensated by fees only. - -[14] Members of the Philippine Legislature are included in these -figures. - - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Beautiful Philippines, by -Philippine Commission of Independence - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BEAUTIFUL PHILIPPINES *** - -***** This file should be named 61774.txt or 61774.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/6/1/7/7/61774/ - -Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed -Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for Project -Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously -made available by The Internet Archive) - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive -specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this -eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook -for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, -performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given -away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks -not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the -trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country outside the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you - are located before using this ebook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The -Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the -mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its -volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous -locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt -Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to -date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and -official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -For additional contact information: - - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - |